BSC6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529 Used Reserved Parameter List

275211561.
xls
BSC6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529
Used Reserved Parameter List

Issue
Date
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
07/02/2015
11145
275211561.xls
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of H
Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective ho
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All
services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherw
contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guar
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this
accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warra
or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
07/02/2015
21145
275211561.xls
C6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529
sed Reserved Parameter List

01
2014/01/21
WEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
ei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
07/02/2015
31145
275211561.xls
ent may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co.,
ermissions
ei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
cts, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products,
described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the
s, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
kind, either express or implied.
document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure
nts, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express
nologies Co., Ltd.
ei Industrial Base
n, Longgang
hen 518129
e's Republic of China
www.huawei.com
rt@huawei.com
07/02/2015
41145
275211561.xls
07/02/2015
51145
275211561.xls
f Huawei Technologies Co.,
e holders.
All or part of the products,

herwise specified in the
uarantees or
his document to ensure

arranty of any kind, express
07/02/2015
61145
275211561.xls
Purpose
This document provides information about the BSC6900 reserved parameters, including the meaning, valu
Used Reserved Parameter List: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are being used.
Disuse Reserved Parameter: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are no longer in use in the
Intended Audience
Network planners
Field engineers
System engineers
Shift operators
Download
This document is the Used Reserved Parameter List for the BSC6900 of the V900R015C00SPC529 versio
information for the customer only.
Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List that matches the version.
To obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List of the BSC6900, visit the website http://support.huawei.com/s
Software Center > Version Software > Wireless Product Line > SingleRAN > MBSC > BSC6900.
Organization
Description
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
BIT
Meaning
GUI Value Range

Unit
Actual Value Range
07/02/2015
71145
275211561.xls
Default Value
Recommended Value
Caution
Impact on Radio Network
Performance
Introduced in Version
Change Reason
Disuse Statement
Disuse Version
Introduction to Reserved Parameters
This section describes the definition of reserved parameters, the purpose of using reserved parameters, th
Definition
Purpose
Status
Disuse Mechanism
07/02/2015
81145
275211561.xls
07/02/2015
91145
275211561.xls
vides information about the BSC6900 reserved parameters, including the meaning, value, and usage of the parameters.This docu
arameter List: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are being used.
Parameter: describes the reserved parameters and bits that are no longer in use in the current R version.
he Used Reserved Parameter List for the BSC6900 of the V900R015C00SPC529 version. It provides basic
customer only.
ngineers to obtain the Used Reserved Parameter List that matches the version.
Reserved Parameter List of the BSC6900, visit the website http://support.huawei.com/support and then choose
Version Software > Wireless Product Line > SingleRAN > MBSC > BSC6900.
Remarks
Managed object of an NE
Simple string for identifying a parameter
Command that includes the parameter
Bit that has been used
Function of a reserved parameter or bit and whether the reserved parameter or bit is an advanced
parameter or bit.
The following two types of reserved parameters or bits are advanced parameters or bits:
1. Reserved parameters or bits that have significant impacts on network performance once their values
are slightly changed. This type of reserved parameters or bits are not used in features.
2. Reserved parameters or bits whose functions can be maximized only when they work in certain
portfolios. For this type of parameters or bits, changing the value of only one reserved parameter or bit
has little effect and may cause accidents or bring a negative impact to the network.
To set an advanced parameter or bit, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
Value range of the reserved parameter or bit displayed on the GUI

Unit of the GUI value for the reserved parameter or bit
Actual value that corresponds to the GUI value of the reserved parameter or bit
07/02/2015
101145
275211561.xls
Initial value assigned by the system to the parameter. For a bit field parameter, ON indicates that the bit
representing the sub-parameter is set to 1, OFF indicates that the bit representing the sub-parameter is
set to 0. The default value is not displayed on the configuration window of a SET command.
Recommended value of the reserved parameter or bit in a specific application scenario. The
recommended value can be the same as the default value.
Cautions to be taken during the modification.
Impact of the parameter on radio network performance when the reserved parameter or bit is set to
different values
Product version in which a reserved parameter or bit is first used.
For example:
Patch release for an R version: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX
Patch releases for different R versions: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX and VX00R0XX'CXXSPHXXX
Patch release and baseline version for different R versions: VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX and VX00R0XX'
VX00R0XXCXXSPHXXX indicates a patch release for an R version. A reserved parameter or bit that is
first used in this patch release will be used in all later patch releases.
VX00R0XX' indicates a baseline version for an R version. A reserved parameter or bit that is first used in
this baseline version will be used in all later baseline versions and patch releases.
Reason why the reserved parameter or bit is used and the reserved parameter or bit in an earlier version
inherited by that in the current version
Mechanism that the system uses to process the value of a reserved parameter or bit set by operators
after the reserved parameter or bit is out of use
Baseline version in which a reserved parameter or bit is out of use
ed Parameters
bes the definition of reserved parameters, the purpose of using reserved parameters, the status of reserved parameters, and disu
Reserved parameters are parameters reserved for use in patch releases. When such parameters are
being added, they can be set but have no functional behaviors. A reserved parameter has functional
behavior only when it is used in a patch release. Reserved parameters are used to fix bugs, solve
network compatibility issues, or implement network element interconnection.
Avoiding impacts on southbound and northbound interfaces

Avoiding service interruption caused by patch installation
The state of a reserved parameter can be:
Unused: indicates that the reserved parameter has not been used.
In-use: indicates that the reserved parameter is being used.
Disused: indicates that the function of the reserved parameter has been implemented by a new
parameter (the ID of the new parameter reflects the function) or the function of the reserved parameter
has been removed.
07/02/2015
111145
275211561.xls
A reserved parameter that is used in a patch release for an R version will fall into disuse in N+1 version.
After the disuse, the reserved parameter is not used in the R version any more. Disuse mechanism:
1. A new parameter has been used to replace the reserved parameter. The ID of the new parameter
reflects the function.
2. The function configured through the reserved parameter has been deleted or does not need to be set
manually.
07/02/2015
121145
275211561.xls
e parameters.This document consists of two parts:
07/02/2015
131145
275211561.xls
d parameters, and disuse mechanism.
07/02/2015
141145
275211561.xls
07/02/2015
151145
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
BIT
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TRANSRSVPARA TS9
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
bit5
Meaning
GUI Value Range
Unit
Actual Value Range
This parameter can

enable the DHCP relay
function configured for
ports on interface
boards by the MML
command ADD
DHCPRLY, which is
used for NodeB, SRAN,
eGBTS stations. When
the switch is OFF(0),
DHCP Relay is disable
for above base stations.
The parameter will be
OFF in the situation of
MBSC upgrade from
R13 or R14. In order to 0,1
solve the problem that
DHCP packets from
NodeB will not be
replied by MBSC when
the NodeB uses the
same port of TGW.
When the switch is
ON(1), DHCP Relay is
able for above base
stations. MBSC will
relay DHCP packets to
M2000. The parameter
will be ON in the
situation of developing
new MBSC.
None
0,1
Whether to enable the

self-healing function for
an SCUa board in the
case of packets with
CRC error. When this
switch is turned on, the
SCUa board
0,1
automatically resets if
packets with CRC error
are detected.
1: This switch is turned
on.
off.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
Default Value
Recommended Value
Caution
Impact on Radio
Network Performance
None
None
None
This switch application

can ensure the board
reliability. Do not turn
off this switch because
this reduces the board
reliability.
275211561.xls
Change Reason
This parameter is used

to solve
V900R015C00SPH501
fault:DTS20130525021
60
1. This function
improves system
V900R015C00SPC510 reliability. Trouble ticket
number:DTS20130515
06001
275211561.xls
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit1
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit2
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit8
275211561.xls

reliability enhancement
function for device
status synchronization
When this switch is
turned on, the reliability
enhancement function
is enabled to prevent
0,1
the loss of device
status synchronization
messages.
off.
on.
None
0,1
Whether to export
statistical logs when a
board experiences an
interprocess
communication (IPC)
exception.
off. Statistical logs are
exported at a
scheduled time when
disordering,
0,1
retransmission, or error
packets occur during an
IPC.
on. Statistical logs are
not exported when
disordering,
retransmission, or error
packets occur during an
IPC.
None
0,1

self-healing function
when a board
experiences a task
scheduling failure.
on. The board is reset
when a specified task
cannot be scheduled
0,1
within the preset period.
off. No measure is
taken when a specified
task cannot be
scheduled within the
preset period. This
affects board and
service reliability.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
None
This switch ensures

board reliability and you
are advised to turn on
this switch.
None
Do not modify the

default value of this
parameter because
inappropriate
parameter settings
affect board reliability. If
users want to change
the parameter value,
contact Huawei
technical engineers
first.
None
Do not modify the

parameter because
inappropriate
parameter settings
contact Huawei
technical engineers
first.
275211561.xls
1. This function
improves system
V900R014C00SPH538
reliability. Trouble ticket
V900R015C00SPH512
number:
DTS2013061303023
1. This function
improves system
V900R015C00SPH516 maintainability. Trouble
ticket number:
DTS2013062601342
1. This function
improves system
V900R015C00SPH516 reliability. Trouble ticket
number:
DTS2013070400574
275211561.xls
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit9
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT2
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT9
275211561.xls
10
Whether to isolate an
abnormal DSP when
the 2603 chip on the
DPUf board repeatedly
resets. 1: This switch is
set to on and the
abnormal DSP is
0,1
isolated when the 2603
chip on the DPUf board
repeatedly resets. 0:
This switch is set to off
and the abnormal DSP
is not isolated.
None
0,1
Whether to periodically
update the IE Value
Tag.
The Value Tag
periodically update
algorithm allows a UE
to update system
messages when the
RNC periodically
updates the IE Value
Tag. The algorithm is
0,1
applicable to the
following two scenarios:
1: The switch is turned
on, only the system
messages triggered by
non-dynamic AC control
are updated.
off, all system
messages are updated.
None
0,1
Calculation method of
consumed CE
resources.
If this parameter is set
to 0, the [MBSC]
correctly calculates the
consumed CE
resources. If this
parameter is set to 1,
0,1
the CE resources
consumed on the link
that is deleted after a
soft handover are not
calculated. As a result,
the available CE
resources increase and
excess users access
the cell.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
11
None
This function
determines board
reliability. If this switch
is turned off, the board
reliability decreases. It
is recommended that
this switch be turned
on.
None
When the switch is

turned on,the RRC
success rate will be
improved.
None
None
275211561.xls
12
1. This function
improves system
number:
DTS2013082204143
This change is used to

resolve issues (with
the Trouble Ticket
Number of
DTS2012042703240).
After an upgrade to
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R014C00SPC510 or a later version, the
V900R015C00
value of this reserved
parameter inherits the
value of
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT15 of the
ReservedSwitch0
parameter in the SET
UNBMPARA command.
Versions earlier than

V900R011
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012C01SPC200 This change is used to
V900R012C01SPC500 resolve issues.
V900R013
V900R014
V900R015C00
275211561.xls
13
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT9
275211561.xls
14
Whether to allow the

RNC to check the code
resources of a cell and
reclaim the code
resources that are still
occupied by a released 0,1
UE.
off.
on.
the maximum
adjustable data rate of
PS service 2 based on
the data rate of 2 ms
TTI services when the
maximum data rate of
HSUPA 10 ms TTI
services is lower than
that of PS service 2
whose data rate is
neither increased nor
decreased during the
DCCC process on PS
service 1 in the
scenario where two
HSUPA PS services
and one CS service are
set up.
When this switch is
0,1
turned on, the [MBSC]
queries RLC
parameters related to
the maximum
TTI services.
When this switch is
turned off, the [MBSC]
queries RLC
parameters related to
the maximum
TTI services.
None
0,1
None
0,1
275211561.xls
15
None
None
None
After this switch is

turned on, the success
rate of increasing or
decreasing the data
rate based on DCCC
rises and the user
throughput improves.
275211561.xls
16

resolve issues (with
V900R014C00SPC500
the Trouble Ticket
V900R015C00
Number of
DTS2012031905146)
V900R015C00

to solve the problem
found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013040100636
275211561.xls
17
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT7
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT7
275211561.xls
18
Whether the RNC reattempts to apply for

DCH resources when
the NodeB sends to the
RNC cause value notenough-user-planeprocessing-resources
during the request of EDCH or HS-DSCH
resources for an intra0,1
RAT handover.
on, and the RNC reattempts to apply for
the DCH resources in
the preceding scenario.
off, and the RNC stops
applying for any
channel resources.
None
0,1
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_
COMBINE_SWITCH of
the
[PARA]HoSwitch1[/PAR
A] parameter in the
[MML]SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H[/MML] command are
turned on.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
filters out the
neighboring LTE cells
based on the principle
of preferentially
selecting a maximum of
four LTE FDD
EARFCNs and four LTE
TDD EARFCNs,
0,1
preferentially selects
the neighboring LTE
cells with the largest
number of times the
LTE cells are
configured as the
neighboring cells for
different cells in the
active set until the
number of the selected
meets the
specifications, and then
filters out the excessive
neighboring LTE cells to
obtain the candidate
neighboring cell list.
When this switch is
None
0,1
275211561.xls
19
None

turned on, the intra-RAT
handover success rate
increases and the call
drop rate decreases.
None
When this switch is

turned on, the
neighboring LTE cell
combination algorithm
can select more
candidate neighboring
cells and the number of
handovers or
redirections from UMTS
to LTE increases.
275211561.xls
20

V900R015C00SPC500 found in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013041706255

ticket:
DTS2013040600565
275211561.xls
21
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT11
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para15
SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7
275211561.xls
22
Whether a UE is
allowed to perform a
non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection after a
redirection from UMTS
to LTE when
HO_U2L_REDIR_BAS
ED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ
_SWITCH of the
HoSwitch1 parameter 0,1
in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on. When this switch is
turned on, the UE is not
allowed to be redirected
back to LTE. When this
switch is turned off, the
UE is allowed to be
redirected back to LTE.
None
0,1
Whether the [MBSC]

can initiate an interRNC UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this
[MBSC] can initiate an
0,1
inter-RNC UMTS-toLTE redirection. When
this switch is turned off,
the RNC cannot initiate
an inter-RNC UMTS-toLTE redirection.
None
0,1
Threshold for number

of load sharing data
synchronization in
multiple subsystems
when the RNC in Pool
feature is enabled.
When the number of
data synchronizations
reaches this threshold,
all data is synchronized
in a single subsystem.
If this parameter is set 0~255
to 0, the number of load
sharing data
synchronization in
multiple subsystems is
5.
to between 1 and 4, the
number of load sharing
data synchronization in
multiple subsystems
isn't limited.
None
5~255,
275211561.xls
23
None

turned on, the number
of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections decreases.
None

of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections increases.

to 0, the number of load
sharing data
synchronization in
None
multiple subsystems is
5.So this parameter is
set to 5.
275211561.xls
None
24

ticket:
DTS2013033004296

ticket:
DTS2013042509972

resolve issues (with the
V900R015C00SPC500 Trouble Ticket Number
of
DTS2013041603921).
275211561.xls
25
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT7
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT6
275211561.xls
26
CE resource
preemption optimization
switch.
When this switch is
turned on, the method
for calculating the CE
0,1
resources of the
preempted users is
optimized.
When this switch is
turned off, the original
method applies.
None
0,1
Interval at which the

average CPU usage is
calculated during cell
update flow control.
to 0, the average CPU
usage is calculated
every 10 seconds.
to 1, the average CPU
usage is calculated
0,1
every 4 seconds.
Note:
This switch takes effect
only when
RELIABILITY_CELLUP
T_FC_ENH_SWITCH
of the ReliabilitySwitch
UNBMPARA command
is turned off.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
27
None
When this switch is

turned on, the CE
resource preemption
success rate improves.
None

turned on, cell update
messages are likely to
be rejected using flow
control if the CPU
usage of the SPU
subsystem fluctuates.
This increases the call
drop rate.
275211561.xls
28

of
DTS2013040900974).
This reserved
parameter is used to
V900R015C00SPC500
solve the fault of
DTS2013032007691 .
275211561.xls
29
UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvSwitch2
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UALGORSVPARAPHY 2_BIT1
275211561.xls
30
algorithm optimization
switch for RRC
connections.
off. The number of
allowed prioritized RRC
connection setup
requests is calculated
based on the following:
Number of allowed
RRC connection setup
requests per second
Number of RRC
connection setup
requests that can be
borrowed from that
reserved for the next
second
1: This switch is turned 0,1
on. High-priority RRC
connection setup
requests can use 2030% more of the
requests allowed for the
next second. This
increases the number
of allowed high-priority
requests per second.
Note:
This switch takes effect
only when
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMI
C of the
CallShockCtrlSwitch
UCALLSHOCKCTRL
None
275211561.xls
0,1
31
None
275211561.xls
When this switch is

turned off, more highpriority RRC
connections are
allowed during the
dynamic CAPS flow
control, which improves
the success rate of
high-priority RRC
connection setup.
32
This reserved
V900R015C00SPC500 improve the
performance of
DTS2013040704966
275211561.xls
33
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT8
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
275211561.xls
34
Cell resource
maintenance policy
when the users queuing
to access cells based
on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing.
to 1, the [MBSC]
immediately calculates
the resource consumed
by the users who stop
queuing, ensuring that
the [MBSC] correctly
calculates cell
0,1
resources.
to 0, the [MBSC] does
not immediately
calculate the resource
consumed by the users
who stop queuing. As a
result, the consumed
cell resources are more
than the resources
recorded on the
[MBSC], and excessive
users access the cell.
None
0,1
Abnormal cell selfhealing switch.

When this switch is
periodically checks the
cell status. If the
[MBSC] detects
0,1
abnormal cells, it tries
to reestablish the cells.
When this switch is
turned off, the [MBSC]
does not check the cell
status.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
35
None
When this parameter is

set to 0, excessive
users access the cell,
resulting in air interface
congestion. When this
the control of user
access is more
accurate.
None
None
275211561.xls
36

V900R015C00SPH501 to solve fault.
DTS2013052106269
1. This function
improves system
number:DTS20130515
06001
275211561.xls
37
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT8
275211561.xls
38
Heterogeneous
attribute indication for a
cell. This parameter
specifies whether a
macro cell is configured
with intra-frequency
micro cells on a macro
and micro hybrid
network. If this
0,1
the macro cell is not
configured with intrafrequency micro cells. If
this parameter is set to
1, the macro cell is
configured with intrafrequency micro cells.
None
0,1
Whether to use the

optimized C-RNTI
allocation method.
When this switch is
starts from the place
where the last allocated
C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls CRNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and
selects an available C- 0,1
RNTI for a UE. When
the [MBSC] starts from
the place where the first
allocated C-RNTI is
located, sequentially
polls C-RNTIs following
the first allocated CRNTI, and selects an
available C-RNTI for
the UE.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
39
None
None
None
If this switch is turned

on, the probability that
a serving cell and a
neighboring cell
allocate the same CRNTI to a UE is
lowered. This reduces
the SRB reset
probability for UEs in
the CELL_FACH state
and consequently
reduces the call drop
rate. If this switch is
turned off, the
probability that a
serving cell and a
neighboring cell
allocate the same CRNTI to a UE is
increased. This
increases the SRB
reset probability for
UEs in the CELL_FACH
state and consequently
increases the call drop
rate.
275211561.xls
40

of
DTS2013053100685).
This reserved
V900R015C00SPH512 improve the
performance of
DTS2013060402756
275211561.xls
41
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT8
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para8
SET UALGORSVPARA Bit0~bit7
275211561.xls
42
on. The algorithm takes
effect.
Operations of the
algorithm:
Access mode : The
algorithm also
considers coverage and
loads to determine
whether the downlink
SRBs can be carried on
the HS-DSCH when a
UE transits from the
idle, CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state
during an RRC
connection setup, RAB
setup, or RAB
0,1
modification or when a
CELL_DCH UE
experiences an
incoming inter-RAT
handover or an
incoming combined
hard handover and
SRNS relocation.
Connected mode
After a UE accesses a
cell, the algorithm
determines whether to
deliver periodic RSCP
and Ec/N0
measurement control
messages.
When the RNC
receives periodic
measurement reports
None
0,1
RSCP threshold for the

coverage- and loadbased algorithm for
dynamic reconfiguration
of the channel mapped
to downlink SRBs in
weak coverage areas. If
the valid RSCP value of
the best cell is less than
or equal to the value of
this parameter, the UE
is located in a weak
coverage area.
0-255 (Valid value
Parameter relationship:
range: 1-90)
The values of BIT0 to
BIT7 in RsvU32Para8
are not greater than
those of BIT8 to BIT15
in RsvU32Para8.
If the value of this
parameter is beyond
the valid value range or
the parameter
relationship cannot met,
set it to 25, which
corresponds to the
actual value -90.
dBm
-114~-25(Actual value
range = Valid GUI value
range - 115)
275211561.xls
43
If channel of downlink
SRBs are configured as
None
HS-DSCH, set this
parameter to 1.
When this switch is

turned on, the algorithm
delivers periodic RSCP
and Ec/N0
measurement control
messages if channel of
downlink SRBs are
configured as HSDSCH. This increases
the load on the Uu
interface and number of
coverage- and loadbased channel
reconfigurations of the
channel mapped SRBs,
and also reduces the
call drop rate in weak
coverage areas and the
network load.
25
If the coverage- and

load-based algorithm
for dynamic
reconfiguration of the
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the RNC
reconfigures the
downlink SRBs of UEs
in weak coverage areas
to the DCH. The larger
the value of this
parameter, the smaller
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
are carried over HSDSCH and the fewer
the call drops caused
by coverage. The
smaller the value of this
parameter, the greater
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
are carried over HSDSCH and the more
by coverage.
None
275211561.xls
44

V900R015C00SPH512 found in the trouble
ticket
DTS2013053101296

ticket
DTS2013053101296
275211561.xls
45
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para8
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para8
SET UALGORSVPARA bit16~bit19
275211561.xls
46

to downlink SRBs in
strong coverage areas.
If the valid RSCP and
Ec/N0 of the best cell
are greater than the
corresponding RSCP
and Ec/N0 thresholds
for strong coverage
areas, the UE is located
in a strong coverage
0-255 (Valid value
area.
range: 1-90)
BIT7 in RsvU32Para8
in RsvU32Para8.
parameter is beyond
the parameter
set it to 35, which
corresponds to the
actual value -80.
dBm
Measurement period of
RSCP and Ec/N0 for
the coverage- and loadbased algorithm for
to downlink SRBs.
0-15 (Valid value range:
ms
1-15)
parameter is beyond
the valid value range,
set it to 4, which
corresponds to the
actual value 2000.
275211561.xls
-114~-25(Actual value
range = Valid GUI value
range - 115)
250, 500, 1000, 2000,

3000, 4000, 6000,
8000, 12000, 16000,
20000, 24000, 28000,
32000, 64000
47
35
None

for dynamic
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the RNC
reconfigures the
in strong coverage
areas to the HS-DSCH.
The larger the value of
this parameter, the
smaller the number of
UEs whose downlink
SRBs are carried over
HS-DSCH and the
fewer the call drops
caused by coverage.
The smaller the value
of this parameter, the
greater the number of
UEs whose downlink
HS-DSCH and the
more the call drops
caused by coverage.
None

for dynamic
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the smaller the
value of this parameter,
the more frequency the
UE reports intrafrequency
measurement reports
and the higher the load
on the Uu interface.
275211561.xls
48

ticket
DTS2013053101296

ticket
DTS2013053101296
275211561.xls
49
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para8
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para8
275211561.xls
50
Ec/N0 threshold for the

to downlink SRBs in
weak coverage areas. If
the valid Ec/N0 value of
the best cell is less than
or equal to the value of
this parameter, the UE
is located in a weak
coverage area.
0.5 dB
1-49)
BIT25 in RsvU32Para8
in RsvU32Para8.
parameter is beyond
the parameter
set it to 29, which
corresponds to the
actual value -10.
-24~0(Actual value
range = (Valid GUI
value range - 49) * 0.5)
Ec/N0 threshold for the

to downlink SRBs in
strong coverage areas.
If the valid RSCP value
of the best cell is less
than or equal to the
the UE is located in a
weak coverage area.
0.5 dB
1-49)
in RsvU32Para8.
parameter is beyond
the parameter
set it to 35, which
corresponds to the
actual value -7.
-24~0(Actual value
range = (Valid GUI
value range - 49) * 0.5)
275211561.xls
51
29
35
None

for dynamic
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the RNC
reconfigures the
in strong coverage
areas to the HS-DSCH.
this parameter, the
smaller the number of
UEs whose downlink
HS-DSCH and the
fewer the call drops
caused by coverage.
UEs whose downlink
HS-DSCH and the
more the call drops
caused by coverage.
None

for dynamic
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the RNC
reconfigures the
in weak coverage areas
to the DCH. The larger
the value of this
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
by coverage. The
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
by coverage.
275211561.xls
52

ticket
DTS2013053101296

ticket
DTS2013053101296
275211561.xls
53
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para4
275211561.xls
54
be in either of the
following states: light
state
(DL_LIGHT_STATE),
normal state
(DL_NORMAL_STATE)
, loaded state
(DL_LOADED_STATE),
heavy state
(DL_HEAVY_STATE),
and overload state
(DL_OVERRLOAD_ST
ATE).
The downlink nonHSPA power load state
transition process is as
follows: If the downlink
non-HSPA power load
in the light state is
1~5
larger than 30%+10%,
transition from light
state to normal state is
triggered. If the
downlink non-HSPA
power load in the
normal state is smaller
than 30%-10%,
transition from normal
state to light state is
triggered; if the
downlink non-HSPA
power load in the
normal state is larger
than 50%+10%,
transition from normal
state to loaded state is
triggered. If the
None
275211561.xls
0~4
55
None
275211561.xls

for dynamic
channel mapped to
downlink SRBs takes
effect, the downlink
SRBs of UEs in heavily
loaded cells are
preferentially carried
over HS-DSCH. The
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
the occupied network
resources. The greater
the value of this
the number of UEs
whose downlink SRBs
the occupied network
resources.
56

ticket
DTS2013053101296
275211561.xls
57
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT9
58
Whether the
DOFFDefault DPCH
Offset Valueallocation
algorithm for special
UEs is optimized. This
switch is turned on by
default.
off. The original DOFF
allocation algorithm
applies to the UEs that
are transiting from the
CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state
and have signaling
radio bears (SRBs)
0,1
carried over HSDPA
channels. This cannot
ensure even DOFF
distribution.
on. The DOFF
allocation algorithm is
optimized for UEs that
are transiting from the
CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state
and have signaling
radio bears (SRBs)
carried over HSDPA
channels. This ensures
even DOFF distribution.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
59
None
275211561.xls

off, When a large
number of such UEs
that are transiting from
the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_DCH state
and have signaling
radio bears (SRBs)
carried over HSDPA
channelscamp in a cell,
RNC cannot ensure
even DOFF distribution.
the Uu-interface load
may slightly fluctuate.
on, For UEs that are
transiting from the
CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state
and have signaling
radio bears (SRBs)
carried over HSDPA
channels, RNC can
ensure even DOFF
distribution.the Uuinterface load is
balanced.
60

ticket
DTS2013061502017
275211561.xls
61
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para4
275211561.xls
62
Meaning: Whether to
activate the enhanced
low-activity-triggered
data rate decrease
algorithm. When this
algorithm is activated,
the RNC switches a
UE's PS BE service of 0,1,2
its CS+single-PS
combined services from
the current high-speed
channel to a low-speed
channel when lowactivity requirements for
the UE are met.
None
275211561.xls
0,1,2
63
None
275211561.xls
Impact on Network
Performance: If this
parameter is set to 1 or
2, the RNC switches a
UE's PS BE service of
its CS+single-PS
combined services from
the current high-speed
channel to a low-speed
channel if low-activity
requirements for the UE
are met. In this case,
the CS call drop rate
specific to CS+singlePS combined services
improves and the
RTWP of the target cell
can be less affected.
However, this
parameter setting will
lead to frequent data
rate increases or
decreases on UEs with
intermittent data
transmissions. As a
result, for such UEs,
the call drop rate
deteriorates and the
number of signaling
messages increases.
64
This reserved
performance of
DTS2013051300335
275211561.xls
65
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT6
66
measurement coexist.
to 0, the GU_L-mode
UE incompatibility
processing solution is
adopted. That is, the
RNC simultaneously
starts the GERAN
measurement and interfrequency
measurement, and then
triggers the E-UTRAN
measurement.
to 1, the UL_G-mode
UE incompatibility
RNC simultaneously
0~3
starts the interfrequency
measurement and EUTRAN measurement,
and then triggers the
GERAN measurement.
to 2, the L_GU-mode
UE incompatibility
RNC starts the EUTRAN measurement,
and then triggers the
GERAN measurement
and inter-frequency
measurement.
to 3, the RNC
None
0~3
Whether compatibility
processing is
performed on the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
during a combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation.
on. Compatibility
processing is
performed so that the
RELOCATION
0,1
REQUIRED carries the
RSCP and Ec/N0
measurement results of
the target cell.
off. Compatibility
processing is not
performed so that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED does not
carry the RSCP and
Ec/N0 measurement
results of the target cell.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
67
None
problems but prolongs

the Uu interface
measurement duration
for normal UEs.
to 0, the GU_L-mode
UE incompatibility
adopted. This increases
the number of interfrequency handovers
and UMTS-to-GSM
handovers but
decreases the number
of UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections.
to 1, the UL_G-mode
UE incompatibility
the number of interfrequency handovers
and UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections but
of UMTS-to-GSM
handovers.
to 2, the L_GU-mode
UE incompatibility
the number of UMTSto-LTE handovers or
redirections but
If the RNCs of some

vendors require that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
None
carry the RSCP and
Ec/N0 measurement
results of the target cell,
set this parameter to 1.
The RNCs of some

vendors require that the
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
carry the RSCP and
Ec/N0 measurement
results of the target cell.
turned on, the success
rate of relocations to
such RNCs increases.
275211561.xls
68

ticket
DTS2013060100441
It is used to resolve the

compatibility. Trouble
V900R015C00SPH512
ticket number:
DTS2013041508381
275211561.xls
69
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para10
SET UALGORSVPARA Bit0~Bit15
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT14
70
Bits 0 to 15 of this
parameter specify the
duration when a UE
that is redirected to a
UMTS cell from an LTE
cell cannot be
redirected back to the 0~65535
LTE cell again during a
blind redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
to 0, the duration is
60s.
second
1~65535
Value of the HE bit IE

during the RB
reconfiguration. The HE
bit IE indicates whether
the AMD PDU contains
the length indicator (LI).
For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.321.
on. During the RB
reconfiguration, the
0,1
value of the HE bit IE
for other operators'
RNCs is unchanged.
off. During the RB
reconfiguration, the HE
bit IE for other
operators' RNCs is
forcibly changed to the
value of the HE bit IE
for Huawei RNC, which
results in call drops.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
71
60
60
None

this parameter, the
smaller the value of
blind redirections to the
LTE cell, but the higher
the load of the UMTS
cell.
None

turned on, traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset
caused by the value
change of the "HE bit
IE" is prevented during
the RB reconfiguration
and the call drop rate
decreases.
275211561.xls
72

to resolve the problem
V900R015C00SPH512 identified in the trouble
ticket:
DTS2013060100443

V900R015C00SPH512
ticket number:
DTS2013053103859
275211561.xls
73
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT7
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8
275211561.xls
74
Whether the uplink or

downlink power
resource admission
policy for the RRC
connections of real-time
services and other
services is consistent
with that for RABs.
on. The uplink or
downlink power
resource admission
policy for the RRC
0,1
services and other
services is consistent
with that for RABs.
off. The uplink or
downlink power
resource admissions for
the RRC connections of
real-time services and
other services are less
restrict than that for
RABs.
None
0,1
Whether the uplink or

downlink power
resource admission
policy for the RRC
connections of nonreal-time services is
consistent with that for
RABs.
on. The uplink or
downlink power
resource admission
policy for the RRC
0,1
connections of nonreal-time services is
consistent with that for
RABs.
off. The uplink or
downlink power
resource admissions for
the RRC connections of
non-real-time services
are less restrict than
that for RABs.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
75
None
When this switch is

turned on, power
resource admission
policies for the RRC
services and other
services become strict
in the event of power
resource congestion.
This reduces the RRC
connection setup
success rate. Whereas,
more power resources
can be preserved for
RAB setup, which
increases the RAB
setup success rate.
None
When this switch is

turned on, power
resource admission
policies for the RRC
connections of nonreal-time services
become strict in the
event of power
resource congestion.
This reduces the RRC
connection setup
success rate. Whereas,
more power resources
can be preserved for
RAB setup, which
increases the RAB
setup success rate.
275211561.xls
76

V900R015C00SPH512 Trouble Ticket Number
of
DTS2013053002641).

of
DTS2013053002641).
275211561.xls
77
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT12
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT13
275211561.xls
78
Whether to initiate
service-based UMTSto-LTE handovers or
redirections after a P2D
procedure is triggered
for CS users.
turned on, servicebased UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
0,1
redirections are
allowed, causing the
CS service
establishment to fail.
After the switch is
turned off, servicebased UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections are allowed
are not allowed.
None
0,1
Whether to initiate
redirections after RBs
are reconfigured for a
PS user. After this
switch is turned on,
redirections are allowed
after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS
user. In this case, the
user is always in the
compressed mode if
ChannelRetryHoTimerL
en is set to a value
other than 0 in the SET 0,1
UCOIFTIMER
command and
HsdpaCMPermissionIn
d,
HsupaCMPermissionIn
d, or
EHSPACMPermissionIn
d is set to Limited in the
SET UCMCF
command. After this
switch is turned off,
redirections are
forbidden after RBs are
reconfigured for a PS
user.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
79
If the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover None
algorithm takes effect,

turned off, the CS setup
success rate increases.
UMTS-to-LTE

turned on, the following
numbers decrease:
times of starting
compressed
measurement, call
drops, and servicebased UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections.
275211561.xls
80

of
DTS2013060602749).

of
DTS2013060602749).
275211561.xls
81
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT11
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para9
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT15
82
Whether to check
whether the UE
requesting for servicebased UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections is an LTE
UE or not.
turned on, the RNC
allows service-based
0,1
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections for LTE
UEs only. When the
switch is turned off, the
RNC allows such
handovers or
redirections for all
requested UEs.
None
0,1
Duration during which

redirections are
forbidden once the
U2LTEMeasTime timer
0~65535
defined in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV
command expires but
the RNC receives no
desired measurement
report.
0~65535
Whether to allow
UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return if the best cell
for a UE is controlled by
the DRNC.
on. In this case, UMTSto-LTE Fast Return is
allowed and the SRNC
adds neighboring LTE
cell EARFCNs of the
best cell to the RRC
Connection Release
message.
0,1
on. In this case, UMTSto-LTE Fast Return is
forbidden.
This switch is effective
only when the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_F
AST_RETURN_SWITC
H switch of the
HoSwitch parameter is
turned on in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
83
UMTS-to-LTE

turned on, only LTE
UEs can be handed
over or redirected to
LTE networks.
turned off, all requested
UEs can be handed
over or redirected to
LTE networks, but the
handovers and
redirections may fail
and therefore affecting
PS data transmission.
20

to a large value, the
following numbers
decrease: servicebased UMTS-to-LTE
handovers or
redirections, times of
starting compressed
measurement, and call
drops. If this parameter
is set to a small value,
the preceding numbers
increase.
If the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_F
AST_RETURN_SWITC
H switch of the
HoSwitch parameter is None
turned on in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command, set this
parameter to 1.
None
275211561.xls

turned on, requesting
UEs can reselect LTE
cells by using the Fast
Return function.
84

improve the
performance (with the
V900R015C00SPH512
Trouble Ticket Number
of
DTS2013060602749).

of
DTS2013060602749).

of
DTS2013060602781).
275211561.xls
85
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT9
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT18
275211561.xls
86
Whether the RNC

includes the new
scheduling priority
indicator (SPI) weight
adjustment factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare message when
the SPI is changed
because the CN adjusts
the traffic handle
priority (THP) value for
an HSDPA service.
on. The RNC includes
the new SPI weight
adjustment factor in the
Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare message.
off. The RNC does not
include the new SPI
weight adjustment
factor in the Radio Link
Reconfiguration
Prepare message.
None
0,1
during the D2E channel

switching procedure or
the link addition
procedure of a soft
handover for a UE
enabled with the
DTX/DRX function.
on. For the D2E
channel switching
procedure, the RNC
sets the value of the
DtxDrxEnablingDelay
parameter to the delay
time for DTX/DRX to
take effect. For the link
addition procedure of a
soft handover, the RNC
permanently sets the
0,1
field Enabling Delay in
the RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST
message to 0.
off. For the D2E
channel switching
procedure, the RNC
permanently sets the
delay time for DTX/DRX
to take effect to 0. For
the link addition
procedure of a soft
handover, the RNC sets
the field Enabling Delay
in the RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST
message based on the
None
0,1
275211561.xls
87
If the CN supports
dynamic modification of
the THP of the HSDPA None
service, set this
parameter to 1.
None

turned on, the D2E
channel switching
success rate for UEs
enabled with the
DTX/DRX function
increases. In frequency
soft handover
scenarios, the call drop
rate decreases.
None
275211561.xls
88

of
DTS2013062103252).

of
DTS2013062105219).
275211561.xls
89
UALGORSVPARA
ReservedU32Para4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT8
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT3
275211561.xls
90
Rate of the processing

capability of a DPUe
board to that of a DPUb
board. This parameter
is used to balance the
loads between DPUb
0~4095
and DPUe boards.
set to a value less than
50 or greater than 500,
the default value 200 is
used.
50~500
Whether the counters

for PS traffic measure
the PS traffic of UEs
that have transitioned
from the CELL_PCH
state to the
CELL_FACH state.
on. The counters for PS
traffic measure the PS
traffic of UEs that have
0,1
transitioned from the
CELL_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
off. The counters for PS
traffic do not measure
the PS traffic of UEs
that have transitioned
from the CELL_PCH
state to the
CELL_FACH state.
None
0,1
RNC in Pool load

sharing switch for Iur-p
link congestion
scenarios.
on. When the Iur-p link
is congested, load
sharing is not
implemented between
physical RNCs. When
the congestion is
relieved, the number of 0,1
load sharing users is
gradually increased
between physical
RNCs.
off. Load sharing is
implemented between
physical RNCs,
regardless of whether
the Iur-p link is
congested or not.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
91
200
200
None
When the DPUe and

DPUb are installed in
one subrack, a large
number of UEs will be
allocated to the DPUe if
a large value.
Change Notice
None
None
None
When this switch is

turned off, load sharing
users fail to initiate a
call or experience a call
drop in Iur-p link
congestion scenarios.
When this switch is
turned on, the effect of
load sharing is affected
in Iur-p link congestion
scenarios, but the call
setup success rate
increases.
275211561.xls
92
V900R015C00
This reserved
improve the
performance of
DTS2013011003012.
V900R015C00

ticket:DTS2013013105
982.
V900R015C00
This reserved
improve the
performance of
DTS2013011601916.
275211561.xls
93
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT11
275211561.xls
94
Whether to optimize
processing during flow
control in the Iu-Flex
scenario.
This parameter can be
set to 1 or 0.
1: When the SCCP link
to a CN node is
congested in the IuFlex scenario, the RNC
selects an available
SCCP link to another
CN node for
0,1
transmitting the initial
direct transfer
message.
0: When the SCCP link
to a CN node is
congested in the IuFlex scenario, the RNC
still selects this CN
node as a candidate
CN node for
transmitting the initial
direct transfer
message.
None
0,1
Whether the
[PARA]CtrlPlnSharingO
utThd[/PARA]
parameter in the
[MML]SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPA
RA[/MML] command
takes effect.
on. A new call is
forwarded to other
subsystems for
processing when the
CPU usage of a
subsystem reaches
0,1
utThd[/PARA].
off. A new call is
forwarded to other
subsystems for
processing when the
CPU usage of a
subsystem does not
reach
utThd[/PARA], resulting
in unnecessary load
sharing occurrences.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
95
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
96
V900R015C00

ticket:
DTS2013011508692.
V900R015C00

905.
275211561.xls
97
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para16
UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvU8Para0
SET
BIT0~BIT7
UALGORSVPARAPHY
275211561.xls
98
Operator index update

switch for the user
plane in MOCN
scenarios. When this
operator information on
the user plane is
0,1
consistent with that on
the control plane.
When this switch is
turned off, the valid
operator information
initially configured for
the user plane is used.
None
0,1
Average CPU usage

difference threshold. In
scenarios where both
DPUb and DPUe
boards are configured,
if the average CPU
usage of DPUe boards
minus that of DPUb
boards in the same
subrack is less than or
equal to this threshold, 0~255
services initiated by
UEs complying with
3GPP Release 8 or
later are preferentially
assigned to DPUe
boards.
set to a value greater
than 100, the default
value 5 is used.
0~100
Threshold for triggering

reverse pressure that
requests dynamic
CAPS flow control on
the control plane in the
case of user plane CPU
overload. When the
average CPU usage of
the user plane exceeds
this threshold, dynamic
0~255
CAPS flow control is
triggered on all
subsystems of the
control plane.This
parameter is an
advanced parameter
and must be modified
only with the assistance
of Huawei technical
support personnel.
None
0~255
275211561.xls
99
None
None
None
None
85
85
None
None
275211561.xls
100

ticket:
DTS2013040200832.
This reserved
V900R015C00SPC500 improve the
performance of
DTS2013041501946.

ticket:
DTS2013041601140.
275211561.xls
101
UALGORSVPARAPHY RsvU8Para1
SET
BIT0~BIT7
UALGORSVPARAPHY
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
275211561.xls
102
Threshold for restoring

reverse pressure that
requests dynamic
CAPS flow control on
the control plane in the
case of user plane CPU
overload.When the
average CPU usage of
the user plane is less
than this threshold, the
0~255
dynamic CAPS flow
control is stopped on all
subsystems of the
control plane.This
parameter is an
advanced parameter
of Huawei technical
support personnel.
None
0~255
Whether the RNC

ASN1 coding scheme
takes corrective
measures when the
RNC sets optional subIEs in a Uu interface
message to values that
conflict with their
controlling bit.
1:This switch is turned
on, the RNC ASN1
coding scheme takes
corrective measures.
When a controlling bit
indicates that an IE
exists but the sub-IEs in
the IE are optional and
do not exist, the RNC
ASN1 coding scheme
0,1
considers the
controlling bit as
nonexistent and
performs encoding
accordingly. The
message length is
reduced as a result.
off, the RNC ASN1
coding scheme does
not take corrective
measures. When a
controlling bit indicates
that an IE exists but the
sub-IEs in the IE are
optional and do not
exist, the RNC ASN1
coding scheme directly
encodes the IE.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
103
80
80
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
104

ticket:
DTS2013041601140.

V900R015C00SPC500 ticket
number:DTS20130422
09427.
275211561.xls
105
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT2
275211561.xls
106
Whether the RNC

sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE
in the CELL_FACH
state.
on. The RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in AM
to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
0,1
Therefore, those UEs
that cannot receive this
message in UM can
now correctly receive
this message.
off. The RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in UM
to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

sends a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
that is transitioning from
the CELL_DCH state to
the CELL_FACH state.
on. The RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
the CELL_DCH state to 0,1
Therefore, those UEs
that cannot receive this
message in UM can
now correctly receive
this message.
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM to a UE
the CELL_DCH state to
None
0,1
275211561.xls
107
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
108
This reserved
performance of
DTS2013030402519.

ticket:
DTS2013030402519.
275211561.xls
109
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT3
110
Whether the RNC

sends a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_DCH
state.
on. The RNC sends a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
the CELL_FACH state 0,1
to the CELL_DCH
state. Therefore, those
UEs that cannot receive
this message in UM
can now correctly
receive this message.
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message in UM to a UE
the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_DCH
state.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
111
None
275211561.xls
None
112

ticket:
DTS2013030402519.
275211561.xls
113
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT21
114
Whether the RANAP

RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
carries the E-RAB
information element
(IE) during a UMTS-toLTE handover.
If the RANAP
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
does not carry the ERAB IE, the CN does
not send a data
forwarding request to
the RNC, and the RNC
consequently does not
0,1
forward the buffered
data to the CN.
on. The RANAP
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
carries the E-RAB IE
during a UMTS-to-LTE
handover.
off. The RANAP
RELOCATION
REQUIRED message
does not carry the ERAB IE during a UMTSto-LTE handover.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
115
None
275211561.xls
Turning on this switch

prevents the increase in
the data transmission
delay.
116

ticket:
DTS2013041700646
275211561.xls
117
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT19
118
configuration
information in the
incoming relocation
procedure when the
information is not
included in the interRNC handover
procedure prior to the
incoming relocation
procedure. This switch
is turned off by default.
on, the RNC supports
the inclusion of 0 kbit/s
PS configuration
information in the
incoming relocation
procedure, and the
incoming relocation
0,1
procedure can proceed.
off, the RNC does not
support the inclusion of
0 kbit/s PS
configuration
information in the
incoming relocation
procedure, and the
preparation for the
incoming relocation
procedure fails.
This switch is valid only
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2 in the
[PARA]RSVSWITCH0[/
PARA] parameter in the
[MML]SET
None
275211561.xls
0,1
119
None
275211561.xls
None
120

ticket:
DTS2013050701518
275211561.xls
121
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT20
NRNCRSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UNRNCRSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2
275211561.xls
122
controlled by the
neighboring RNC that
has compatibility issues
are added to the active
set and the channel
rate for PS service is
adjusted to 8 kbit/s
before the soft
handover. If cells
controlled by the
has compatibilities
issues already exist in
the active set, only the
channel rate for PS
service is adjusted to 8
kbit/s.
0,1
adjust the channel rate
for PS services. The
RNC notifies the
the channel rate for PS
services is 0 kbit/s
using the RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST or
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message. If
the neighboring RNC
does not support the 0
kbit/s channel rate, the
radio link (RL)
establishment or RL
reconfiguration on the
neighboring RNC fails.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

performs compatibility
processing over the Iur
interface.
1This switch is turned
on, the RNC performs
compatibility processing
over the Iur interface.
0This switch is turned
perform compatibility
processing over the Iur 0,1
interface.
This switch must be
used together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT19 or
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT20 in the
[PARA]ReservedSwitch
3[/PARA] in the
[MML]SET
UALGORSVPARAR[/M
ML] command.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
123
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
124

ticket:
DTS2013050701518

ticket:
DTS2013050701518
275211561.xls
125
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit21
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT18
275211561.xls
126
Whether to check the

length of the multicast
messages between
subracks in the
[MBSC]. This check
prevents system
failures caused by
message length
inconsistency.
on. The [MBSC]
processes only the
multicast messages of
valid lengths.
off. The [MBSC]
processes all multicaset
messages, regardless
of their lengths.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

continues to establish
the connection on the
Uu interface during a
RAB setup after
receiving an IU
RELEASE COMMAND
message from the CN
or a Signalling
Connection Release
Indication (SCRI)
message from a UE,
which instructs the RNC
0,1
to release the Iu
connection.
1:When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
does not establish the
connection on the Uu
interface.
turned off, the RNC
establishes the
connection on the Uu
interface, but the RAB
setup fails anyway.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
127
None
None
None
When this switch is

turned on, the values of
counters for RB setups
decrease, the values of
counters for RAB
assignment attempts
slightly increase, and
the RAB setup success
rate decreases.
275211561.xls
128

778 R15SPC510

824
275211561.xls
129
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT31
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT29
275211561.xls
130
Whether the RNC

reestablishes the Radio
Link Control (RLC)
entity if the value of the
One sided RLC reestablishment IE in the
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message is FALSE
when the state of a UE
is transitioned from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
set to 1, the RNC
reestablishes the RLC
entity so that the RLC
status on the RNC side 0,1
is consistent with that
on the UE side. This
ensures a normal PS
service rate if the UE is
transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state later.
set to 0, the RNC does
not reestablishes the
RLC entity. In this case,
the traffic radio bearer
(TRB) will reset if the
UE is transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state later.
As a result, the PS
service rate will
decrease.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

queries the UE
capability when the CS
service of a UE is
handed over from a
GSM network to a
UMTS network.
set to 1, the RNC does
not query the UE
capability during the CS
0,1
handover. However, the
RNC will query the UE
capability if a PS
service is ongoing for
the UE after the CS
service is released.
set to 0, the RNC
queries the UE
capability during the CS
handover.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
131
When the WRFD020500 Enhanced Fast

Dormancy feature is
enabled, the
recommended value for
None
this parameter is 1.
When this feature is
disabled, the
recommended value for

set to 1, the PS
throughput increases.

set to 1, those less
important interactions
are reduced during
handovers and the call
drop rate caused by
handovers decreases.
None
275211561.xls
132

ticket
DTS2013061301544
This reserved
performance of
DTS2013060900986
275211561.xls
133
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT24
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT5
275211561.xls
134
Whether the RNC

delivers a radio
resource control (RRC)
connection release
request to the cell
where a UE initiates a
cell update request
when an RB
reconfiguration fails
during the cell update
process.
set to 1, the RNC
delivers an RRC
connection release
request to the cell
where a UE initiates a
0,1
cell update request.
set to 0, the RNC
delivers an RRC
connection release
request to the original
cell where the UE is
located before initiating
a cell update request.
In this case, the UE
fails to receive paging
messages for a period
of time if the UE has
moved to the new cell
when the RNC delivers
the RRC connection
release request.
None
0,1
How the DRNC

processes an Iur
signaling transfer
request received from
the SRNC when the
DRNC has released the
related UE's
connection.
on. The DRNC forwards
the Iur signaling
transfer request to the
related UE to prevent
0,1
the impact on online
UEs.
off. The DRNC consider
that the Iur signaling
transfer request is for
an online UE and
processes it
accordingly. As a result,
the subsequent
procedure for the UE
will fail.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
135
None
None
None
This parameter helps

improve the access
success rate and
service setup success
rate.
275211561.xls
136

ticket
DTS2013060600710.
This parameter is
introduced to solve the
V900R015C00SPC510 problem specified in
trouble ticket
DTS2013052503047.
275211561.xls
137
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT23
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT25
275211561.xls
138
Whether the RNC

initiates the RRC
connection release
procedure for the UE if
the RLC entity to which
SRB3 or SRB4 is
mapped experiences a
reset on the RNC.
0,1
on. The RNC initiates
the RRC connection
release procedure for
the UE.
initiate the RRC
connection release
procedure for the UE.
None
0,1
Whether to extend the

activation time for CS
services in weak
coverage areas. This
parameter is set to 0 by
default.
set to 1, the activation
time for CS services will
not be extended. In this
manner, the CS service
setup duration is
0,1
shortened if a CS
service is successfully
set up in a weak
coverage area.
set to 0, the activation
time for CS services will
be extended. This
increases the service
setup delay and affects
user experience.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
139
The recommended
value is 1 when the
RLC entity to which
SRB3 or SRB4 is
mapped experiences a None
reset on the RNC
resulting in a CS
service setup failure on
the UE.

increases the values of
the following counters
when the RLC entity to
which SRB3 or SRB4 is
reset on the RNC:
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
.RF.SRBReset
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
RRC.AttConnRelDCCH
.Unspec
VS.IU.RelReqPS.UELo
st
VS.IU.RelReqCS.RadC
onnUELost
VS.IU.RelReqPS.UELo
st
After the switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not process the
subsequent SECURITY
MODE COMMAND
message sent from the
CS domain of the CN if
the RLC entity to which
SRB3 or SRB4 is
reset. As a result, the
CS service fails to be
set up.
When this switch is

turned on in weak
coverage areas, the
VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.Iu
bFail value decreases,
the
VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.U
uNoReply value
increases.
None
275211561.xls
140
For details, see the

description of the
V900R014C00SPH538 resolved issue
DTS2013053102936 in
the release notes.

ticket
DTS2013053100324.
275211561.xls
141
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit7
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit6
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit19
275211561.xls
142
Whether the MAC-d

hyper frame number
(HFN) change function
is supported. The MACd HFN change function
is used to locate voice
service encryption
problems. When a UE
tracing task is started
for a UE performing
voice services, you
0, 1
can press any key on
the terminal to change
the MAC-d HFN of the
UE. This change affects
the voice quality of the
UE.
0: The MAC-d HFN
change function is
disabled.
1: The MAC-d HFN
change function is
enabled.
None
0, 1
Whether the IuUP and

FP noise injection
function is supported.
The IuUP and FP noise
injection function is
used to locate the
problem of no audio.
When a UE tracing task
is started for a UE
performing voice
0, 1
services, you can press
any key on the terminal
to start noise injection.
0: The IuUP and FP
noise injection function
is disabled.
1: The IuUP and FP
noise injection function
is enabled.
None
0, 1
Delay control switch for

PS data transmission.
The delay control
function discards
packets once
congestion is detected,
thereby reducing the
0, 1
delay and improving the
performance of delaysensitive services.
on.
off.
None
0, 1
275211561.xls
143
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
144
This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
identify voice encryption
V900R015C00
problems.
This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
isolate and identify
V900R015C00
voice problems.
This reserved
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
improve the
V900R015C00
performance.
275211561.xls
145
TCPARA
RESERVEPARA2
SET TCPARA
Bit28
TCPARA
RESERVEPARA2
SET TCPARA
Bit30
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW5
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW7
275211561.xls
146
This parameter
determines whether the
capability information is
exchanged with the
long message or the
configuration frame
0,1
when the TFO is
established:
0: the long message is
used.
1: the configuration
frame is used.
None
0,1
This parameter
optimize the DSP cache
update for DPUa/DPUc
board.
0: the cache update is
0,1
optimized.
not optimized.
The parameter is valid
only if AMR-WB is used
in A over TDM mode.
None
0,1
This parameter
perform self-healing on
a digital signal
processor (DSP) when
the DSP usage is
abnormal during notraffic period.
0,1
to 0(OFF), the DSP
performs self-healing.
to 1(ON), the DSP does
not perform selfhealing.
None
0,1
Whether to optimize the

method for calculating
the jitter and delay for
Real-Time Transport
Protocol (RTP) packets
transmitted over the
user plane. Before the
method is optimized,
overflow may be
0,1
calculated. After the
method is optimized,
overflow is no longer
calculated.
Switch 7 (SW7) is valid
only in A over IP mode.
0: optimized
1: not optimized
None
0,1
275211561.xls
147
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
If Switch 7 (SW7) is set

to 0, the values of the
counters related to
Measurement related to
RTP flux in
IPPATH(IPPATH.RTP)
and Measurement of
Transmission Resource
Pool IP Address RTP
Performance(IPPOOL.
RTP) fluctuate.
275211561.xls
148

compatibility. For
details, see
descriptions about the
V900R015C00SPC500 resolved issue (trouble
ticket number:
DTS2013041609005 )
in the corresponding
release notes.
This function improves

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC510
Trouble ticket number:
DTS2013052701106.

ticket
DTS2013051701688

ticket
DTS2013060606174
275211561.xls
149
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW8
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW9
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW10
275211561.xls
150
Whether to renumber
RTP packets.
1: renumbered. RTP
packets are
renumbered in
ascending order.
0,1
0: not renumbered.
only when both Abis
over IP and A over IP
modes are used.
None
0,1
Whether to number
RTP packets based on
the transmission jitter.
1: numbered. If the
transmission jitter on
the Abis interface is
less than or equal to 80
ms, the numbering
accuracy for RTP
packets can be
ensured. If the
0,1
transmission jitter on
the Abis interface is
greater than 80 ms, the
numbering accuracy for
RTP packets cannot be
ensured.
0: not numbered.
only when both Abis
over IP and A over IP
modes are used.
None
0,1

function for changing
the phase of the silence
insertion descriptor
0,1
(SID) frames to Codec
Mode Request (CMR).
0: enabled
1: disabled
None
0,1
275211561.xls
151
None
None
If the transmission jitter

on the Abis interface is
less than 80 ms and the
RTP packet loss rate on
the core network is
high, you are advised to
In addition, set
None
RTPSNEXPANDOPTS
W in the SET TCPARA
command and
SW8(SwPara8) of
TCRESERVEPARA1 in
the SET TCRSVPARA
command to
OFF(OFF).
None
None
None
275211561.xls
152

ticket
DTS2013060606444

ticket
DTS2013060606444

ticket
DTS2013060705122
275211561.xls
153
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW11
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW12
275211561.xls
154
Whether to make the

enhancement in the
compatible handover
algorithm in A over IP
mode take effect.1: The
enhancement in the
compatible handover
mode takes effect so
that the continuity of
RTP packet No.
involved in the
compatible handover
0,1
algorithm is enhanced.
This decreases the
statistical value of RTP
packets discarded on
the CN to some
extent.0: The
enhancement in the
compatible handover
mode does not take
effect.
SW11 applies only to
the A over IP mode.
None
0,1
Whether to use a
random value as the
start value of the packet
No. for RTP packets on
the user plane to
enhance the
compatibility when a
Huawei BSC is
connected to an MSC
of other vendors.
0: A random value is
0,1
used as the start value
of the packet No. for
RTP packets on the
user plane.
1: Value 1 is used as
the start value of the
packet No. for RTP
packets on the user
plane.
the A over IP mode.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
155
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
156

ticket
DTS2013112100260

ticket
DTS2013112100260
275211561.xls
157
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW13
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara2
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit0~bit15
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit5
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW2
275211561.xls
158
Whether to perform the

effective protection for
the compatible
handover algorithm in A
over IP mode to prevent
unexpected compatible
processing.
1: The effective
protection for the
compatible handover
0,1
mode takes effect.
0: The effective
protection for the
compatible handover
mode does not take
effect.
the A over IP mode.
None
0,1
Minimum number of PS
service accesses during
DSP self-healing.
Minimum value: 200
NOTE:
0~65535
to a value less than
200, the value 200 is
used.
None
0~65535
Whether an MS is
allowed to trigger
multiple resource
requests within 70 ms
0: not allowed
1: allowed
0,1
None
0,1
Whether to measure
the number of uplink
Dummy blocks into the
counters Number of
RLC Data Blocks Used
on PDCH and Number 0,1
of RLC Data Blocks
Received on Uplink
PDTCH/PACCH.
0: measure
1: not measure
None
0,1
275211561.xls
159
None
None
None

DSP self-healing
process will take a long
time.
to a small value, the
DSP self-healing
process will not take a
long time and therefore
the DSP can restore as
soon as possible.
None
When this bit is set to

0, the number of uplink
and downlink abnormal
TBF releases due to
other causes may
decrease.
1, the number of uplink
and downlink abnormal
TBF releases due to
other causes may
increase.
None
When Inactive Period

of Extended Uplink TBF
for the cell is set to a
value except 0:
to 0, the counters
Uplink PDTCH/PACCH
Utilization and Average
PDCH Utilization are
low.
to 1, the counters
Uplink PDTCH/PACCH
Utilization and Average
PDCH Utilization are
high.
275211561.xls
160

ticket
DTS2013112100260
V900R011C00SPH752
V900R013C00SPC520
V900R013C01SPC100
V900R014C00SPC100
V900R015C00

ticket
DTS2012090100435
V900R011C00SPH758
V900R013C00SPH526
V900R013C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC100
V900R015C00

ticket
DTS2011050400629

V900R014C00SPC520
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2012092002665
275211561.xls
161
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara2
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit16~bit23
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP bit5
ARA
GRSVPARA
SET GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
SW7
162
Interval at which the PS

service access success
rate is checked for
triggering the DSP selfhealing mechanism.
0~255
Minimum value: 40
NOTE:
to a value less than 40,
the value 40 is used.
None
0~255
Whether the frame

number in the "Request
Reference" field of the
PS immediate
0,1
assignment message
uses a dynamic value
0: Yes
1: No
None
0,1
This parameter
BSC resets the DSP
after it fails to activate a
PDCH due to the failed
timer resource
0,1
application.
0: The BSC resets the
DSP.
1: The BSC does not
reset the DSP.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
163
None

DSP self-healing
mechanism may take a
long time because
many faults may have
occurred before this
mechanism is triggered.
This also prolongs the
PS service restoration.
to a small value, the
DSP self-healing can
be triggered in a timely
manner and the DSP
can restore as soon as
possible.
None

set to 0, the downlink
immediate assignment
success rate is high
because the frame
numbers T1', T2, and
T3 in the "Request
downlink immediate
assignment message
are all valid values.
set to 1, the downlink
success rate is low
because the frame
numbers T1', T2, and
T3 in the "Request
downlink immediate
assignment message
are all 0xff and the MS
may not response to
the downlink immediate
assignment message.
None
None
275211561.xls
164
V900R011C00SPH752
V900R013C00SPC520
V900R013C01SPC100
V900R014C00SPC100
V900R015C00

ticket
DTS2011050400629
This reserved
V900R013C00SPH529 the TBF establishment
V900R013C01SPC210 success rate decreases
V900R014C00SPC200 in scenarios with
V900R015C00
downlink closed-loop
power control and long
frequency hopping
interval.

V900R014C00SPH522
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2012111503421
275211561.xls
165
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
SET GCELLRSVPARA SW7
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit15
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit0
275211561.xls
166
Whether the BSC

supports the downlink
TBF establishment by
sending the Packet
Timeslot Reconfigure
message to an MS.
to 0, the BSC does not
support the downlink
TBF establishment by
sending the Packet
message to an MS.
to 1, the BSC supports
the downlink TBF
establishment by
sending the Packet
message to an MS.
0,1
None
0,1
TRX load weight when

no PDCH is activated
for the TRX during
dynamic channel
conversion.
0,1
0: The TRX load weight
is 0.
1: The TRX load weight
reaches the maximum
value.
None
0,1
Whether to trigger the

DSP self-healing
0,1
mechanism if a bit error
is detected on McBSP.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
167
None

to 1, channels can be
preferentially allocated
to the downlink TBF
establishment and the
downlink rate is
increased. However,
the probability of call
drops due to TBF
establishment
increases.
None
None
None

set to 1, the DSP selfhealing mechanism is
triggered if a bit error is
detected on McBSP.
The corresponding
DSP, however, can still
process PS services.
set to a value other
than 1, the DSP selfhealing mechanism is
not triggered even if a
bit error is detected on
McBSP. The
corresponding DSP
stops processing PS
services.
275211561.xls
168
This reserved
add the procedure of
V900R014C00SPC510
establishing downlink
V900R015C00
TBFs using the Packet
message.
This reserved
add a interval
protection for resource
V900R013C00SPH556
assignment because
V900R014C00SPC500
the TS conflicts
V900R015C00
increase and the TBF
establishment success
rate decreases after the
BSC upgrade.
V900R011C00SPH752
V900R013C00SPC520
V900R013C01SPC100
V900R014C00SPC100
V900R015C00

ticket
DTS2011050400629
275211561.xls
169
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
170
Whether the BSC

delays in sending the
Packet Uplink Ack
message (whose the
FAI is 1) on the uplink
TBF if timer T3192
expires when the BSC
receives this message
0: The BSC sends the
Packet Uplink Ack
message without any
delay.
1: The BSC delays the
sending of the Packet
Uplink Ack message
0,1
None
0,1
Whether the BSC filters

out logs related to the
N3101, N3103, and
N3105 events from
single-subscriber
tracing logs. The BSC
records the detailed
procedure every 10
0,1
records.
0: The BSC filters out
logs related to these
events.
1: The BSC outputs all
logs related to these
events.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

optimizes the allocated
uplink coding scheme if
the coding scheme
exceeds the BTS's
processing capability
0,1
0: The BSC does not
optimize the allocated
uplink coding scheme.
1: The BSC optimizes
the allocated uplink
coding scheme.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
171
None

to 1, the release of
uplink TBFs is delayed.
This has the following
impacts:
1. The possibility of
continuous
transmission on the
uplink increases, and
the success rate of
downlink TBF
establishments on
uplink channels
increase.
2. More uplink
resources are used.
None

to 0, the BSC filters out
logs recording uplink
call drops.
to 1, the BSC filters out
logs when there are
excessive logs.
None

to 0, the uplink call drop
rate increases during
busy hours.
to 1, the uplink
retransmission rate
increases.
275211561.xls
172

V900R014C00SPH512
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2012080905821
This reserved
facilitate problem
locating, so that the
V900R014C00SPC500
record of a single-user
V900R015C00
log is not restricted
when call drops occur
on the uplink or
downlink.
This reserved
the number of uplink
V900R014C00SPC500
8PSK channels
V900R015C00
allocated by the BSC
exceeds the uplink
decoding capability of
the BTS.
275211561.xls
173
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara2
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA11
SET GCELLRSVPARA bit0~bit7
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA10
SET GRSVPARA
275211561.xls
bit24~bit31
bit0~bit7
174
PS service access
success rate threshold
for triggering the DSP
self-healing
mechanism. When the
PS service access
success rate on a DSP
is lower than this
threshold, the DSP selfhealing mechanism is 0~255
triggered.
Validity range: 0 to 100
NOTE:
together with other bits.
to a value equal to 0 or
greater than 100, the
value 2 is used.
None
0~255
Hysteresis level during

channel adjustments for
dynamic TBFs. The
0~255
parameter value ranges
from 0 to 255.
None
0~255
Time offset used for

which the BSC waits to
measure downlink TBF
data transmitted over
the PDCH when the
Active TBF Allocation
feature is enabled.
0~255
During the time offset,
the BSC will not
measure the traffic
volume of downlink
data transmitted. The
parameter value ranges
from 0 to 255.
None
0~255
275211561.xls
175
None

to a large value, there
is a high probability that
the DSP self-healing
mechanism is triggered,
which may interrupt PS
services in all cells
served by the
corresponding DSP.
to a small value, there
is a low probability that
the DSP self-healing
mechanism is triggered.
None

number of timeslot
reassignments for the
cell decreases. This
affects the load
balancing on channels
when the Active TBF
Allocation feature is
enabled.
None

to 0, the CPU usage on
the user plane
increases sharply in the
case of traffic bursts.
275211561.xls
176
V900R011C00SPH752
V900R013C00SPC520
V900R013C01SPC100
V900R014C00SPC100
V900R015C00

ticket
DTS2011050400629

V900R014C00SPH512
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2012080208775
This reserved
V900R014C00SPH512 calculate the PDCH
V900R015C00
load in a cell when the
Active TBF Allocation
feature is enabled.
275211561.xls
177
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
BSCPSSOFTPARA
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
275211561.xls
bit3
178
Whether the BSC

requests the concentric
cell attribute from an
MS based on the TA or
receive level in the
MS's context when the
BSC fails to obtain the
TA or receive level
0: The BSC allocates
0,1
the MS only to the
underlaid subcell.
1: The BSC determines
whether to allocate the
MS to the underlaid or
overlaid subcell based
on the TA or receive
level in the MS's
context.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

sends cause value 13
to the MS in the MOCN
scenario when both the
following conditions are
met:
Two operators are
configured for the BSC,
and the MSCs or
SGSNs of the two
operators reject the MS
access request.
In the reject messages 0,1
sent by the MSCs or
SGSNs of the two
operators, one carries
cause value 13 and the
other carries cause
value 11 or 12.
0: The BSC sends
cause value 11 or 12 to
the MS.
1: The BSC sends
cause value 13 to the
MS.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
179
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
180

V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2012052803220
DTS2012051203160

V900R014C00SPH532
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2013032602076
275211561.xls
181
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit4
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit7
275211561.xls
182
Whether the BSC

replaces the
unconfigured cause
value with the
configured lowest
ranking cause value in
the Attach Reject or
RAU Reject message
from the SGSN in the
MOCN scenario.
0: The BSC replaces
0,1
the cause value with
the configured lowest
ranking cause value in
the Attach Reject or
RAU Reject message.
1: The BSC does not
replace the cause value
carried in the Attach
Reject or RAU Reject
message.
None
0,1
Whether all downlink

GMM signaling
messages are regarded
as signaling PDUs.
Signaling PDUs use
lower-level coding
schemes.
0: Only Attach, PDP,
and Routing Area
Update messages are
0,1
regarded as signaling
PDUs. Other downlink
GMM signaling
messages, including
the Authentication
message, are regarded
as common data PDUs.
1: All GMM signaling
as signaling PDUs.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
183
None
None
None

to 0, Attach, PDP, and
Route Area Update
as signaling PDUs,
lower-rate coding
schemes are used on
the downlink, but
downlink GMM
signaling messages,
including the AUC, are
regarded as data
PDUs. Therefore, the
proportion of higherrate coding schemes to
all coding schemes
increases, but the
number of abnormal
downlink TBF releases
may increase.
to 1, downlink GMM
signaling messages are
regarded as signaling
PDUs. Therefore, the
proportion of higherrate coding schemes to
all coding schemes
decreases, but the
number of abnormal
decreases.
275211561.xls
184

V900R014C00SPH532
V900R015C00
ticket
DTS2013032602076

V900R013C00SPH526
V900R013C01SPC210
V900R014C00SPC100
ticket
V900R015C00
DTS2012092002665
275211561.xls
185
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit5
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV1
SET GRSVPARA
SW1
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
186
Whether to
resynchronize all the
PDCHs on the TRX on
which a PDCH meets
the following condition:
The transmission delay
over the PDCH
exceeds a specified
value (280 ms for a
0,1
common cell or 2s for a
satellite cell) in Abis
over IP mode.
The values of this
parameter have the
following meanings:
0: resynchronize
1: not resynchronize
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

releases the PDCHs
that are in the link
request procedure
when the only available
PDCH on the TRX is
preempted in Abis over
IP mode.
0,1
release the PDCHs that
are in the link request
procedure in the
preceding scenario.
to 1, the BSC releases
the PDCHs that are in
the link request
procedure in the
preceding scenario.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

updates the service
types for all MSs in a
cell to their highestpriority service types in
real time when PCC is
enabled.
to 0, the BSC updates
the service types for all
MSs in a cell to their
0,1
highest-priority service
types in real time.
to 1, the BSC updates
the service types for
MSs to their highestpriority service types
only when the service
types for the MSs or the
resources allocated to
the MSs change.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
187
Set this parameter to 1

when either of the
following conditions is
met:
The transmission
None
delay in a common cell
is longer than 280 ms.
The transmission
delay in a satellite cell
is longer than 2s.

to 0 when transmission
quality is poor and
traffic is heavy, the
number of failed TBF
establishments due to
no available channels
increases.
None

to 0, the number of
failed TCH-to-PDCH
conversions decreases.
to 1, the number of
failed TCH-to-PDCH
conversions increases.
None
None
275211561.xls
188

V900R013C00SPH587 to solve the problem
V900R015C00SPC500 ticket
DTS2013042007011

ticket
DTS2013022300151

ticket
DTS2013041900891
275211561.xls
189
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW14
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW15
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW16
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
190
Whether the BSC

delays the time when
the PDCHs in a cell
start processing
services after this cell is 0,1
reset in Abis over IP
mode.
0: delay
1: not delay
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

releases other PDCHs
for which the link
request procedure
expires when the first
requested PDCH on the
TRX is released during
activation in Abis over
IP mode.
to 0, the BSC releases
0,1
other PDCHs for which
the link request
procedure expires in
release other PDCHs
for which the link
request procedure
expires in the preceding
scenario.
None
0,1

self-healing for the
GRRM cell index table.
The value 1 indicates
that the self-healing
function is enabled. The
BSC attempts to
0,1
recover the GRRM cell
index table when a fault
occurs. The value 0
indicates that the selfhealing function is
disabled.
None
0,1
Whether to release a
downlink TBF if the
BSC receives a
PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK message (FAI=1)
before a PACKET
CTRL ACK message
0,1
from the MS and
[PARA]QuickStartDLTB
FOnDL[/PARA] is set to
ON in a downlink TBF
establishment scenario.
0: release
1: not release
None
0,1
275211561.xls
191

in the case of a level-3
None
or level-4 cell reset in
Abis over IP mode.
None
None

to 0, the number of outof-synchronization PS
frames decreases. If
1, the number of out-ofsynchronization PS
frames increases.
None
None

when
None
QuickStartDLTBFOnDL
is set to ON.
275211561.xls

to 1 and
QuickStartDLTBFOnDL
is set to ON, the
number of abnormal
decreases.
192

ticket
DTS2013040201745

ticket
DTS2013041610099

ticket
DTS2013041204637

ticket
DTS2013060604051
275211561.xls
193
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
194
Whether to resend an
assignment message
over the CCCH if the
BSC has not received a
PACKET CTRL ACK
message from the MS
but the uplink TBF has 0,1
been released when a
downlink TBF is
established using an
uplink TBF.
1: resend
0: not resend
None
0,1
Whether to use the bit

error probability (BEP)
level reported by the
MS or to use the actual 0,1
BEP converted from the
reported BEP for
filtering.
None
0,1
Whether to add a
retransmission
mechanism for a packet
reassignment
0,1
procedure. A packet
can be retransmitted
twice at the most.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
195

when
QuickStartDLTBFOnDL None
or QuickStartDlTbfOnUl
is set to ON.

to 1 and
QuickStartDLTBFOnDL
or QuickStartDlTbfOnUl
is set to ON, the
number of abnormal
decreases.
None
If SW16 is set to 0, the

filtered BEP value is
small, the BSC selects
a low-rate coding
scheme, and the block
error rate (BLER) is low.
filtered BEP value is
large, the BSC selects
a high-rate coding
scheme, and the BLER
is high.
None

TBF call drop rate
decreases. If SW17 is
set to 0, the TBF call
drop rate increases.
275211561.xls
196

ticket
DTS2013060604124

ticket
DTS2013060508932

ticket
DTS2013060508962
275211561.xls
197
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
198
Whether the number of

TCH-to-PDCH
conversions triggered
by load and dual
threshold is the
maximum number
supported by MS
multislot capability.
set to 0, the number of
TCH-to-PDCH
by load and dual
threshold is the
maximum number
supported by the
multislot capability of a 0,1
common MS.
set to 1 and
[PARA]SUPPORTDL5T
S[/PARA] is set to
SUPPORT, the number
of TCH-to-PDCH
by load and dual
threshold is the
maximum number
supported by the
multislot capability of an
HMC or EDA MS if the
HMC or EDA MS is
used.
None
0,1
SW19 specifies
whether to measure
counters related to
abnormal TBF releases
due to Suspend when
the BSC receives an
LLGMM-SUSPENDREQ message from an
MS during a downlink
TBF release before the
T3193 timer expires.
0,1
If SW19 is set to 0,
counters related to
due to Suspend are not
measured.
If SW19 is set to 1,
counters related to
due to Suspend are
measured.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
199

when an HMC or EDA
None
MS is used on the
network.

to 1 and
SUPPORTDL5TS or
SUPPORTEDA is set to
SUPPORT, the number
of TCH-to-PDCH
by dual threshold
increases. As a result,
the probability of MSs
using high-rate coding
schemes being
multiplexed decreases,
and the data rate of the
MSs increases.
However, CS
interferences increase,
and the receive quality
and HQI of CS services
slightly change.
to 0 and
SUPPORTDL5TS or
SUPPORTEDA is set to
SUPPORT, the
probability of MSs using
high-rate coding
schemes being
multiplexed increases,
and the expected data
rate cannot be
achieved. However, CS
interference
deterioration and
changes of the receive
quality and HQI of CS
services are not
caused.

to 0, the success rate of
normal downlink TBF
releases increases.
None
275211561.xls
200

ticket
DTS2013060509017

ticket
DTS2013060503847
275211561.xls
201
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
275211561.xls
bit0~bit3
bit6
202
Threshold for
determining an LVDS
timeslot faulty by
sending 10 detecting
packets when the PS
LVDS timeslot detection
function is enabled in
Abis over TDM mode.
set to 0 or a value
ranging from 11 to 15,
the PS LVDS timeslot
0~15
detection function is
disabled.
set to a value ranging
from 1 to10, the PS
LVDS timeslot detection
function is enabled, and
the BSC considers the
LVDS timeslot faulty if
the number of received
packets is less than the
value of this parameter.
None
0~15
Bit 6 controls whether

to enable the following
function:
When HDLC channels
on the TRXs and
transmission on the
BTS3012 in Abis over
IP mode are congested,
the BSC sets LDR
actions by taking into
account the
transmission status of
TRXs and the BTS and
stops LDR actions only
if transmission
0,1
congestion on both the
TRXs and the BTS
relieves.
If bit 6 is set to 0, the
preceding function is
disabled. In this
situation, the BSC
updates the cell
congestion status
based on the
congestion status of the
BTS or TRXs.
enabled.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
203

if you need to detect
the PS low voltage
None
differential signal
(LVDS) timeslot in Abis
over TDM mode.
None
None
None
275211561.xls
204

ticket
DTS2013060509003
It is used to resolve a
problem. For details,
see descriptions about
V900R013C00SPH559 the resolved issue
V900R015C00
(trouble ticket number:
DTS2012062600819) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
205
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
bit0~bit15
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit17
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
10
bit13
275211561.xls
206
Time compensated only

for the timestamp in the
Handover Command
event in the feature
Radio Measurement
0~65535
Data Interface for
Navigation.
Unit: ms
Value range: 0~65535
Validity range: 0~65535
None
0~65535
Whether to perform
supplementary
measurement on the
A3039J: SDCCH
Seizures for Speech
Service, A301F: TCHF
Seizures for Speech
Service, and A301HH:
TCHH Seizures for
Speech Service
counters that are not
measured when speech
services and other
services, such as
0,1
supplementary services
and SMS services, are
performed
simultaneously.
perform supplementary
measurement on these
counters.
to 1, the BSC performs
supplementary
measurement on these
counters.
None
0,1
Whether to optimize
traffic statistics in a
measurement report.
If this bit is set to 0, the
actual traffic statistics in
a measurement report
0,1
is obtained.
optimum traffic
statistics in a
measurement report is
obtained.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
207
None
None
None

to 1, the value of the
counter BSS Call
Establishment Success
Rate decreases.
None
None
275211561.xls
208
Bit 0~15
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
21, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R012C03SPC010
V9000R015C00 is
V900R013C00
inherited from Bit 0~15
V900R015C00
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
21, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R012C03SPC010.
V900R014C00SPC510 the resolved issue
V900R015C00
DTS2012051806000) in
the corresponding
release notes.
Bit 13
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
10, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPH726
V9000R015C00 is
V900R012C00SPC506
inherited from Bit 13
V900R015C00
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
10, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPH726.
275211561.xls
209
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
bit14
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit12
275211561.xls
210
Whether to measure
the number of
assignment failures in
the following scenarios:
a. After a call is set up,
the IP address or UDP
port number carried in
the assignment request
message received by a
BSC in A over IP mode
is inconsistent with that
carried in the
assignment request
message received by
the BSC when the call
is initially set up. As a
result, the call fails.
0,1
b. There is no
information about the
data rate for circuit
switched data (CSD)
services configured on
the BSC side. As a
result, CSD services
fail.
measure the number of
assignment failures.
to 1, the BSC measures
the number of
assignment failures.
None
0,1
Whether to adjust the

level and quality
weights during channel
interference priority
update for the channel
allocation algorithm.
1: the level and quality
weights for interference
decisions can be fine0,1
tuned during channel
interference priority
update.
0: the level and quality
weights for interference
decisions can not be
fine-tuned during
channel interference
priority update.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
211
None

to 1, the BSC measures
the number of
assignment failures. In
this situation, the
values of the RCA313:
Assignment Success
Rate and
RA333:Success Rate of
Call Establishment
counters will decrease.
None
If this bit is set to 1,

may change the
channel interference
priority for the channel
allocation algorithm,
affecting the channel
occupation and
distribution in a cell.
275211561.xls
212
V900R015C00
DTS2012053003674) in
the corresponding
release notes.

problem that the BSC
incorrectly adjusts the
level and quality
V900R013C00SPH552 weights during channel
V900R014C00SPC200 interference priority
V900R015C00
update and the call
drop rate increases
when original
measurement reports
(MRs) are used.
275211561.xls
213
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
bit19
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SW5
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
9
SET GRSVPARA
275211561.xls
bit15
214
Whether to allow a
called MS to quickly
reselect an LTE cell
after the called MS
hangs up. This
parameter is used for
the scenario in which
the called MS reselects
from an LTE cell to a
0,1
GSM cell based on CS
fallback and performs
location area update.
MS can quickly reselect
an LTE cell.
MS cannot quickly
reselect an LTE cell.
None
0,1
Values contained in the

utran start and utran
stop fields in the
"UTRAN PRI"
information element
(IE) when
[PARA]LTECELLRESE
LEN[/PARA] is set to
YES(Yes). If this
parameter is set to
ON(ON), the values
contained in the utran
ON,OFF
start and utran stop
fields in the "UTRAN
PRI" IE are 1. If this
parameter is set to
OFF(OFF), the values
contained in the utran
start and utran stop
fields in the "UTRAN
PRI" IE are 0. The
parameter is
OFF(OFF).
None
ON,OFF
Whether the BSC

measures all the Clear
Request messages
when call drop
optimization is enabled.
0: The BSC measures
all the Clear Request
messages when call
0,1
drop optimization is
enabled.
1: The BSC does not
measure all the Clear
Request messages
when call drop
None
0,1
275211561.xls
215
None
If bit 19 is set to 0 and

the access cause of the
called MS that reselects
to a GSM cell based on
CS fall back is location
area update, the call
setup success rate
decreases. If bit 19 is
set to 1, wireless
network performance is
not affected.
OFF
OFF
None
None
None

counter Clear Requests
Sent on the A Interface
increases.
275211561.xls
216

problem that the fast
return function does not
V900R011C00SPC720 take effect on the called
V900R015C00
MS after the call with
the cause value
"Location Update" is
complete.

problem that an MS
cannot obtain
information about
neighboring 3G cells
and cannot perform a
V900R014C00SPH512 handover, because the
V900R015C00
values contained in the
UTRAN_Start and
UTRAN_Stop fields in
SI2quater sent by the
BSC does not comply
with 3GPP
specifications.565.
Bit 15
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
9, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
V900R011C00SPC720
9, SET
V900R015C00
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPC720.
It is used to determine
whether the BSC
measures all Clear
Request messages it
sends to the MSC.
275211561.xls
217
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA3
SET GCELLOPTREV
bit1
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit0
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
10
bit11
275211561.xls
218
Whether the BSC logs

the current channel
usage and channel
requests when channel
allocation fails.
0: The BSC logs the
current channel usage
and channel requests
0,1
when channel
allocation fails.
1: The BSC does not
log the current channel
usage and channel
requests when channel
allocation fails.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

measures the missed
counters SDCCH
Seizures for Speech
Service Per BSC,
TCHF Seizures for
Speech Service, and
TCHH Seizures for
Speech Service along
with the measurement
of the BSS Call
Rate
0,1
0: The BSC measures
the missed counters
along with the
measurement of the
BSS Call Establishment
Success Rate.
1: The BSC does not
measure the missed
counters along with the
measurement of the
Success Rate.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

measures a call drop
when it receives a
Release Indication
message from the BTS
after on-hook.
0: The BSC measures
a call drop when it
receives a Release
0,1
Indication message
from the BTS after onhook.
1: The BSC does not
measure a call drop
when it receives a
Release Indication
after on-hook.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
219
None
None
None

counter BSS Call
Rate decreases.
None

counters Call Drop
Rate on TCH per
cell(including
Handover) and Call
Drop Rate on TCH per
cell(Excluding
Handover)increase.
275211561.xls
220
Bit 1
(CELLOPTRSVPARA3,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in V9000R015C00 is
V900R011C00SPC720
V900R015C00
(CELLOPTRSVPARA3,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
inV900R011C00SPC72
0.
Bit 0
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
20, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
20, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPH726.
V900R011C00SPH726 It is used to determine
V900R015C00
whether the BSC
measures the SDCCH
Seizures for Speech
Service Per BSC,
TCHF Seizures for
Speech Service, and
TCHH Seizures for
Speech Service
counters along with the
Success Rate counter.
Bit 11
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
10, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
10, SET
V900R011C00SPC720
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R015C00
V900R011C00SPC720.
whether the BSC
increments the number
of call drops by 1 upon
receiving a Release
Indication message
from the BTS.
275211561.xls
221
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
bit5
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA4
bit15
SET GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
222
Bit 5 controls whether

to enable the following
function:
When the BTS reports
the transmission status
(congestion or
congestion relief) in
Abis over IP mode to
the BSC, the BSC
compares the current
transmission status with
the previous
transmission status. If
the status remains the
same, the BSC selects
an appropriate LDR
0,1
action without updating
the cell congestion
status.
enabled. If bit 5 is set to
1, the preceding
function is disabled. In
this situation, the BSC
updates the cell
congestion status
based on the
congestion status of
transmision in Abis over
IP mode reported by
the BTS.
None
0,1
Whether to allow
optimization of positive
power control.
optimization of positive
0,1
power control is
enabled.
original mechanism is
implemented.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
223
None
None
None

to 0, optimization of
positive power control is
enabled to minimize
interference on the live
network, but MSs may
fail to access the live
network.
275211561.xls
224
V900R015C00
DTS2012062600819) in
the corresponding
release notes.
Bit 15
(CELLOPTRSVPARA4,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in V9000R015C00 is
(CELLOPTRSVPARA4,
V900R012C01SPH508
SET GCELLOPTREV)
V900R015C00
in
V900R012C01SPH508.
whether the BSC
performs active power
control optimization.
275211561.xls
225
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
3
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
bit13
275211561.xls
226
Coding policy used for

AMR rate switching in A
over IP mode.
AMR rate switching in A
over IP mode complies
with the specific
protocol. If the AMR
rate set is switched to
one of its subsets, the
AMR rate switching is
processed in the BSC.
If the AMR rate set is
0,1
not switched to one of
its subsets, the Codec
switching process is
applied.
Codec switching
process is applied
when the AMR rate set
is switched to another
AMR rate set that is not
consistent with the
configuration.
None
0,1

to SW2-0 for an
enhanced concentric
cell where handover
algorithm II is used, the
BSC makes decisions
on handovers
(excluding interference
handovers) and selects
neighboring cells based
on the filtered levels
0,1
after power control
compensation on
TCHs.
to SW2-1, the BSC
makes decisions on
handovers and selects
neighboring cells based
on the filtered BCCH
level.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
227
None

0, the "Call Drop Rate
on TCH per
cell(including
Handover)" and "Call
cell(Excluding
Handover)" may
decreases.
None

to SW2-0 and the
handover algorithm
changes from handover
algorithm I to handover
algorithm II, the
success rate of
handovers from the
underlaid subcell to the
overlaid subcell
remains stable, but the
HQI decreases slightly.
to SW2-1 and the
handover algorithm
changes from handover
algorithm I to handover
algorithm II, the
success rate of
handovers from the
underlaid subcell to the
overlaid subcell
decreases.
275211561.xls
228
Bit 13
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
3, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
3, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPC720.
V900R011C00SPC720
V900R015C00
problem that the Call
cell(including
Handover) and Call
cell(Excluding
Handover) counters
fluctuate when the rate
set changes during an
AMR handover.
V900R015C00
DTS2012062906714) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
229
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
230
Internal Handover
Required message sent
to the MSC by the BSC
carries only set 1 if this
parameter is set to 1
and the following
conditions are met:
1. The speech version
of a call before a
handover is FAMR and
the rate set is set 7.
2. Both the target cell
and MSC support set 1
for FAMR after the
handover.
3. An intra-cell
handover is triggered
due to any of the
following reasons:
0,1
Poor uplink signal
quality
Poor downlink signal
quality
Severe uplink
interference
Severe downlink
interference
No downlink
measurement reports
(MRs)
TIGHT BCCH
handover
set to 0, the FAMR field
in the Internal
Handover Required
message sent to the
MSC by the BSC
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

assigns channels for
DTM services only in
the subcell which
processes the CS call
in a concentric cell.
set to 1, the BSC
assigns channels for
DTM services only in
the subcell which
processes the CS call.
If no channels are
available in the subcell 0,1
that processes the CS
call, channels fail to be
assigned to DTM
services. When this
the BSC selects
channels for DTM
services in the entire
concentric cell. This
may cause ping-pong
handovers between the
overlaid subcell and the
underlaid subcell.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
231
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
232
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPH532
DTS2013042603542) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPH532
DTS2013030807123) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
233
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
234
When the conditions for

an underlaid-to-overlaid
handover are met, the
BSC checks whether
the overlaid subcell is
fully loaded.When this
0,1
parameter is set to 1, If
the overlaid subcell is
fully loaded, the BSC
does not perform
underlaid-to-overlaid
handover.
None
0,1
Whether to perform
penalty on the directed
retries for the enhanced
dual-band network
when the BSC fails to
0,1
perform the first
enhanced dual-band
network directed retries.
0: perform
1: not perform
None
0,1
using the maximum

TCH transmit power. If
0, the BSC
compensates for the
overlaid subcell level
using the BCCH level of
the underlaid subcell for
an enhanced concentric
cell or using the sum of
the maximum TCH
transmit power and the
value of
[PARA]SIGAMPTDIFF[/
PARA] for a common
concentric cell. This
parameter takes effect
only when all the
following conditions are 0,1
met:
1.
[PARA]PWRCTRLSW[/
PARA] in the [MML]SET
GCELLPWRBASIC[/M
ML] command is set to
PWR3, and
[PARA]PWRCTRLOPTI
MIZEDEN[/PARA] in
the [MML]SET
GCELLPWR3[/MML]
command is set to
YES.
2.
[PARA]HOCTRLSWITC
H[/PARA] in the
[MML]SET
GCELLHOBASIC[/MML
None
0,1
275211561.xls
235
None
None
None

set to 1, the success
rate of outgoing internal
inter-cell handovers
and the assignment
success rate increase.
None
After this solution is

used, the values of the
following counters
decrease:
Internal Intra-Cell
Handover Requests
(Underlaid to Overlaid)
Failed Internal IntraCell Handovers (No
Channel Available)
(Underlaid to Overlaid)
CM330B: Call Drops
on the Traffic Channels
on the TRX in the
Overlaid Subcell
S3099G: Average
BTS Power Level in OL
Subcell
275211561.xls
236
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013012700128) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013011008192) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013032606462) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
237
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit5
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA1
bit0
SET GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
238
Method used by the

BSC to measure call
drops on the Um
interface if the BSC
does not receive any
downlink measurement
reports from an MS.
0: The BSC measures
call drops based on the
latest downlink
measurement report
from the MS before the
call drops but not based 0,1
on the uplink receive
quality of the Um
interface.
1: The BSC measures
call drops based on the
latest downlink
measurement report
received from the MS
before the call drops
and the uplink receive
quality of the Um
interface.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

sends a Deactive
SACCH message to the
BTS with a delay after
receiving a Connect
Failure or Error
Indication message.
0: The BSC sends a
Deactive SACCH
message to the BTS
with a delay after
0,1
receiving a Connect
Failure or Error
Indication message.
1: The BSC sends a
Deactive SACCH
message to the BTS
immediately after
receiving a Connect
Failure or Error
Indication message.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
239
None

counter Call Drops on
SDCCH(Received
Level) is incorrect.
None
None
275211561.xls
240
Bit 5
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
4, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
V900R011C00SPH726 inherited from Bit 5
V900R012C01SPC506 (BSCRESERVEDPARA
V900R015C00
4, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPH726.
It is used to set the
method for measuring
call drops.
Bit 0
(CELLOPTRSVPARA1,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in V9000R015C00 is
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R015C00
(CELLOPTRSVPARA1,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in
V900R011C00SPH726.
275211561.xls
241
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
bit7
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit14
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA4
bit9
SET GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
242
Whether the BSC

measures the missed
counter Call Drops after
Answer (CM337) when
a call drop occurs due
to TCH handovers or
Abis link faults.
0,1
0: The BSC does not
measure the missed
counter CM337.
1: The BSC measures
the missed counter
CM337.
None
0,1
Coding sequence for

the diversity indicator
and scrambling code
contained in a Channel
Release message
when
[PARA]CELLSELECTA
FTERCALLREL[/PARA]
is set to YES(Yes).
to 0, the scrambling
codes and the diversity
indicator contained in a
Channel Release
0,1
message are coded in
the order specified in
3GPP protocols. The
diversity indicator is in
the most significant bit
and the scrambling
codes in less significant
bits.
to 1, the diversity
indicator is in the most
significant bit and the
scrambling codes in
less significant bits.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC limits

the range of
neighboring cell uplink
level.
0: The BSC limits the
range of neighboring
0,1
cell uplink level to 0
through 63.
1: The BSC does not
limit the range of
neighboring cell uplink
level.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
243
None

counter Call Drops after
Answer increases.
None

to 0, MSs quicken the
reselection of UMTS
cells.
None
None
275211561.xls
244
Bit 7
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
6, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
V900R011C00SPH726 (BSCRESERVEDPARA
V900R012C01SPC506 6, SET
V900R015C00
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R011C00SPH726.
whether the BSC
measures the Call
Drops after Answer
counter.

problem that the effect
of the fast return
function is poor
V900R013C00SPH552 because the diversity
V900R015C00
indicator and
scrambling code for
are coded in an
incorrect sequence.
Bit 9
(CELLOPTRSVPARA4,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in V9000R015C00 is
V900R011C00SPH756
V900R015C00
(CELLOPTRSVPARA4,
SET GCELLOPTREV)
in
V900R011C00SPH756.
275211561.xls
245
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
bit20
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
17
bit15
275211561.xls
246
Whether to allow a
called MS to quickly
reselect an LTE cell
after the called MS
hangs up.
when both the following
conditions are met:
The called MS
reselects from an LTE
cell to a GSM cell
based on circuit
switched fallback
(CSFB) and performs a 0,1
location area update.
The location update
request does not carry
the "CS fallback mobile
terminating call" or "CS
fallback mobile
originating call" flag.
MS cannot quickly
reselect an LTE cell.
MS can quickly reselect
an LTE cell.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

sends a Clear Request
message to the MSC
with a 6s delay after
receiving a Connect
Failure, Error
Indication, or Release
Indication message
from the BTS.
0: The BSC sends a
Clear Request
message to the MSC
with a 6s delay after
receiving a Connect
0,1
Failure, Error
Indication message
from the BTS.
1: The BSC sends a
Clear Request
message to the MSC
immediately after
receiving a Connect
Failure, Error
Indication message
from the BTS.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
247
None
If bit 20 is set to 0,
wireless network
performance is not
affected.
the access cause of the
called MS that reselects
a GSM cell based on
CSFB is location area
update, the call setup
success rate
decreases.
None

counters Call Drop
Rate on SDCCH, Call
cell(including
Handover), and Call
cell(Excluding
Handover) increase.
275211561.xls
248
V900R015C00
DTS2012102701256) in
the corresponding
release notes.
Bit 15
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
17, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V9000R015C00 is
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
17, SET
V900R011C00SPH726
OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R012
V900R011C00SPH726.
V900R013
V900R014
whether the BSC sends
V900R015C00
a Clear Request
message to the MSC
immediately after
receiving a Connect
Failure, Error
Indication message
from the BTS.
275211561.xls
249
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW8
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW9
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW10
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW11
275211561.xls
250
Processing method of a
BSC when it receives
an ESTABLISH
INDICATION message
without the L3
Information IE after
sending an immediate
assignment command.
0,1
0: The BSC properly
encodes the CR
message over the A
interface and specifies
the length of the Layer
3 Information IE as 0.
1: The BSC releases
this CS service.
None
0,1
Whether to measure
the H362: Failed
Incoming Inter-RAT
Inter-Cell Handovers
counter if the handover
expires during an
0,1
incoming inter-BSC
inter-cell handover
imitated by an MS.
0: not measure
1: measure
None
0,1
Whether to measure
the CH320: Number of
Incoming Internal InterCell Handover
Requests counter when
the BSC performs the
second directed retry.
The second directed
retry is performed when
0,1
the CN performs
reassignment or the
BSC performs
reassignment in the
serving cell after the
BSC fails to perform the
first directed retry.
0: measure
1: not measure
None
0,1
Whether to measure
handover response
times when an
incoming external intercell handover or
incoming inter-RAT
0,1
inter-cell handover is
successful and queuing
occurs during channel
allocation.
0: not measure
1: measure
None
0,1
275211561.xls
251
None
None
None

rate of the incoming
inter-BSC inter-cell
handover decreases.
None

rate of the incoming
intra-BSC inter-cell
handover increases.
OFF
OFF
None
None
275211561.xls
252

V900R014C00SPH522
identified in the trouble
V900R015C00SPC525
ticket
DTS2013091003378.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPH522
DTS2012120400412) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPH522
DTS2012112404448) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013042706064) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
253
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
bit20
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit18~bit21
275211561.xls
SW13
254
Whether the BSC

forcibly allocates
specific speech version
to a call. If this
this function is enabled,
and the BSC forcibly
0,1
allocates specific
speech version to the
call initiated by an MS
with compatibility
problems. If this
this function is disabled.
None
0,1
Sequence for
processing the Identity
Response message
from an MS when both
the BSC and MSC
initiate an Identity
Request procedure.
0: The BSC
0,1
preferentially processes
the message.
1: The message is
processed in
accordance with the
sequence in initiating
the Identity Request
procedure.
None
0,1
Time for waiting for a

response message
from an MS after the
BSC sends a message
to request the IMSI
from the MS in the
MOCN scenario.Value
range: 112. When the 0~15
value of this parameter
is not in the value
range, 10 is
recommended.
Unit: s
Recommended value:
10
None
1~12
275211561.xls
255
OFF
OFF
None

set to 1, there may be
no FR channels
available in the cell if
there are a large
number of MSs with
compatibility problems.
In this situation, the
assignment success
rate and the success
rate of incoming
internal inter-cell
handovers decrease.
None
None
15
10
None
None
275211561.xls
256
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013022700069) in
the corresponding
release notes.
the resolved issue
V900R014C00SPH532
DTS2012122401821) in
the corresponding
release notes.

ticket:
DTS2013050200452
275211561.xls
257
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW14
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW15
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW16
275211561.xls
258
Whether the BSC gives

up byte sequence
change for an
unexpected fixed-length
message (an internal
BSC message).
that the BSC continues
0,1
byte sequence change
for the unexpected
fixed-length message.
that the BSC gives up
for the unexpected
fixed-length message.
None
0,1

up byte sequence
change for an
unexpected variablelength message (an
internal BSC message).
that the BSC continues
0,1
for the unexpected
variable-length
message.
for the unexpected
variable-length
message.
None
0,1

up byte sequence
change for an
unexpected eGBTS
message (a message
between the BSC and
eGBTS).
that the BSC continues 0,1
for the unexpected
eGBTS message.
for the unexpected
eGBTS message.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
259
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
260

to solve
V900R015C00SPC510
37

to solve
V900R015C00SPC510
37

to solve
V900R015C00SPC510
37
275211561.xls
261
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW17
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW18
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW19
275211561.xls
262

up byte sequence
change for an
unexpected GBTS
message (a message
between the BSC and
GBTS).
that the BSC continues 0,1
for the unexpected
GBTS message.
for the unexpected
GBTS message.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

measures a handover
failure upon receiving a
REL IND message from
the BTS before sending
a Handover Command
message to an MS.
0,1
0: The BSC does not
measure a handover
failure in the preceding
scenario.
1: The BSC measures
a handover failure in
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

measures a handover
failure upon receiving a
REL IND message from
the BTS before the
BSC sends a Handover
Command message to
an MS during a directed
0,1
retry.
0: The BSC does not
measure a handover
failure in the preceding
scenario.
1: The BSC measures
a handover failure in
None
0,1
275211561.xls
263
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
264

to solve
V900R015C00SPC510
37

ticket
DTS2013030505404.

V900R015C00SPC510 identified in the trouble
ticket
DTS2013052800961.
275211561.xls
265
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
275211561.xls
SW20
bit16~bit19
266
Whether to measure
the number of
successful handovers
when the BSC receives
a Clear Command
message with cause
value "Call Control"
from the MSC after the
Request ACK message
during an incoming
external inter-cell
handover but before the
0,1
handover is complete.
0: The BSC measures
the number of
in the preceding
scenario.
1: The BSC does not
measure the number of
in the preceding
scenario but measures
the number of failed
handovers.
None
0,1
Threshold for reporting

an alarm concerning
the success rate of CS
connection
establishment. If bits 16
to 19 is set to 0, the
threshold is 60%. If bits
16 to 19 is set to a
value ranging from 1 to
10, the threshold is
calculated using the
0~15
following formula:
an alarm concerning
the success rate of CS
connection
establishment = Value
of bits 16 to 19 x 10%.
If bits 16 to 19 is set to
a value ranging from 11
to 15, the threshold is
0%.
None
0~15
275211561.xls
267
None
If SW20 of this
the value of the
CH342:Failed Incoming
External Inter-Cell
Handovers counter
increases and the value
of the
CH343:Successful
Incoming External InterCell Handovers counter
decreases.
None
None
275211561.xls
268
This function is added

to eliminate a fault.
V900R015C00SPH512
Trouble Ticket Number:
DTS2013061300099

to improve reliability.
V900R015C00SPH512
DTS2013052001667
275211561.xls
269
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
bit20~bit25
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA1
bit0~bit7
SET GRSVPARA
275211561.xls
270
Minimum number of CS
connection
establishment attempts.
If bits 20 to 25 is set to
0, the minimum number
of CS connection
establishment attempts
is 100. If bits 20 to 25 is
set to 1, the minimum
number of CS
connection
is 0. If bits 20 to 25 is
0~63
from 2 to 63, the
minimum number of CS
connection
is calculated using the
following formula:
Minimum number of CS
connection
= Value of bits 20 to 25
x 100.
None
0~63
Extension of handover
protection time during
on-hook. When
DisconnectHandoverPr
otectTimer in the SET
OTHSOFTPARA
command is set to 15,
bits 0 to 7 of this
parameter takes effect.
0~255
Valid value range: 0255
Default value: 255
When bits 0 to 7 of this
the extension of
handover protection
time during on-hook is
disabled.
0~255
275211561.xls
271
255
255
None
None
None

bits 0 to 7 of this
parameter, the longer
the handover protection
time after the BSC
receives a Disconnect
message from an MS
or the MSC. If the BSC
does not release the
call upon receiving the
Disconnect message,
call drop due to
untimely handover is
more likely to occur.
275211561.xls
272

to improve reliability.
V900R015C00SPH512
DTS2013052001667

to improve compatibility.
V900R015C00SPH512
DTS2013061300087
275211561.xls
273
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW22
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW23
275211561.xls
274
range. The higher the
rank, the higher the
receive level. Rank 0
indicates the lowest
receive level, and rank
7 indicates the highest
receive level. When
SW22 of this parameter
is set to 0, the mapping
between the receive
levels and the level
ranks is as follows:
Rank 0: receive level
100
Rank 1: receive level (
100,95]
95,90]
0,1
90,85]
85,80]
80,75]
75,70]
70
When SW22 of this
the mapping between
the receive levels and
the level ranks is as
follows:
100
100,95)
Whether to discard a
Connection Failure
message with cause
value "handover access
failure" from the BTS
0,1
when the BSC waits for
a Handover Complete
message from an MS.
0: not discarded
1: discarded
None
0,1
None
0,1
275211561.xls
275
None
None
None

radio handover success
rate increases and TCH
call drop rate
decreases.
275211561.xls
276

ticket
DTS2013061300074 .
the resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013080708844) in
the corresponding
release notes.
275211561.xls
277
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
SW12
SW10
278

consistency between
service data on the host
and DB data on the
OMU whenever a check
period arrives.
1:When
[PARA]AppDataChkSw[
/PARA] is set to ON, the
BSC checks the
consistency between
and DB data on the
0,1
OMU whenever a check
period arrives.
0:The BSC checks the
consistency between
and DB data on the
OMU only after a batch
configuration performed
when the TISO switch
on the CME is turned
on or a configuration
fallback on the CME.
None
0,1
Threshold used for

deciding whether to
trigger a 3G better cell
handover when
[PARA]BTSMESRPTP
REPROC[/PARA] is set
to BTS_Preprocessing
and
[PARA]FDDREP[/PARA
0,1
] is set to EcNO.
to 1, the BSC uses the
EcNo threshold for the
handover decision.
to 0, the BSC uses the
handover decision.
None
0,1

M3UA link heartbeat
detection function.
OFF~0: enable
ON~1: disable
None
0,1
0,1
275211561.xls
279
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
280

ticket
DTS2013051200063.

ticket
DTS2013070404864
Add switch for M3UA

heartbeat detection.
V900R014C00SPH538 description of the
resolved issue
DTS2013062001557 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
281
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT28
275211561.xls
282
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The
RNC then triggers radio
link reestablishment but
radio link
reestablishment fails.
Scenario 2: During a
RAB setup procedure
where a UE remains in
the CELL_DCH state,
the RNC does not
receive an
acknowledgement of
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message from
the UE within a
specified period f time
but does receive a cell
update message with
0,1
the cause value "radio
link failure" or "RLC
Unrecoverable error."
However, the cell
update fails.
Scenario 3: During a
RAB setup procedure
where a UE switches
from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_DCH
state, the RNC receives
a cell update message
with the cause value
"cell reselection" after
sending the UE a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
However, the cell
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

discards the received
CELL UPDATE
message with the
cause value "cell
reselection" when the
UE is in the CELL_DCH
state.
on. The RNC discards
0,1
the CELL UPDATE
message with the
cause value "cell
reselection."
discard the CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "cell
reselection."
None
0,1
275211561.xls
283
None
If the call drop rate

increases when the UE
initiates a cell update
None
"cell reselection", set
this parameter to 1.
275211561.xls

turned on, the CS RAB
setup success rate and
PS RAB setup success
rate decline.

decrease:
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
284

ticket
DTS2013070404630.

ticket
DTS2013070807557.
275211561.xls
285
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT26
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT7
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT8
275211561.xls
286
Whether the RNC

delays releasing the
serving-radio network
temporary identifier (SRNTI) when the RNC
does not need to send
the RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE message to 0,1
the UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
on. The RNC delays
releasing the S-RNTI.
off. The RNC normally
releases the S-RNTI.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

delays releasing the SRNTI if the UE in the
CELL_FACH state does
not respond to the RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE message
within a specified
0,1
period of time.
on. The RNC delays
releasing the S-RNTI.
off. The RNC normally
releases the S-RNTI.
None
0,1
Whether the main SPU

subsystem stops
periodically sending
status notification
messages to other SPU
subsystems when the
number of configured
SPU boards
approaches the
maximum RNC
specifications.
on. The main SPU
0,1
subsystem stops
periodically sending
status notification
messages to other SPU
subsystems.
off. The main SPU
subsystem continues to
periodically send status
notification messages
to other SPU
subsystems.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
287
If the call drop rate

increases when the UE
initiates a cell update
None
"cell reselection", set

decrease:
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
None

decrease:
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
.RNC
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
None

turned on, the value of
VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MA
X decreases.
275211561.xls
288

ticket
DTS2013070807557.

ticket
DTS2013070807557.

ticket
DTS2013071300237.
275211561.xls
289
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT30
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit23
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit4~bit6
275211561.xls
290
releases the RRC
connection if a UE
responds with a
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message
containing the cause
value "Incompatible
simultaneous
reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration"
after the RNC sends
the UE a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message during a
directed retry decision
(DRD) procedure for a
state transition from
CELL_FACH to
0,1
CELL_DCH.
on. The RNC releases
the RRC connection
and stops the DRD
procedure for the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
release the RRC
connection and
continues the DRD
procedure for the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH. However,
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

checks the value of the
IE "IPTI" in the IUUP
initialization frame sent
by the CN.
on. The RNC does not 0,1
check the value of the
IE "IPTI".
off. The RNC checks
the value of the IE
"IPTI".
None
0,1

to specify measurement
objects for counters
related to user
experience on PS
services. Only the PS
0~7
service with the total
bytes of downlink LLC
PDUs greater than or
equal to this parameter
is measured.
None
0~7
275211561.xls
291
During a directed retry

decision (DRD)
procedure for a state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH, if the UE
responds with a
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message
containing the cause
value "Incompatible
simultaneous
reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration"
after the RNC sends
the UE a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message, set this
parameter to 1.
None

turned on, The PS
service drop rate
increases and the
values of
VS.DRD.RBRecfg.AttO
ut and
VS.DRD.RBRecfg.AttIn
decrease.
The recommended
value is 1 when the CN
initiates an RFCI check
process if the calling
party's RFCI differs
from the called party's
RFCI and the RFCI
check process fails.
None
The CN initiates the
RFCI check process by
sending an IUUP
initialization frame to
the RNC that has an
RRC connection with
the called party.
When this switch is

turned off, the RFCI
check process will fail if
the RNC finds that the
value of the IE "IPTI"
carried in the IUUP
initialization frame sent
by the CN is
inconsistent with the
expected value. The CS
call will be dropped if
the RFCI check
process fails.
None
None
275211561.xls
292

ticket
DTS2013071701275.

V900R014C00SPH538
V900R015C00SPH516
ticket
DTS2013070201010.

ticket
DTS2013071102923
275211561.xls
293
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit7~bit9
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit10~bit12
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit13~bit15
275211561.xls
294
Interval threshold for

recording two downlink
PS services as one
without abnormal call
drops. If the interval
from when the BSC
sends an LLC PDU to
the MS to when the
BSC receives a
0~7
downlink data packet
from the SGSN during
a PS service without
abnormal call drops is
less than or equal to
this parameter, the two
downlink services are
considered as one.
None
0~7
Interval threshold for

recording two downlink
PS services as one in
the case of an
abnormal call drop. If
the interval from when
the BSC sends an LLC
PDU to the MS to when
the BSC receives a
0~7
downlink data packet
from the SGSN during
a PS service in the
case of an abnormal
call drop is less than or
equal to this parameter,
the two downlink
services are considered
as one.
None
0~7

to define the start time
of a large downlink
service. A large
downlink service starts
0~7
when the first IP packet
whose size is greater
than or equal to this
parameter reaches the
BSC.
None
0~7
275211561.xls
295
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
296

ticket
DTS2013071102923

ticket
DTS2013071102923

ticket
DTS2013071102923
275211561.xls
297
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit16~bit18
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit19~bit22
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
bit23~bit28
275211561.xls
298
Threshold for the LLC

throughput which brings
good user experience
on PS services. A PS
service is considered
bringing good user
experience when the
following condition is
met:
Accumulated value of
0~7
Total Bytes of Downlink
LLC PDUs for PS User
Experience/Accumulate
d value of Total
Duration of Downlink
TBFs for PS User
Experience greater
None
0~7
Period for active PDCH

rollback. The default
is 15. If this parameter
is set to 0, 1, or 15,
active PDCH rollback is
disabled. If this
0~15
(recommended value),
one PDCH is converted
back to TCH after 10
PDCH rollbacks are
triggered.
None
0~15
Adjust factor for

configuring the LLC
PDU small packet
threshold.
None
0~63
0~63
275211561.xls
299
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
300

ticket
DTS2013071102923

ticket
DTS2013071102459

ticket
DTS2013071102459
275211561.xls
301
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT16
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT9
275211561.xls
302
Whether to allow a UE
with a CS service to
access another cell
through a directed retry
when the UE is setting
up combined services
and whether to allow a
UE with a combination
of CS and other
services to access
another cell through
periodic directed
retries.
1: A UE with a CS
service is forbidden to 0,1
access another cell
through a directed retry
when the UE is setting
up combined services.
In addition, a UE with a
combination of CS and
other services is
forbidden to access
periodic directed
retries.
0: The UE can access
directed retries.
None
0,1
Whether the cell-level

switch for controlling
DRD for combined
services is usable. This
parameter facilitates
smooth upgrades.
1: The cell-level switch
for controlling DRD for
combined services is
usable.
0: The RNC-level
switch, instead of the
0,1
cell-level switch, is
usable.
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10 of the
RsvSwitch0 parameter
in the SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command is now
used to control whether
a cell supports DRD for
combined services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
303
If directed retry decision

(DRD) enabled for
combined services, it is None
good practice to set this
parameter to 1.

set to 1, users
processing CS services
experience fewer call
drops.
If cell-specific DRD is
required for combined
services, set this
parameter to 1.
None
None
275211561.xls
304

to improve the
V900R015C00SPH516 performance mentioned
in the trouble ticket
DTS2013062401652.

to improve the
DTS2013062401652.
275211561.xls
305
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT20
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT16
275211561.xls
306
Whether a cell supports

DRD for combined
services.
1: The cell supports
DRD for combined
services.
0: The cell does not
support DRD for
0,1
combined services.
This switch takes
precedence if the RNClevel
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD
_SWITCH switch under
DrSwitch is also
working.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

continues to apply a
penalty to a UE that
has switched to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state after
experiencing a
measured-based DRD
failure.
1: The RNC continues
to apply penalty to the
UE after the UE
0,1
switches to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from
the CELL_DCH state.
0: The RNC stops the
penalty on the UE after
the UE switches to the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state from
the CELL_DCH state.
None
0,1
Whether to release the

RABs required by the
preempting UE.
1: The RNC releases
the RABs required by
the preempting UE.
0: The RNC uses the
original resource
0,1
management method
during resource
preemption.
Note: The solution is
always effective during
resource preemption for
platinum subscribers
and emergency calls.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
307

for cells preferentially
carrying CS services,
None
and set it to 1 for other
cells.

set to 0, users
processing CS services
experience fewer call
drops.
It is good practice to set

this parameter to 1 on
networks with the
None
measurement-based
DRD algorithm
enabled.
On networks with the

measurement-based
DRD algorithm
enabled, user
experience improves
after compressed mode
measurements
decrease.
If a UE fails to preempt
multiple RABs, it is
None
good practice set this
parameter to 1.
The access success

rate of the preempting
UE increases, but the
call drop rate of the
preempted UE also
increases.
275211561.xls
308

to improve the
DTS2013062401652.

ticket
DTS2013071204078.

ticket
DTS2013062003977.
275211561.xls
309
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT17
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT14
275211561.xls
310
Whether the RNC

excludes selected
RABs when calculating
the resources for
preemption.
1: The RNC excludes
selected RABs when
calculating the
resources for
preemption.
0,1
0: The RNC uses the
original resource
management method
during resource
preemption.
Note: The solution is
always effective during
resource preemption for
platinum subscribers
and emergency calls.
None
0,1
Whether to delimit the

number of intrafrequency neighboring
cells configured for a
cell.
1: A cell can be
configured with 31
intra-frequency
neighboring cells at
most.
0: A cell can be
configured with 63
intra-frequency
neighboring cells at
most.
None
0,1
0,1
275211561.xls
311
When the
PsBERrcPreemptVulne
rable switch is turned
None
on, it is good practice
The access success

rate of the preempting
UE increases, but the
number of released
RRC connections for
PS BE services also
increases.
Turn on this switch only

when none of the cells
is configured with over None
31 intra-frequency
neighboring cells.
275211561.xls
312

ticket
DTS2013070406211.

V900R014C00SPH538
V900R015C00SPH516
ticket
DTS2013070402404.
275211561.xls
313
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT21
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para18
275211561.xls
314
Whether the RNC

supports HSDPA UE
camping prohibition in
case of overloaded
WBBPs. If the WBBP
board is overloaded,
the NodeB sends the
RNC an RTWP
measurement report
indicating whether
HSDPA UEs can be
admitted.
on. If the NodeB
informs the RNC that
HSDPA UEs cannot be
admitted, the RNC
prohibits access of UEs
to HSDPA and R99
reconfiguration to
HSDPA.
provide the preceding
restrictions.
None
0,1
If bits 0 to 3 are all set

to 0, the F2D state
transition based on
data transmission wait
time does not consider
RLC retransmissions.
F2D refers to the state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH. If bits 0 to
3 are all set to other
values, the F2D state
transition based on
time considers RLC
retransmissions. That
is, if the maximum
number of PDU
retransmissions is
0~10
greater than or equal to
the threshold for the
number of
retransmissions, the
F2D state transition is
not triggered.
Otherwise, the F2D
state transition is
triggered.
Note:
The threshold for the
number of
retransmissions is the
rounded-up value that
is calculated using the
following formula:
ROUNDUP(BasedTime
F2DThd/TimerPoll x
0.1
0.1~1
275211561.xls
315
If the WBBP board is

overloaded, set this
parameter to 1.
If the F2D state

transition based on
time is enabled, set
these bits to 4.
None
If the WBBP board is

overloaded, turning on
this switch imposes the
following impacts:
The number of HSDPA
UEs decreases.
The access success
rate of R99 PS services
decreases at hotspots.
None

this parameter, the
F2D state transitions
triggered by the F2D
state transition based
on data transmission
wait time but the lower
the success rate of F2H
or F2E state transitions
for UEs under weak
coverage. The smaller
the value of this
the number of F2D
state transitions
triggered by the F2D
state transition based
on data transmission
wait time but the higher
the success rate of F2H
or F2E state transitions
for UEs under weak
coverage.
275211561.xls
316

ticket
DTS2013071203037.

improve the
V900R015C00SPH516
of
DTS2013071300588).
275211561.xls
317
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para18
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT11
318
Pending time for the

F2D state transition
based on data
transmission wait time.
If the F2D state
transition triggered by
the F2D state transition
based on data
0~15
transmission wait time
fails, the RNC makes a
decision for another
based on data
transmission wait time
only after the pending
time elapses.
Second
0~15
Whether the alarm

about MC-HSDPA or
DC-HSUPA function
faults is reported for the
cell covered by the
anchor carrier of a
carrier group if the
function is unavailable
in the cell covered by
the secondary carrier.
Note:
In the event of MCHSDPA function faults,
ALM-22241 UMTS Cell
MC-HSDPA Function
Fault is reported with
cause value "The other
cells of the carrier
0,1
group do not meet the
requirements specified
by the carrier group".
In the event of DCHSUPA function faults,
ALM-22237 UMTS Cell
DC-HSUPA Function
Fault is reported with
cause value "Unmet
conditions in the cell
with the secondary
carrier".
off. The corresponding
alarm is reported.
on. The corresponding
alarm is not reported.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
319
If the F2D state

transition based on
time is enabled, set
these bits to 2.
If the alarm about MCHSDPA or DC-HSUPA

function faults does not
need to be reported for
the cell covered by the
None
anchor carrier when the
function is unavailable
in the cell covered by
the secondary carrier,
None
275211561.xls

this parameter, the
longer the time for
triggering another F2D
state transition after the
triggered by F2D state
transition based on
time and the less
frequently the F2D
state transition is
triggered. The smaller
the value of this
parameter, the shorter
the time for triggering
another F2D state
transition after the F2D
state transition
triggered by F2D state
transition based on
time and the more
frequency the F2D
state transition is
triggered.
None
320

improve the
V900R015C00SPH516
of
DTS2013071300588).

V900R014C00SPH538
V900R015C00SPH516
ticket
DTS2013051706607.
275211561.xls
321
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT10
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT18
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT22
275211561.xls
322
Whether the RNC

performs service
priority-based flow
control on the RRC
connection requests
that are not or fail to be
offloaded by load
sharing.
on. The RNC performs 0,1
service priority-based
flow control on the RRC
connection requests
that are not or fail to be
offloaded by load
sharing.
off. The original
algorithm applies.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

allows periodic directed
retries of PS services
for higher technologies
in concentric cells with
different frequencies
when the compressed
mode (CM) is enabled.
0,1
on. The RNC does not
allow periodic directed
retries of PS services
for higher technologies
when the CM is
enabled.
off. The original
algorithm applies.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

reconfigures DCHSDPA services as
HSDPA services for
UEs during the LTE cell
measurement in CM.
0,1
on. The RNC
reconfigures DCHSDPA services as
HSDPA services.
off. The original
algorithm applies.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
323
None
If subsystem-level
dynamic CAPS flow
control is disabled
when this switch is
turned on, the RRC
connection setup
success rate decreases
but the RRC connection
requests of high service
priorities are
preferentially
guaranteed.
If some services cannot

coexist with the CM, set None

turned on, user
experience on PS
services deteriorates,
but the call drop rate
declines.
If CM Permission Ind
on HSDPA and CM
Permission Ind on
HSPA+ are set to
TRUE, set this
parameter to 1.

of RB reconfigurations
and call drop rate
increase.
None
275211561.xls
324

ticket
DTS2013062104705.

to improve the
DTS2013072509670.

to improve the
DTS2013072509670.
275211561.xls
325
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA1
SET GRSVPARA
bit8~bit11
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW24
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW25
275211561.xls
326
Highest class of the

downlink power control
for VIP subscribers. If
the actual downlink
power control class is
higher than the value of 0,15
bits 8 to 11, the power
control class specified
by bits 8 to 11 is used
to improve VIP user
experience.
None
0,15
Whether to disable the

downlink DTX for VIP
subscribers. If SW24 is
set to ON, the downlink
ON,OFF
DTX is disabled for VIP
subscribers to
improveVIP user
experience.
None
ON,OFF
Whether to measure
A3129H:Failed
Assignments (Clear
Commands Sent By
MSC) according to the
access causes, such as
MOC, MTC, emergency
call, and call
reestablishment.
0: The BSC measures
A3129H:Failed
Assignments (Clear
Commands Sent By
MSC) when receiving a
Clear Command
message from the MSC 0,1
in the assignment
procedure regardless of
the access causes.
1: The BSC measures
A3129H:Failed
Assignments (Clear
Commands Sent By
MSC) when it receives
a Clear Command
message from the MSC
in the assignment
procedure and the
access value is MOC,
MTC, emergency call,
or call reestablishment.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
327
15
15
None
None
OFF
OFF
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
328
For details, see

resolved issue (trouble
V900R015C00SPH518
ticket number:
DTS2013081600966) in
the release notes.
For details, see

V900R015C00SPH518
ticket number:
DTS2013081600966) in
the release notes.

ticket
DTS2013091209949.
275211561.xls
329
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW26
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW27
275211561.xls
330
BSC receives an
Alerting message. The
Identity Request
procedure is a process
in which the BSC
constructs an
IDENTITY REQUEST
message by imitating
the MSC and sends the
message to an MS to
obtain the IMSI or IMEI
of the MS.
0: The time when the
BSC initiates the
Identity Request
procedure remains
unchanged.
1: The BSC initiates the
Identity Request
0,1
procedure when TCH
assignment is complete
and the BSC receives
an Alerting message.
with
[PARA]IDRQSWITCH[/
PARA] in the [MML]SET
IDRQTEST[/MML]
command.
When
[PARA]IDRQSWITCH[/
PARA] is set to ON, this
parameter is invalid.
When
[PARA]IDRQSWITCH[/
PARA] is set to OFF,
this parameter is valid,
None
0,1
Whether the BSC sets

the utran-ccn-active or
eutran-ccn-active
information element
(IE) to 0 when encoding
SI2quater.
0: The BSC sets the
utran-ccn-active or
0,1
eutran-ccn-active IE to
1 when encoding
SI2quater.
1: The BSC sets the
utran-ccn-active or
eutran-ccn-active IE to
0 when encoding
SI2quater.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
331
None
If
[PARA]IDRQSWITCH[/
PARA] is set to OFF
and this parameter is
set to 1, the average
call access duration
and average call setup
duration shorten.
None
If SW27 is set to 1, it
may take a shorter
period of time for an
MS in packet transfer
mode to reselect from a
GSM cell to a
UMTS/LTE cell.
275211561.xls
332

ticket
DTS2013092904659.
SW27 is used to
resolve the problem
ticket
DTS2013120610257.
275211561.xls
333
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
bit6
334
Whether to use a
compensated TCH
receive level for
determining the access
to the overlaid subcell
during an intra-cell
handover initiation if the
receive level is low. If
SW12 is set to ON, the
compensated TCH
ON,OFF
receive level is used to
determine whether a
user can access the
overlaid subcell. If
SW12 is set to OFF, the
uncompensated TCH
receive level is used to
determine whether a
user can access the
overlaid subcell.
None
ON,OFF
Whether the BSC

enters the local release
procedure without
waiting for the Release
Indication message
when the BSC receives
an Error Indication or
0,1
Connection Failure
message after sending
the Channel Release
and Deactive SACCH
messages to an MS.
0: not enter
1: enter
None
0,1
Whether to enable
loopback detection on
link aggregation groups
(LAGs).
on. The loopback
detection on LAGs is
enabled. The system
promptly isolates an
LAG when detecting a
0,1
loopback in the LAG
and stops forwarding
data. The isolation on
the LAG is removed
only after the loopback
fault is rectified.
off. The loopback
detection on LAGs is
disabled.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
335
OFF
OFF
None
If SW12 is set to ON,

the level requirement
for an MS to access the
overlaid subcell is
relaxed. This reduces
congestion in the
overlaid subcell but
may result in call drops
due to a low level in the
overlaid subcell.
None
None
None
This switch application

can ensure the board
reliability. Do not turn
off this switch because
this reduces the board
reliability.
275211561.xls
336
For details, see

V900R015C00SPH518
ticket number:
DTS2013080906622) in
the release notes.
For details, see

V900R015C00SPC525
ticket number:
DTS2013092705554) in
the release notes.
1. This function
improves system
V900R015C00SPH518 reliability. Trouble ticket
number:
DTS2013081100261
275211561.xls
337
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT2
275211561.xls
338
Whether
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.PT
T collects the number
of PTT service setup
requests with failed
RAB assignment setup.
on.
T collects the number
of PTT service setup
0,1
requests with
successful and failed
RAB assignment setup.
off.
T collects only the
number of PTT service
setup requests with
successful RAB
assignment setup.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

reduces the activation
time offset during the
RB setup for UEs
whose signaling rate is
13.6 kbit/s under strong
coverage.
on. The RNC reduces 0,1
the activation time
offset during the RB
setup.
reduce the activation
RB setup.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
339

if the PTT service fails None
to be established.

on, the value of
T increases.

if a great number of
UEs whose signaling
None
rate is 13.6 kbit/s are
under strong coverage.

turned on, the service
setup delay for UEs
whose signaling rate is
13.6 kbit/s are under
strong coverage is
shortened.
275211561.xls
340

ticket
DTS2013080604731.

to improve the
DTS2013080203146.
275211561.xls
341
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para11
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para11
275211561.xls
342
Absolute value of the
Ec/N0 threshold under
strong coverage.
Actual value = GUI
value x (-1)
If the measured Ec/N0
value is greater than
the Ec/N0 threshold
under strong coverage,
a UE is considered
under strong coverage.
Valid value range: 1 to
24
parameter is beyond
use the value 8.
Parameter Relationship
1. This parameter is
0 to 255
valid only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT2 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to ON.
2. The value of this
parameter must be less
absolute value of the
ActtimeAdjustQualThd
UFRC command.
Otherwise, this
parameter does not
take effect even if
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT2 is set to ON.
dB
-24 to -1
Actual value range =
GUI value range x (-1)
Activation time offset

during the RB setup for
UEs whose signaling
rate is 13.6 kbit/s under
strong coverage.
100
parameter is beyond
use the value 25.
valid only when
0 to 255
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT2 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
parameter is less than
that of the
MidRateRlActTimeDefO
ffVal parameter in the
ADD
UCELLRLACTTIME
command.
10 ms
200 to 1000
275211561.xls
343
25
25
None

this parameter, the
smaller the actual
Ec/N0 threshold under
strong coverage. As a
result, the RNC is more
likely to determine that
the UE is under strong
coverage and therefore
reduces the activation
RB setup. This results
in an increase in
service setup failures.
larger the actual Ec/N0
threshold under strong
coverage. As a result,
the RNC is less likely to
determine that the UE
is under strong
coverage and therefore
is unlikely to shorten
the service setup delay.
None

parameter is extremely
small, the number of
signaling PDU
retransmissions will
decline within the
activation time offset
and the number of
service setup failures
will increase.
275211561.xls
344

to improve the
DTS2013080203146.

to improve the
DTS2013080203146.
275211561.xls
345
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para11
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdPara1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
275211561.xls
N/A
346
Time when the NodeB

processes the RB
reconfiguration
message during the RB
setup for UEs whose
signaling rate is 13.6
kbit/s under strong
coverage.
100
parameter is beyond
use the value 80.
0 to 65535
valid only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT2 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
parameter must be less
than the value of
combined bits 16 to 23
of the RsvU32Para11
UALGORSVPARA
command.
ms
50 to 1000
Minimum granularity of
scheduling data
packets transmitted
over the HS-DSCH
every 10 ms.
Valid value range: 2, 5,
10
parameter is beyond
0~4294967295
the valid value range
(default value included),
This parameter is an
advanced parameter
from Huawei technical
support personnel.
None
2,5,10
275211561.xls
347
80
80
None

parameter is extremely
small, the NodeB will
not receive the NBAP
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
COMMIT message
before the activation
time arrives or will have
insufficient time to
process the received
NBAP RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
COMMIT message.
This results in RB
reconfiguration failures
and therefore an
increase in service
setup failures.
None

to 5 or 10, the speed of
scheduling data
packets transmitted
over the HS-DSCH
increases significantly
and the DSP usage of
the DPUb or DPUe
board increases. This
wastes scheduling
resources and affects
the user throughput.
275211561.xls
348

to improve the
DTS2013080203146.

V900R014C00SPH536
V900R015C00SPH518
ticket
DTS2013080605149.
275211561.xls
349
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT3
275211561.xls
350
Whether the RNC

performs DRD and
channel fallback when
receiving the CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause "Radio Link
Failure" from the UE
during a DRD
procedure in a state
transition from
URA_PCH or
CELL_PCH to
0,1
CELL_DCH.
on. In the preceding
scenario, the RNC
performs DRD and
channel fallback.
off. In the preceding
scenario, the RNC
sends the UE a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
message again.
None
0,1
delays sending the RA

update request when
the following conditions
apply:
CS services of a UE
shift from the LTE
network to the UMTS
network.
Before the CS services
are set up on the UMTS
network, the UE sends
the RNC a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER
message to request a
routing area (RA)
update.
on. The RNC sends the 0,1
CN the RA update
request upon receiving
the RADIO BEARER
SETUP COMPLETE
message or when the
timer for delaying
sending the RA update
request expires.
delay sending the RA
update request.
The RsvU32Para12
UALGORSVPARA
command specifies the
timer for delaying
None
0,1
275211561.xls
351
If the RNC receives a

CELL UPDATE
message with cause
value "Radio Link
Failure" from a UE
during a DRD
procedure in a state
transition from
URA_PCH or
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH, set this
parameter to 1.
After CS services are

shifted from the LTE
network to the UMTS
network, set this
parameter to 1 if RA
update is required for
PS services.
None

the counters
VS.DCCC.P2D.DRD.Att
,
VS.DCCC.P2D.DRD.Su
cc, VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ,
VS.DCCC.URAP2D.Att,
and
VS.DCCC.URAP2D.Su
cc.
None

on, the CS service
setup delay is
shortened after CS
services are shifted
from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
275211561.xls
352

ticket
DTS2013080905340.

to optimize
DTS2013080604361.
275211561.xls
353
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para12
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT8
354
Whether the RNC

initiates the IMEI-based
identity request
procedure in the CS
domain before CS
services of a UE that
shifts from the LTE
network to the UMTS
network are set up on
the UMTS network.
initiate the IMEI-based
identity request
procedure in the CS
domain.
off. The RNC initiates
the IMEI-based identity
request procedure in
the CS domain.
None
0,1
Timer for delaying

request.
GUI value range: 0 to
15
10
parameter is beyond
the default value 5
0~15
applies.
This parameter is valid
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT3 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
None
1~10
Whether the RNC

reconfigures and then
encrypts the UM RLC
entity during a cell
update triggered by a
traffic radio bearer
(TRB) reset.
0,1
reconfigure or encrypt
the UM RLC entity.
off. The RNC
reconfigures and then
encrypts the UM RLC
entity.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
355

network to the UMTS
network, set this
parameter to 1 if IMEIbased ID query is
required for UEs
running CS services.
None

on, the CS service
setup delay is
shortened after CS
services are shifted
from the LTE network to
the UMTS network.
None

network to the UMTS
network:
to an extremely small
value, the RNC first
processes the RA
update request for PS
services and then sets
up CS services. This
prolongs the CS service
setup delay.
to an extremely large
value, the RNC
preferentially sets up
CS services upon
receiving the RA update
request for PS services.
This shortens the CS
service setup delay.
If both PTT and BE

services are running,
None
In scenarios where both

PTT and BE services
are running, if this
switch is turned on and
the UE reports the TRB
reset-triggered cell
update message to the
RNC, the PTT call
275211561.xls
356

to optimize
DTS2013080604361.

to optimize
DTS2013080604361.

description of the
DTS2013061302763 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
357
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT10
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT29
275211561.xls
358
Whether the RNC sets

the "RLC info" IE of the
"RB information to
setup" IE contained in
the second and third
RB subflows to "Same
as RB:0xM" if the RLC
parameters of three CS
RB subflows in the
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message are
the same. M refers to
the ID of the first RB
subflow.
on. The RNC sets the
"RLC info" IE of the
"RB information to
the second and third
RB subflows to "Same
as RB:0xM."
off. The RNC sets the
"RLC info" IEs of the
"RB information to
the three RB subflows
to the same value.
None
0,1
Whether E-DCH TTI for

PTT combined services
(combined services with
a PTT service) is under
the control of the EDCH
TTI policies for a PTTonly service.
on. If PTTHSUPATTI in
the SET UFRC
command is set to
0,1
EDCH_TTI_10ms, EDCH TTI 2 ms is not
allowed to be selected
for PTT combined
services.
off. E-DCH TTI for PTT
combined services is
not restricted by the
PTTHSUPATTI
parameter.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
359
If the UE access delay

is large, set this
parameter to 1.
None
If PTT combined
services are running,
None
275211561.xls

turned on, the UE
access delay is
shortened.
On a network running
PTT services, if this
resource usage for PTT
combined services
decreases, system load
reduces, and the call
drop rate of PTT
combined services
under weak coverage
decreases.
360

description of the
DTS2013080706268 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013081203969 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
361
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT10
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT30
275211561.xls
362
Whether established
PS services in RLC UM
mode are reconfigured
when new services
cause the mac-hs entity
to be changed as the
mac-ehs entity if
downlink Layer 2
enhancement is not
enabled for established
PS services but
enabled for new
services.
off. Established PS
0,1
services in RLC UM
mode are not
reconfigured when
other services cause
the mac-hs entity to be
changed as the macehs entity.
on. Established PS
services in RLC UM
mode are reconfigured
when other services
cause the mac-hs entity
to be changed as the
mac-ehs entity.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

includes the
Measurement validity IE
in MR AGPS
measurement control
messages.
include the
Measurement validity IE 0,1
in MR AGPS
measurement control
messages.
off. The RNC includes
the Measurement
validity IE in MR AGPS
measurement control
messages.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
363
None

off, services become
abnormal because
established PS services
in RLC UM mode are
not reconfigured when
other services cause
the mac-hs entity to be
changed as the macehs entity.
on and downlink Layer
2 enhancement is
enabled, voice quality
of PTT services (PS
services in RLC UM
mode) increases.

if the MR AGPS
None
function is enabled.
Certain UEs may restart

after the MR AGPS
helps resolve this
problem and reduce the
call drop rate.
275211561.xls
364

description of the
V900R013C00SPH588
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013081204044 in
the release notes.

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013081701632 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
365
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT32
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT18
275211561.xls
366
Whether the RNC

actively delivers an MR
AGPS measurement
release message
(RRC_MEAS_CTRL) to
a UE before the UE
transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
on. The RNC actively
delivers an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL
0,1
message to a UE
before the UE transits
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
off. The RNC never
actively delivers an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL
message to a UE
before the UE transits
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
None
0,1
Whether to change the

duration of the code
readjustment timer.
on. The duration of the
code readjustment
timer is changed to the
0,1
value of the
HoPhychRecfgTmr
parameter plus 3s.
off. The duration of the
code readjustment
timer is fixed to 6s.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
367

if certain UEs still
restart after the MR
AGPS is enabled and
None
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT30 in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is turned on.
Certain UEs may restart

after the MR AGPS
helps resolve this
problem and reduce the
call drop rate.

if the NodeB detects
None
code conflicts.
After the switch is

turned on, code
congestion may occur
because the code
readjustment timer
duration increases,
increasing the time a
temporary code is
occupied.
275211561.xls
368

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013081701632 in
the release notes.

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013080103598 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
369
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT7
370
Whether the RNC

delivers periodic MR
measurement control
messages on DL
Transport Channel
BLER to UEs of
specified TACs.
deliver periodic MR
measurement control
messages on DL
Transport Channel
BLER to UEs of
specified TACs.
0,1
off. The RNC delivers
periodic MR
measurement control
messages on DL
Transport Channel
BLER to UEs of
specified TACs.
when the TAC_FUNC
parameter in the ADD
UIMEITAC or MOD
UIMEITAC command is
set to
Special_User_Enhance
.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
371
If incompatibility
problems occur when
certain UEs receive the
periodic MR
measurement control
messages on DL
None
Transport Channel
BLER, configure such
UEs in the periodic DL
Transport Channel
BLER measurement
blacklist.
275211561.xls

turned on, the CS and
PS service setup
success rate increases
decreases.
372

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013062006486 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
373
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT8
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT9
275211561.xls
374
Whether the RNC

measurement control
messages on UE Tx
Power to UEs of
specified TACs.
deliver periodic MR
measurement control
messages on UE Tx
Power to UEs of
specified TACs.
0,1
periodic MR
measurement control
messages on UE Tx
Power to UEs of
specified TACs.
when the TAC_FUNC
UIMEITAC or MOD
UIMEITAC command is
set to
.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

measurement control
messages on assisted
GPS (AGPS) to UEs of
specified TACs.
deliver periodic MR
measurement control
messages on AGPS to
UEs of specified TACs.
0,1
periodic MR
measurement control
messages on AGPS to
UEs of specified TACs.
when the TAC_FUNC
UIMEITAC or MOD
UIMEITAC command is
set to
.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
375
If incompatibility
problems occur when
periodic MR
measurement control
None
messages on UE Tx
Power, configure such
UEs in the periodic UE
Tx Power measurement
blacklist.

PS service setup
decreases.
If incompatibility
problems occur when
periodic MR
measurement control
None
messages on AGPS,
configure such UEs in
the periodic AGPS
measurement blacklist.

PS service setup
decreases.
275211561.xls
376

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013062006486 in
the release notes.

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013062006486 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
377
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT10
378
Whether the RNC

measurement control
messages on CELLID
RTT to UEs of specified
TACs.
deliver periodic MR
measurement control
messages on CELLID
TACs.
0,1
periodic MR
measurement control
messages on CELLID
TACs.
when the TAC_FUNC
UIMEITAC or MOD
UIMEITAC command is
set to
.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
379
If incompatibility
problems occur when
periodic MR
measurement control
None
messages on CELLID
RTT, configure such
UEs in the periodic
CELLID RTT
measurement blacklist.
275211561.xls

PS service setup
decreases.
380

description of the
V900R014C00SPH552
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPH518
DTS2013062006486 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
381
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT1
382
rate of CSFB UEs takes
effect.
on. The SRB rate uses
the value of the
CSFBSRBRate
parameter if either of
the following is true:
-The "CSFB Indication"
IE is contained in the
RRC Connection Setup
Request message
during a redirection.
-The cause value "CS
Fallback triggered" is
contained in the
Relocation Request
message during a
relocation in the CSFB
0,1
procedure.
off. If cause value "CS
Fallback triggered" is
contained in the
Relocation Request
message during a
relocation in the CSFB
procedure, the SRB
rate is 3.4 kbit/s. If the
"CSFB Indication" IE is
contained in the RRC
Connection Setup
Request message
during a redirection in
the CSFB procedure,
the SRB rate is
configured by running
the SET
None
275211561.xls
0,1
383
If CSFB UEs exist, set

None
275211561.xls

turned on, the service
access delay of CSFB
UEs on the UMTS
network is shortened,
thereby improving user
experience. However,
more code resources
are consumed.
384

description of the
DTS2013080604361 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
385
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT17
386
Whether the rate

adjustment controlled
by the QoS guarantee
algorithm takes effect
for WB AMR services in
combined service
scenarios.
on. The rate adjustment
controlled by the QoS
guarantee algorithm
takes effect for WB
AMR services.
Specifically, uplink rate
adjustment for WB
AMR services carried
on the DCH can be
triggered by the QoS
0,1
guarantee algorithm in
CS+BE combined
services.
off. The rate adjustment
guarantee algorithm
does not take effect for
WB AMR services.
adjustment for WB
AMR services carried
on the DCH cannot be
CS+BE combined
services.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
387
If the QoS guarantee

None
for WB AMR services,
275211561.xls
After the switch is

turned on, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
takes effect in more
scenarios, thereby
reducing the call drop
rate. After the switch is
turned off, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
takes effect in fewer
scenarios, thereby
increasing the call drop
rate.
388

description of the
DTS2013071500433 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
389
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT18
390
Whether the rate

adjustment controlled
for NB AMR services in
combined service
scenarios.
on. The rate adjustment
guarantee algorithm
takes effect for NB
AMR services.
adjustment for NB AMR
services carried on the
DCH can be triggered
0,1
algorithm in CS+BE
combined services.
off. The rate adjustment
guarantee algorithm
does not take effect for
NB AMR services.
adjustment for NB AMR
services carried on the
DCH cannot be
CS+BE combined
services.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
391

None
for NB AMR services,
275211561.xls
After the switch is

turned on, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
scenarios, thereby
turned off, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
scenarios, thereby
rate.
392

description of the
DTS2013071500433 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
393
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT20
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT12
275211561.xls
394
algorithm takes effect.
on. The optimization
takes effect. 1) If the
absolute threshold for
uplink power
measurement changes
after a channel
reconfiguration or
handover, the RNC
resends an uplink
power measurement
control message to the
UE. 2) If only one BE
service exists after the
first established PS
service is released, the
QoS guarantee
0,1
on the basis of a single
BE service.
off. The optimization
does not take effect. 1)
If the relative threshold
for uplink power
measurement changes
after a channel
reconfiguration or
handover, the RNC
resends an uplink
power measurement
UE. 2) If only one BE
service exists after the
first established PS
service is released, the
QoS guarantee
Whether cell resource
information is logged.
on. Cell resource
information is logged.
0,1
off. Cell resource
information is not
logged.
None
0,1
None
0,1
275211561.xls
395

algorithm takes effect, None
After the switch is

turned on, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
scenarios, thereby
turned off, the QoS
guarantee algorithm
scenarios, thereby
rate.
To obtain cell resource

usage, set this
parameter to 1. After
None
log collection is
completed, turn off this
switch.

on, information about
the cell resource usage
is saved in the debug
log, which increases the
log volume.
275211561.xls
396

description of the
DTS2013081600696 in
the release notes.
V900R015C00SPH518 None
275211561.xls
397
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvU32Para0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
Bit1~Bit0
275211561.xls
398
Whether the Paging

Permission with Access
Control (PPAC)
on. The PPAC
0,1
off. The PPAC
algorithm does not take
effect.
For details about this
algorithm, see 3GPP
TS 25.331.
None
0,1
Indication." When
DSAC is enabled, UEs
cannot respond to
Paging Type 1 in the
specified domain. Value
01 corresponds to
value CS of the IE
"Paging Response
Restriction Indication."
When DSAC is
enabled, UEs can
respond to Paging Type
1 in the PS domain, but
not the CS
domain.Value 10
corresponds to value
PS of the IE "Paging
Response Restriction
Indication." When
0~3
can respond to Paging
Type 1 in the CS
domain, but not the PS
domain.Value 11
None of the IE "Paging
Response Restriction
Indication." When
can respond to Paging
Type 1 in both
domains.For details
about the meaning of
values All, CS, PS, and
None, see 3GPP TS
25.331.Parameter
relationship: The setting
of bits 1-0 takes effect
None
0~3
275211561.xls
399

to enable the PPAC
None
algorithm.
When DSAC and AC

have been enabled to
forbid UEs to initiate
calls: 1. If the PPAC
algorithm is enabled,
the UEs are allowed to
receive calls. Therefore,
the call completion rate
increases, but more
network resources are
consumed because
more services are
established. 2. If the
location/registration
update procedure is not
forbidden, UEs can
promptly update their
locations. This ensures
that the network can
correctly page UEs.
Set bits 1-0 to 10 to

enable AC restriction on
None
the PS domain, but not
the CS domain.
If the PPAC algorithm is

enabled, the UEs are
allowed to receive calls.
Therefore, the call
completion rate
increases, but more
network resources are
consumed because
more services are
established.
275211561.xls
400

description of the
DTS2013073100423 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013073100423 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
401
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvU32Para0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
275211561.xls
Bit3~Bit2
402
"Location/Registration
Restriction Indicator." If
DSAC is enabled for
the CS domain, AC
restriction is performed
on location area
updates, routing area
updates, and
registration requests
initiated by UEs in the
CS domain according
to
UELocation/Registratio
n Access Class Barred
List; AC restriction is
not performed on
routing area updates
and registration
requests initiated by
0~3
UEs in the PS
domain.Value 10
PS of the IE
"Location/Registration
Restriction Indicator." If
DSAC is enabled for
the PS domain, AC
on routing area updates
and registration
requests initiated by
UEs in the PS domain
according to
UELocation/Registratio
n Access Class Barred
List; AC restriction is
not performed on
location area updates,
None
275211561.xls
0~2
403
Set bits 3-2 to 10 to

enable AC restriction on
None
the PS domain, but not
the CS domain.
275211561.xls
If the
forbidden, UEs can
correctly page UEs.
404

description of the
DTS2013073100423 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
405
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvU32Para0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
Bit4
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit7
275211561.xls
406
bit 4 can be 0 or
1.Value 0 corresponds
to value no restriction of
the "CHOICE restriction
status" field in the IE
"Location/Registration."
Specifically, AC
restriction is not
performed on location
area updates, routing
area updates, and
initiated by UEs.Value 1
restriction of the
"CHOICE restriction
status" field in the IE
"Location/Registration."
Specifically, AC
0,1
on location area
updates, routing area
updates, and
initiated by UEs.For
details about the
meaning of values no
restriction and
restriction, see 3GPP
TS 25.331.Parameter
relationship: The setting
of bit 4 takes effect only
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11 of the
in the SET
None
0,1

rapid response function
for inter-process
communication
messages. When this
response messages
are sent to quickly
respond, which
0,1
prevents packet
congestion in the case
of packet surge. When
data packets are sent
to respond, which may
cause packet
accumulation.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
407
Set bit 4 to 0 so that AC

restriction is not
performed on location
area updates, routing
None
area updates, and
initiated by UEs.
If the
forbidden, UEs can
correctly page UEs.
Do not modify the

parameter because
inappropriate
parameter settings
contact Huawei
technical engineers
first.
None
275211561.xls
408

description of the
DTS2013073100423 in
the release notes.
1. This function
improves system
number:
DTS2013070801510
275211561.xls
409
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit4
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit7
275211561.xls
410
when a GE link on the
XPUa board becomes
faulty.
When this switch is
turned on, the selfhealing function is
triggered and the active
XPUa board is reset
when the following
conditions are met:
The cfa detects that
only one GE link on the
XPUa board is faulty
and the fault lasts for 8
minutes.
The source board of
the faulty GE link is the
XPUa board.
0,1
The XPUa boards
work in active/standby
mode and the two
boards are in position.
The destination
board of the faulty GE
link is in position.
on and the self-healing
function is enabled
XPUa board becomes
faulty.
off and the self-healing
function is disabled
XPUa board becomes
None
0,1

protection function for
the SCUa or SCUb
board that abnormally
breaks down. When
this switch is turned on
(default setting), the
SCUa or SCUb board is 0,1
forcibly reset when it is
found abnormally
breaking down.When
SCUa or SCUb board
breakdown detection is
not performed.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
411
None
This switch ensures

board reliability. Do not
turn off this switch
because this reduces
board reliability.
None
This function ensures

disable this function
board reliability. This
function is enabled by
default.
275211561.xls
412
1. Triggered by an
online problem, this
switch is added to
V900R015C00SPC525 enhance the reliability
of the XPUa board.
DTS2013072303892
1. To enhance board
reliability, this function
V900R015C00SPC525 is added. Trouble ticket
number:
DTS2013082108932
275211561.xls
413
UNRNCRSVPAR
RSVSWITCH0
SET UNRNCRSVPAR
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT31
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW20
275211561.xls
414
Whether the RNC

allows UE-not-involved
relocations for WB AMR
UEs to the WB-AMRincapable neighboring
RNC.
on. The RNC forbids
UE-not-involved
0,1
RNC.
off. The RNC allows
UE-not-involved
RNC.
downlink occurs in a
cell, the RNC selects
the cell as the target
cell.
3) If HSPA+ fallback
occurs in a cell, the
RNC does not select
cell.
4) If rate decrease
occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a
cell, the RNC does not
select the cell as the
target cell.
5) If rate increase
occurs on the uplink or
downlink channel in a
cell, the RNC selects
cell. Otherwise, the
RNC does not select
cell.
None
0,1
0,1
None
0,1
0,1
None
0,1

off. The optimized
solution for selecting
the DRD target cell
does not take effect
during the channel rate
increase. The RNC
uses the following rules
in sequence when
selecting the target cell:
1) If a channel fallback
from the E-DCH to the
Emergency calls
Bandwidth Admit
function.
OFF~0: disable
ON~1: enable
275211561.xls
415

if the serving RNC
(SRNC) supports WB
None
AMR and one of its
neighboring RNCs does
not.
On a network where
WB AMR services are
performed, UE-notinvolved relocations
decrease after this
switch is turned off.
If the DCCC algorithm

is enabled, set this
parameter to 1.
None

turned on, the policy for
selecting the target cell
during the rate increase
becomes more strict
and inter-frequency
DRD-based RB
reconfigurations
decrease.
None
None
275211561.xls
416

description of the
DTS2013071500433 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013080507101 in
the release notes.

to improve compatibility.
V900R015C00SPC525 description of the
resolved issue
DTS2013053105396 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
417
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
bit21
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit3
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit5
275211561.xls
418
Whether to establish a
dedicated link for
transmitting BTS
software data during
BTS software loading if
all the following
conditions are met:
Service Type is set to
TDM.
Flex Abis Mode is set to
FIX_16K_ABIS(Fix
Abis).
0,1
BTS Multiplexing Mode
is set to a value other
than MODE1_1 and
MODE16K.
Loading Mode is set to
NORMMODE(Normal
Mode).
0: A dedicated link is
not established.
1: A dedicated link is
established.
None
0,1
Whether to reset a
board that is not in
position.When this
board that is not in
0,1
position is reset.
off.
on.
None
0,1
Whether to synchronize
the clock status
between the active and
standby interface
boards. When this
clock status between
0,1
the active and standby
interface boards is
synchronized.
off.
on.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
419
None

the timeslot
corresponding to the
dedicated link is
multiplexed with a
timeslot corresponding
to a TCH, the TRX
carrying the TCH is
blocked. The TRX
cannot provide services
until software loading is
complete. In addition,
the value of RA303G:
Success Rate of
Immediate Assignments
increases during
software loading.
None

board reliability.
None

board reliability.
275211561.xls
420

V900R015C00SPH516
ticket:
DTS2013062400836/D
TS2013062500130
1. This function
improves system
number:
DTS2013091404983
1. This function
improves system
number:
DTS2013071000066
275211561.xls
421
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW21
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW22
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW23
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW24
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA4
SET TNRSVDPARA
07bit
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA4
SET TNRSVDPARA
815bit
275211561.xls
422
Whether to cancel the

optimization of load
balance algorithm for IP
in transmission
resource pool. The
optimization can help to
improve transmission
0,1
efficiency.
When the switch is set
to 1, optimization will be
cancelled; When the
switch is set to 0,
optimization will be
applied.
None
0,1
Whether to report ALM21604 Insufficient

Transmission
Resources due to the
0,1
failure to apply Adjacent
Node UDP Resource.
OFF~0: enable
ON~1: disable
None
0,1

Transmission
congestion to apply
0,1
Interface Board UDP
Resource.
OFF~0: enable
ON~1: disable
None
0,1

Transmission
congestion to apply
0,1
Interface Board TEID
Resource.
OFF~0: enable
ON~1: disable
None
0,1

to set the Interface
Board UDP Resource
congestion threshold, if 0255
this value is equal to 0
or greater than 100, the
actual value is 80.
0~100

Board UDP Resource
congestion clear
threshold, if this value 0255
is greater than 100 or
congestion threshold is
equal 0, the actual
value is 70.
0~100
275211561.xls
423
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
N/A
None
N/A
275211561.xls
424

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013052701106.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013041301213.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.
275211561.xls
425
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA4
SET TNRSVDPARA
1623bit
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA4
SET TNRSVDPARA
2431bit
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT12
275211561.xls
426

Board TEID Resource
congestion threshold, if
0255
this value is greater or
equal to 0, the actual
value is 80.
Board TEID Resource
congestion clear
threshold, if this value 0255
is greater than 100 or
equal 0, the actual
value is 70.
"Redirection
Completed."
send the registration
request to another
operator but directly
sends the cause to the
UE if operator A rejects
the registration request
with none of the
following causes:
-PLMN not allowed
(#11)
-Location Area not
allowed (#12)
-Roaming not allowed
in this location area
(#13)
0,1
-GPRS services not
allowed in this PLMN
(#14)
-No Suitable Cells In
Location Area (#15)
-Network failure (#17)
-Not authorized for this
CSG (#25)
off. The RNC sends the
registration request to
other operators one by
one until it succeeds if
operator A rejects the
registration request with
none of the preceding
causes. If f the
registration to every
0~100
0~100
None
0,1
275211561.xls
427
None
N/A
None
N/A

on an MOCN-enabled None
network.
275211561.xls

decrease:
VS.IU.MOCN.CsPsCoo
rdination
VS.IU.MOCN.LocAreaN
otAllowed
VS.IU.MOCN.PlmnNot
Allowed
VS.IU.MOCN.RoamNot
Allowed
VS.IU.MOCN.NoSuitabl
eCell
VS.IU.MOCN.GprsServi
cesNotAllowed
428

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.

system reliability.
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013101702831.

description of the
V900R015C00SPC525 resolved issue
DTS2013081409689 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
429
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT13
275211561.xls
430
Whether the RNC

sends the UE the
updated value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value" if
the value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value"
changes in the RADIO
LINK
RECONFIGURATION
READY message that
the NodeB sends to the
RNC during an RB
0,1
reconfiguration.
on. The RNC sends the
UE the updated value
of the IE "Serving Grant
Value."
send the UE the
updated value of the IE
"Serving Grant Value."
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

processes a RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
and then sends the CN
a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message
if a CN sends the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message to
the RNC instead of the
IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
upon receiving the RAB
RELEASE REQUEST
0,1
message specific for
the last service from the
RNC.
on. The RNC processes
the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
and then sends the CN
a RAB ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
process the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
431
If the RNC supports the

HSUPA feature, set this None
parameter to 1.

VS.HSUPAPSLoad.ULT
hruput.PLMN.RNC and
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSU
PA.Rx increase.
If the CN sends the

RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message to
the RNC instead of the
IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
None
upon receiving the RAB
RELEASE REQUEST
message specific for
the last service from the
RNC, set this
parameter to 1.
None
275211561.xls
432

description of the
DTS2013071605173 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2012092107091 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
433
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA1
275211561.xls
434
Whether the RNC

handles the received
SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message
when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
0,1
None
0,1
None
2~10

on. The RNC
immediately handles
the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message.
handle the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST
message and waits for
a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE.
Length of the timer the

BSC waits for a BTS
response during PDCH
activation. The larger
the value of this
parameter, the longer
the interval at which he
BSC retransmits a
message to the BTS
due to a timeout during
PDCH activation. The 0~15
parameter, the shorter
the interval at which the
BSC retransmits a
message to the BTS
due to a timeout in the
preceding scenario. A
parameter value less
than 2 or greater than
10 is considered as 2.
275211561.xls
435
In an RB
reconfiguration and
inter-RAT cell
None
reselection procedure,

decreases the value of
VS.FailRBRecfg.NoRep
ly, but increases the
values of
VS.SuccRBRecfg,
VS.IRATHO.AttOutPSU
E.RNC, and
VS.IRATHO.SuccOutP
SUE.RNC.
If the delay of
messages transmitted
between the BSC and
BTS is less than the
no impact is caused on
network performance. If
the delay of messages
transmitted between
the BSC and BTS is
greater than the value
PDCH activation
duration prolongs.
None
275211561.xls
436

description of the
V900R015C00SPC525
resolved issue
V900R014C00SPC535
DTS2013090205061 in
the release notes.

ticket
DTS2013090901543.
275211561.xls
437
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW17
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW18
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW19
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
438
During PS attach
procedure, whether the
BSC initiates the XID
RESET process after it
initiates the identity
request process to
query the IMSI of an
0,1
MS and receives the
IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the MS
when MOCN Shared
Cell is enabled.
0: Not initiate
1: Initiate
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

replaces the P-TMSI or
TMSI carried in the
ATTACH REQUEST or
LAR message with the
IMSI after it initiates the
identity request process
to query the IMSI of an 0,1
MS and receives the
IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the MS
when MOCN Shared
Cell is enabled.
0: Replace
1: Not replace
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

discards the uplink MS
message transmitted
over the Signaling
Permanent Virtual
Connection (SIGPVC)
when it fails to identify
the serving GPRS
support node (SGSN)
according to the NRI
0,1
carried by the MS.
set to 0, the BSC
discards the uplink MS
message transmitted
over the SIGPVC.
set to 1, the BSC sends
the uplink MS message
to an available SGSN.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC verify

the timeslot information
and timeslot number
carried in the GPRS
COMMAND ACK
0,1
message sent by the
BTS.
1: Not verify
0: Verify
None
0,1
275211561.xls
439
None
None
None
None
None
None

set to 0, the number of
Set this parameter to 1 PDCH releases
in a cell using satellite increases. When this
transmission.
the number of PDCH
releases decreases.
275211561.xls
440

ticket
DTS2013081505249.

ticket
DTS2013081505249.

ticket
DTS2013101105134.

V900R014C00SPH552
identified in the trouble
V900R015C00SPC525
ticket
DTS2013070107135.
275211561.xls
441
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit10
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT7
275211561.xls
442

index table of
measurement objects.
When this switch is
turned on, the index
table of measurement 0,1
objects is checked.
off.
on.
event block records the
uplink VQI every 2.4s.
Therefore, the RNC
reports a maximum of
five VQIs to the SAU
board within 12s.
In the downlink, the VQI
event block records the
downlink VQI at an
interval during which
the RNC measures the
block error rate (BLER)
of the downlink
transmission channel.
Therefore, the RNC
reports a maximum of
six VQIs to the SAU
board within 12s.
The MrDlBlerPeriod
0,1
UMRCTRL command
specifies the period
during which the RNC
measures the BLER of
the downlink
transmission channel.
2. The following
settings must be done
to ensure that the VQIs
of AMR services are
reported at short
intervals:
a. The SAU board has
been configured.
b. The EventChrSwitch
UEVENTCHRSWITCH
None
0,1
None
0,1
275211561.xls
443
None

board reliability.
If the VQIs of AMR

services need to be
reported at short
intervals, set this
parameter to 1.
None
None
275211561.xls
444
1. This function
improves system
number:
DTS2013091402088

description of the
DTS2013030504624 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
445
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT7
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT32
275211561.xls
446
Whether the RNC

prolongs the interval of
re-sending the PAGING
TYPE1 message by
320 ms for push to talk
(PTT) UEs.
on. The RNC accurately
calculates the delay for
re-sending the PAGING 0,1
TYPE1 message based
on the paging receive
timeslot of the UE.
off. The RNC prolongs
the interval of resending the PAGING
TYPE1 message by
320 ms.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

forwards the INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER
message to other CN
nodes if one CN node
is congested in Iu Flex
networking.
on. The RNC directly
0,1
discards the INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER
message.
off. The RNC forwards
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
to other CN nodes.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
447

if access of called PTTenabled UEs is delayed None
due to poor air interface
signals.
The value of
VS.Paging1.Att.PTT.RN
C increases.
The value of
VS.IU.SCCP.Tx.Con.Re
q decreases. Do not
modify the parameter
without permission. If
necessary, contact
Huawei technical
support.
None
275211561.xls
448

description of the
DTS2013082800519 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013070800264 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
449
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT11
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT15
275211561.xls
450
Whether the RNC

promptly sends the CN
the RELOCATION
COMPLETE message
upon reception of the
HANDOVER TO
UTRAN COMPLETE
message during a
handover from the EUTRAN to the UTRAN
so that the CN can
transmit and receive
user plane data.
on. The RNC promptly
sends the CN the
0,1
RELOCATION
COMPLETE message
upon reception of the
HANDOVER TO
UTRAN COMPLETE
message.
off. The RNC RNC
queries the UE
capability and performs
the security mode
procedure before
starting user plane data
transmission and
reception.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

discards the received
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
during a state transition
from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH when the
value of the IE "RRC
transaction identifier" in
the message is
incorrect.
0,1
on. The RNC discards
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
and continues to wait
for the reply from the
UE.
off. The RNC rolls back
the state transition
procedure.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
451
None
If value of the IE "RRC

transaction identifier" in
the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
received by the RNC
None
during the state
transition from
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH is incorrect,
275211561.xls
When this switch is

turned on, the user
plane transmission
delay is shortened
during the PS handover
from the E-UTRAN to
the UTRAN.

VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ
increases.
452

description of the
DTS2013090600594 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013090409369 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
453
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT14
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT24
275211561.xls
454
Whether the RNC

reestablishes MAC-d
measurements and
outer loop power
control (OLPC)
measurements in the
event of rollback
caused by channel
transfer failures of
CELL_DCH UEs.
0,1
on. The RNC
reestablishes MAC-d
measurements and
OLPC measurements.
reestablish MAC-d
measurements or
OLPC measurements.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

triggers DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
retires if it receives
event 2D but does not
receive similar event
2F.
off. The RNC can
trigger DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
0,1
2F.
on. The RNC cannot
trigger DCCC rate
increases and HSPA
2F.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
455
If the DCCC switch or

state transition switch is
None
turned on, set this
parameter to 1.
In the event of rollback

caused by channel
transfer failures of
CELL_DCH UEs, if this
UEs with small data
transmissions can
transit from the
CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. This
reduces the number of
UEs in the CELL_DCH
state and improves
DCH resource
utilization.
If the serving cell

change success rate is
None
low, set this parameter
to 1.

of DCCC rate increases
and HSPA retries and
of call drops due to
DCCC rate increases
and HSPA retries if a
UE is under weak
coverage in the
downlink.
275211561.xls
456

description of the
DTS2013050901591 in
the release notes.

description of the
V900R014C00SPC535
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013080508824 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
457
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT2
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT26
275211561.xls
458
Whether the transport

format set (TFS) of the
dedicated channel
(DCH) is set to [1*0,
1*148] if only a PS
service is established
over HSDPA and the
downlink SRB of the PS
service is carried over
the DCH at a rate of 3.4
0,1
kbit/s.
off. The TFS of the
DCH is configured
based on typical
parameter settings.
on. The TFS of the
DCH is set to [1*0,
1*148].
None
0,1
penalty to the target cell

whenever it receives a
RELOCATION
PREPARATION
FAILURE or RNSAP
RADIO LINK SETUP
FAILURE message.
off. The RNC applies a
only when it receives a
failure indication
message with cause
value "Resource
Unavailable."
The RNC applies a
in the following
scenarios:
0,1
1) After the relocation
with an inter-frequency
CLB hard handover
fails, the RNC receives
a RELOCATION
PREPARATION
FAILURE with one the
following cause values:
No Radio Resources
Available in Target Cell
Traffic Load In The
Target Cell Higher Than
In The Source Cell
After an inter-frequency
CLB hard handover
fails, the RNC receives
an RNSAP RADIO
LINK SETUP FAILURE
None
0,1
275211561.xls
459
If there are HSDPA UEs

on the network, set this None
parameter to 1.

turned on, the downlink
transmit power of the
dedicated physical
channel (DPCH)
decreases and cell
throughput improves.

if the failure indication
message for one of the
following contains a
cause value that cannot
be identified as
"Resource
None
Unavailable":
Relocation with an
inter-frequency CLB
hard handover
Inter-frequency CLB
hard handover

decreases the values of
the following counters:
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqRe
locPrep
VS.HHO.FailInterFreqO
ut.RLSetupFail
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqO
ut.InterRNC
ut.CS
ut.PS
275211561.xls
460

description of the
DTS2013091601939 in
the release notes.

to improve the
V900R014C00SPH552
performance mentioned
V900R015C00SPC525
DTS2013080507123.
275211561.xls
461
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT2
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT27
275211561.xls
462
Whether the RNC

immediately triggers
coverage-based interfrequency or inter-RAT
handovers after
receiving a periodic
inter-frequency or interRAT measurement
report from a UE.
0: When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
waits 200 ms and
triggers inter-frequency
or inter-RAT handovers
after receiving a
0,1
periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT
measurement report
from a UE.
turned on, the RNC
immediately triggers
coverage-based interfrequency or inter-RAT
handovers after
receiving a periodic
inter-frequency or interRAT measurement
report from a UE.
None
0,1
Whether the SRNC

enters the scrambling
code configured for a
DRNC cell in the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
message when the
DRNC cell is added to
the active cell.
turned off, the SRNC
code configured for the
DRNC cell in the
0,1
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
message.
turned on, the SRNC
code contained in the
information about intrafrequency neighboring
cells delivered with the
DRNC in the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE
message.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
463
If the time-to-trigger of
handovers based on
inter-frequency or interRAT periodic
None
measurement reports is
0, set this parameter to
1.
None
If the SRNC is
configured with DRNC
None
cells, set this parameter
to 1.

increases the soft
handover success rate.
275211561.xls
464

V900R014C00SPC535
V900R015C00SPC525
ticket
DTS2013090310402.

V900R014C00SPC535
V900R015C00SPC525
ticket
DTS2013090310369.
275211561.xls
465
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT23
466
cells from the intrafrequency detection set
to the active set takes
effect.
off. This feature does
not take effect.
on. After receiving
event 1A, 1C, or 1D
(including the intrafrequency detection
set) reported by a UE,
the RNC first checks
cells included in the
intra-frequency
measurement report
from the neighboring
cell list under the intra- 0,1
frequency
measurement control
and from intrafrequency neighboring
cells of cells in the
active set. If no such
cells are detected, the
RNC then checks cells
included in the intrafrequency
measurement report
from intra-frequency
neighboring cells of the
best cell's intrafrequency neighboring
cells. If only one cell is
detected, the RNC
triggers a soft handover
None
275211561.xls
0,1
467

if there are missing
None
intra-frequency
neighboring cells.
275211561.xls

of soft handovers
increases. If there are
missing intra-frequency
neighboring cells, this
feature helps decrease
the call drop rate and
improve user
experience.
468

to optimize
V900R015C00SPC525 performance mentioned
DTS2013073100474
275211561.xls
469
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT24
470
Whether DRNC cells,

configured as intrafrequency neighboring
cells of the best cell's
intra-frequency
neighboring cells, are
allowed to be added to
the active set when the
optimization of adding
cells from the intrafrequency detection set
to the active set takes
effect.
allow DRNC cells to be
0,1
added to the active set.
on. The RNC allows
DRNC cells to be
added to the active set.
NOTE:
The feature takes effect
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT23 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 1
(the switch is turned
on).
None
275211561.xls
0,1
471

if
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT23 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 1
None
(the switch is turned on)
and DRNC cells,
configured as intrafrequency neighboring
cells of the best cell's
intra-frequency
neighboring cells, exist.
275211561.xls

of soft handovers
increases. Missing
DRNC cells can be
added to the active set,
which decreases the
call drop rate.
472

to optimize
DTS2013073100474
275211561.xls
473
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para14
SET UALGORSVPARA N/A
275211561.xls
474
for cells in the intrafrequency detection set.
If the optimization of
adding cells from the
intra-frequency
detection set to the
active set takes effect,
an intra-frequency
neighboring cell can be
added to the active set
only when the frame
offset between the best
cell and the intrafrequency neighboring
cell of the best cell's
intra-frequency
neighboring cell is less
threshold.
1~150
Unit: 2560 chip
Default value: 30
Value range: 1 to 150
2560chip
If the parameter value

is out of the value
range, set this
parameter to the default
value.
NOTE
The feature takes effect
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT23 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 1
(the switch is turned
275211561.xls
2560~384000
475
30
30
None
275211561.xls
When this feature takes

effect, a large value of
the parameter indicates
a loose condition for
adding cells from the
intra-frequency
detection set to the
active set and a high
probability that soft
handovers are
mistakenly triggered.
This decreases the soft
476

to optimize
DTS2013073100474
275211561.xls
477
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT15
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT19
275211561.xls
478
Whether the SIB3

scheduling optimization
function takes effect.
off. The SIB3
function does not take
effect.
on. The SIB3
function takes effect.
0,1
The SIB3 scheduling
optimization function
helps improve SIB3's
priority and shorten
SIB3's scheduling
period. In addition,
SIB7's scheduling
period can be extended
to 160 ms to mitigate
the impact of this
function on other SIBs'
scheduling periods.
None
0,1
Maximum scheduling
period of SIB3.
off. The maximum
scheduling period of
SIB3 is 40960 ms.
on. The maximum
scheduling period of
SIB3 is 160 ms.
0,1
This parameter takes
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT15 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is set to 1.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
479

if the CSFB access
None
delay is prolonged.
1.When this switch is

turned on, SIB3's
scheduling period is
shortened, thereby
reducing the CSFB
access delay. However,
the overall SI
scheduling capability
remains unchanged
within a specified
period. Therefore, the
maximum scheduling
period of other SIBs
(such as SIB1, SIB2,
SIB5, and SIB11) may
be prolonged. As a
result, cell reselection
becomes slow and the
value of
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS
.CCH may increase.
2.During the access,
the UE reads SIB7 first.
After
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT15 is turned on,
SIB7's maximum
scheduling period
extends to 160 ms from
80 ms. Therefore, the
average access delay
and maximum access
delay of UEs in the idle
state and those in the
CELL_PCH state
increase by 40 ms and
80 ms, respectively.

if the CSFB access
None
delay is prolonged.
When this switch is

turned on, the
maximum scheduling
period of SIB3 is 160
ms. This reduces the
CSFB access delay.
275211561.xls
480

to optimize
DTS2013062802913

to optimize
DTS2013062802913
275211561.xls
481
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT17
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27
275211561.xls
482
Whether the RNC

supports hard handover
rollback when a hard
handover for
narrowband 12.2 kbit/s
AMR services fails and
narrowband AMRC is
enabled.
support hard handover
0,1
rollback when a hard
handover for
narrowband 12.2 kbit/s
AMR services fails.
on. The RNC supports
hard handover rollback
when a hard handover
for narrowband 12.2
kbit/s AMR services
fails.
None
0,1
cell load, it decreases

the access rate of PS
BE services to 0 kbit/s
or 8 kbit/s on the DCH.
If the RNC needs to
consider the cell load, it
decreases the uplink or
downlink access rate of
PS BE services to 0
kbit/s or 8 kbit/s on the
DCH only when the cell
is in the load reshuffling
(LDR) state in the
uplink or downlink.
The configuration
principles are as
follows:
1. The reserved bit
RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0,1
4_BIT28 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is now used
to control whether the
RNC with the preceding
solution enabled needs
to consider the cell
load. The RNC
considers the cell load
only when this switch is
turned on (set to 1).
2. The reserved bit
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT29 of the
in the SET
None
0,1
275211561.xls
483

when hard handovers
for narrowband 12.2
kbit/s AMR services
None
may fail with
narrowband AMRC
enabled.
When narrowband
AMRC is enabled,
turning on this switch
decreases the CS call
drop rate and causes
garble noise to UEs
when the uplink rate of
narrowband AMR voice
services is adjusted to
a value other than 12.2
kbit/s.

if combined hard
handover and SRNS
None
relocation is triggered
for CS+PS BE
combined services.

turned on, the call drop
rate decreases and the
values of the following
counters increase:
RELOC.SuccPrepUEIn
volCS
RELOC.SuccPrepUEIn
volPS
275211561.xls
484

description of the
DTS2013092206830 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013091306959 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
485
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT28
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT29
275211561.xls
486
consider the cell load,
but directly decreases
the access rate of PS
BE services to 0 kbit/s
or 8 kbit/s on the DCH.
on. The RNC considers
the cell load. The RNC
decreases the uplink or
downlink access rate of
PS BE services to 0
kbit/s or 8 kbit/s on the
DCH only when the cell
is in the load reshuffling
(LDR) state in the
uplink or downlink.
The configuration
0,1
principles are as
follows:
1. The configuration of
this switch takes effect
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
2. When
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT29 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is turned on,
the RNC sets the
None
0,1
Access rate configured

for PS BE services
during combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation.
off. The RNC sets the
access rate for PS BE
services to 0 kbit/s on
the DCH.
on. The RNC sets the
access rate for PS BE
services to 8 kbit/s on 0,1
the DCH.
The configuration
principles are as
follows:
The configuration of
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
None
0,1
275211561.xls
487

when the reserved bit
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27 of the
None
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
None

when the reserved bit
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT27 of the
None
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
None
275211561.xls
488

description of the
DTS2013091306959 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013091306959 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
489
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT21
490
Whether the RNC
performs channel
fallback or a DRD
procedure towards
another cell if the Uuinterface response
times out during the RB
reconfiguration
procedure of F2D state
transition.
perform channel
fallback or a DRD
procedure towards
another cell if the Uuinterface response
times out.
0,1
on. The RNC performs
channel fallback or a
DRD procedure
towards another cell if
the Uu-interface
response times out.
The configuration
principles are as
follows:
The configuration of
only when
PERFENH_IS_TIMEO
UT_TRIG_DRD_SWIT
CH of the
PerfEnhanceSwitch
UCORRMPARA
command is turned off.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
491

when the Uu-interface None
response times out.
275211561.xls
After the switch is

turned off, the success
rate of F2D state
transition increases
492

description of the
DTS2013101507956 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
493
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT19
494
periodical
measurements
UE transmit power
measurements used for
tracing
UE downlink BLER
tracing
UE transmit power
performance monitoring
UE uplink traffic volume
UE downlink BLER
Measurement reportdedicated AGPS mode
0,1
measurements
Measurement reportdedicated RXTX
measurements
deliver the preceding
measurement control
messages in the buffer
after the PDP context
activation procedure is
complete.
on. The RNC delivers
the preceding
measurement control
messages in the buffer
after the PDP context
activation procedure is
None
275211561.xls
0,1
495

when the RNC is
enabled to delay
sending measurement None
control messages in the
PDP context activation
procedure.
275211561.xls
The number of
measurement control
messages sent over the
Uu interface increase
after this switch is
turned on.
496

description of the
DTS2013082609340 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
497
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT6
498
For the uplink channel
of a single PS BE
service,
If the target cell is in
the load reshuffling
(LDR) state in uplink,
the uplink channel is
configured as a DCH
with a data rate of 8
kbit/s.
If the target cell is not
in the LDR state in
uplink and the PS BE
service is carried on the
HSUPA channel, the
uplink channel is
configured as a DCH
(with a data rate
defined by the UL BE
0,1
traffic Initial bit rate
parameter) when the
remaining number of
HSUPA users is equal
to or less than the value
specified by the
InterRAT HO BE
HSUPA Channel
Fallback Thld
parameter.
For the downlink
channel of a single PS
BE service,
If the target cell is in
the LDR state in
downlink, the downlink
channel is configured
as a DCH with a data
rate of 8 kbit/s.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
499

when the success rate
of inter-RAT handovers None
from E-UTRAN to
UTRAN is low.
275211561.xls
When the switch is

turned on, the inter-RAT
handover preparation
success rate from the
E-UTRAN to UTRAN
for PS BE services
increases, but the
UTRAN serves more
UEs, increasing
resource congestions.
500

description of the
DTS2013092601428 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
501
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para13
275211561.xls
502
Threshold of HSUPA
channel fallback for a
PS BE service in an
inter-RAT incoming
handover. If the target
cell is not in the LDR
state in uplink and the
PS BE service is
carried on the HSUPA
channel, the uplink
as a DCH (with a data
rate defined by the UL
BE traffic Initial bit rate
parameter) when the
remaining number of
HSUPA users is equal
0~255
specified by this
parameter.
Value Range: 1 to 100.
The value 10 is used
when the configured
value is out of the value
range or when the
default value 0 is set.
Parameter
Relationship: This
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT6 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is selected.
275211561.xls
1~100
503
10
None
275211561.xls

set to a large value, the
cell reserves a large
number of HSUPA
users. In this situation,
there is a high
probability that the BE
services experience
channel fallback during
inter-RAT incoming
handovers, adversely
affecting user
experience. When this
parameter is set to a
small value, the cell
reserves a small
number of HSUPA
there is a low
services experience
inter-RAT incoming
handovers, reducing
the success rate of
inter-RAT incoming
handovers.
504

description of the
DTS2013092601428 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
505
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para13
275211561.xls
506
Threshold of HSDPA
channel fallback for a
PS BE service in an
inter-RAT incoming
handover. If the target
cell is not in the LDR
state in downlink and
the PS BE service is
carried on the HSDPA
channel, the downlink
as a DCH (with a data
rate defined by the DL
BE traffic Initial bit rate
parameter) when the
remaining number of
HSDPA users is equal
0~255
specified by this
parameter.
Value Range: 1 to 100.
The value 10 is used
when the configured
value is out of the value
range or when the
default value 0 is set.
Parameter
Relationship: This
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT6 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is selected.
275211561.xls
1~100
507
10
None
275211561.xls

set to a large value, the
cell reserves a large
number of HSDPA
there is a high
services experience
inter-RAT incoming
handovers, adversely
affecting user
experience. When this
small value, the cell
reserves a small
number of HSDPA
there is a low
services experience
inter-RAT incoming
handovers, reducing
the success rate of
inter-RAT incoming
handovers.
508

description of the
DTS2013092601428 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
509
OTHSOFTPARA
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
275211561.xls
bit7
510
Whether the solution

for implementing
periodic self-healing of
common channel status
for a cell takes effect.
off. The solution for
implementing periodic
self-healing of common
channel status for a cell
does not take effect.
on. The solution for
implementing periodic
self-healing of common
channel status for a cell
takes effect. That is, the 0,1
RNC checks the
every 30 minutes. If the
is detected to be
abnormal, the RNC
corrects the status.
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT2 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARAPHY
None
0,1
Whether to discard
abnormal measurement
reports (MRs) in which
the length values
contained in information
elements (IEs) are
inconsistent with the
actual length values.
When this parameter is 0,1
set to 1, the BSC
discards abnormal
MRs. When this
the BSC does not
discard abnormal MRs
but records them in
logs.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
511
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
512

to improve reliability
V900R015C00SPC525 mentioned in the
trouble ticket
DTS2013080809256.

V900R014C00SPH538 DTS2013102300527/D
TS2013101502409
275211561.xls
513
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW21
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW22
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
275211561.xls
Bit2
514
Policy a BSC uses,

upon receiving an
ATTACH ACCEPT or
RAU ACCEPT
message, to construct
an Identity Request
message to query the
IMEI of an MS when
the PS CHR function is
enabled. The ATTACH
ACCEPT or RAU
ACCEPT message
carries a temporary
logical link identity
(TLLI) and an old TLLI,
in which the TLLI is a
foreign TLLI and the old 0,1
TLLI is a local TLLI.
The BSC can locate
MS context based on
either the TLLI or old
TLLI.
to 0, the TLLI
information element
(IE) in the Identity
Request message uses
the old TLLI.
to 1, the TLLI IE in the
Identity Request
message uses the
TLLI.
None
0,1
Whether to modify the

Media Access Control
(MAC) scheduling
policy when GSM
packet service (PS)
cells are distributed on
the DPUg or DPUe
board.
0: the MAC scheduling
policy is not modified.
1: the MAC scheduling
policy is changed to
Round Robin
Scheduling.
0,1
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

reports the following
alarms with a delay:
ALM-21807 OML Fault
ALM-21805 ESL Fault
ALM-21801 GSM Cell
out of Service
0,1
0: The BSC reports the
three alarms with a
delay.
three alarms in real
time.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
515
None
In the preceding
scenario, setting this
parameter to 1
increases the downlink
TBF establishment
success rate.
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
516

ticket
DTS2013101002705.

ticket
DTS2013123102396.
Bit 2
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
V900R011C00SPC750 20, SET
V900R012C03SPC010 OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R013
V1000R015C00 is
V900R014
V900R015C00
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
20, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) .
275211561.xls
517
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
Bit3
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT14
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT12
275211561.xls
518
Whether the BSC

reports the alarm ALM21801 GSM Cell out of
Service when a cell is
blocked.
0: The BSC does not
report the alarm ALM0,1
21801 GSM Cell out of
Service when a cell is
blocked.
alarm ALM-21801 GSM
Cell out of Service
when a cell is blocked.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC with

CPC enabled optimizes
the CPC activation time
during the radio link
(RL) setup.
on. The RNC optimizes 0,1
the CPC activation
time.
optimize the CPC
activation time.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

reports ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold
when the DPU board
experiences hardware
faults and some KPIs
deteriorate severely,
such as the RRC
connection setup
success rate, CS RAB
setup success rate, and 0,1
rate.
on. The RNC reports
ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold.
report ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
519
None
None
None

turned on, the CS RAB
setup success rate and
rate increase.
None
None
275211561.xls
520
Bit 3
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
V900R011C00SPC750 20, SET
V900R012C03SPC010 OTHSOFTPARA) in
V900R013
V1000R015C00 is
V900R014
V900R015C00
(BSCRESERVEDPARA
20, SET
OTHSOFTPARA) .

description of the
DTS2013103004499 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013110602404 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
521
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT18
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT22
275211561.xls
522
Whether the RNC

triggers DPU board
self-healing when the
DPU board experiences
hardware faults and
some KPIs deteriorate
severely, such as the
setup success rate, and 0,1
rate.
on. The RNC triggers
DPU board self-healing.
trigger DPU board selfhealing.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

sends the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP
message on the EFACH upon detection of
the last RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
retransmitted by a
Release 6 UE when the
E-FACH function is
0,1
enabled.
RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message on
the E-FACH.
RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message on
the FACH.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
523

if the DPU board
experiences hardware
faults and some KPIs
deteriorate severely,
such as the RRC
None
connection setup
setup success rate, and
rate.
None

if RRC connection
setup fails for some
None
Release 6 UEs when
the E-FACH function is
enabled.
After E-FACH is
enabled, the RNC
incorrectly processes
the last RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
resent by a normal UE.
In this case, the value
of
VS.RRC.SuccConnEst
ab.RNC may decrease
if the N300 value is
small. The larger the
N300 value, the less
the impact on UE
performance.
275211561.xls
524

description of the
DTS2013110602404 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013091609541 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
525
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT16
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
526
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH is complete
or the rate of a UE in
the CELL_DCH state
changes.
on. The RNC updates
the outgoing inter-RAT
GSM handover and
outgoing inter-RAT LTE
handover attributes in
the LDR algorithm after
a state transition from
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH to
0,1
CELL_DCH is complete
or the rate of the UE in
the CELL_DCH state
changes. When a cell is
in the preliminary
congestion state, the
LDR algorithm selects
correct UEs to perform
the related outgoing
inter-RAT handover
process.
update the outgoing
inter-RAT GSM
handover and outgoing
inter-RAT LTE
handover attributes in
the LDR algorithm after
Whether to report ALM21401 IP Route
Configuration
Inconsistency due to
configuration data for a
policy-based routing
based on a source IP
0,1
address shows that the
Tx and Rx ports for all
or some data flows of
an IP address are not
the same.
OFF~0: disabled
ON~1:enabled
Invalid Packets
Exceeding Alarm
detection function of
ARP Request Attact
Packet.
OFF~0: enable
ON~1: disable
0,1
None
0,1
None
0,1
None
0,1
275211561.xls
527

if LDR is implemented
through outgoing interNone
RAT GSM handovers or
outgoing inter-RAT LTE
handovers.
None
None
None
N/A
None
275211561.xls
528

description of the
DTS2013062202585 in
the release notes.

V900R015C00SPC525 to solve fault:
DTS2013102905928

DTS2013101709015
275211561.xls
529
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
530

Invalid Packets
Exceeding Alarm
ARP Reply Attact
Packet.
OFF~0: disabled
ON~1:enabled
0,1
None
0,1

Invalid Packets
Exceeding Alarm
0,1
BFD Ctrl Attact Packet.
OFF~0: disabled
ON~1:enabled
None
0,1

Invalid Packets
Exceeding Alarm
DHCP Attact Packet.
OFF~0: disabled
ON~1:enabled
0,1
None
0,1

Invalid Packets
Exceeding Alarm
0,1
EthOAM Attact Packet.
OFF~0: disabled
ON~1:enabled
None
0,1
Whether the
consistency check on
the port role (active or
standby) is enabled.
0: The consistency
0,1
check on the port role is
disabled.
1: The consistency
check on the port role is
enabled.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
531
N/A
None
N/A
None
N/A
None
N/A
None
None
None
275211561.xls
532

DTS2013101709015

DTS2013101709015

DTS2013101709015

DTS2013101709015

DTS2013103102701
275211561.xls
533
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT7
534
Whether the standby

port is deactivated upon
the enabling of the
enhanced intelligent
heartbeat function.
When this switch is set
to 1, the standby port is
deactivated upon the
enabling of the
0,1
heartbeat function.
When this switch is set
to 0, the standby port is
not deactivated upon
the enabling of the
heartbeat function.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

carries the measured
values of Ec/N0 and
path loss in the Position
Activation Response
message sent to the
stand-alone SMLC
(SAS) when the SAS
requests for the
measured values of
Ec/N0 and path loss
from the RNC through a
Position Activation
Request message.
on. TRNC carries the
measured values of
Ec/N0 and path loss in
the Position Activation
Response message
sent to the SAS.
off. TRNC does not
carry the measured
values of Ec/N0 and
path loss in the Position
Activation Response
message sent to the
SAS.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
535
N/A
None
None
None
275211561.xls
536

DTS2013102409445

description of the
DTS2013101405534 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
537
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT20
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT25
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13
275211561.xls
538
Channel code
resource-based
admission threshold for
UEs whose TRBs and
the HS-DSCH and
DCH, respectively.
on. Channel code
resource-based
0,1
admission is
implemented based on
the value of the
DlHoCeCodeResvSf
parameter.
off. All channel code
resources are available
for services to be
admitted.
None
0,1
Whether the credit and

channel code resource
admission optimization
on. Different credit and
admission thresholds
are provided for RRC
connection requests of
0,1
real-time services, nonrealtime services, and
other services.
off. Only one credit and
admission threshold is
provided for all services
RRC connection
requests.
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT15 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
specifies the credit
resource admission
threshold for RRC
uplink non-realtime
services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
539
None

turned on:
Channel code
resource-based
admission for HSDPA
UEs becomes strict.
The value of
VS.CellFACHUEs
increases.
The value of
VS.CellDCHUEs
decreases.
The number of HSDPA
UEs decreases.
The number of CS UEs
increases.
The RRC access
None

turned on:
The RRC admission
success rate of realtime services increases.
The RRC admission
success rate of nonrealtime services
decreases.
The number of CS UEs
increases.
The number of PS UEs
decreases.
None
None
275211561.xls
540

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
541
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT15
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16
275211561.xls
542
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT15 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
resource admission
threshold for RRC
uplink non-realtime
services.
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
resource admission
threshold for RRC
uplink non-realtime
services.
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
specifies the credit and
RRC connection
requests of downlink
non-realtime services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
543
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
544

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
545
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19
275211561.xls
546
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
RRC connection
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
RRC connection
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT20 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
resource admission
threshold for RRC
other uplink services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
547
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
548

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
549
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT20
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22
275211561.xls
550
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
resource admission
threshold for RRC
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT20 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
resource admission
threshold for RRC
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
RRC connection
requests of other
downlink services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
551
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
552

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
553
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA16 SET GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
Bit2
554
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
RRC connection
requests of other
downlink services.
None
0,1
This parameter,
together with
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23 of the
in the SET
0,1
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A command, jointly
RRC connection
requests of other
downlink services.
None
0,1
Whether the BSC

compensates level for
handovers when BCCH
TRXs participate in
baseband frequency
hopping (FH). If
[PARA]CANPC[/PARA]
is set to YES(Yes), the
level compensation for
handovers equals the
power control level
0,1
multiplied by 2.
0: The BSC does not
compensate level for
handovers when BCCH
TRXs are involved in
baseband FH.
1: The BSC
compensates level for
handovers when BCCH
TRXs are involved in
baseband FH.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
555
None
None
None
None
None

BSC compensates level
for handovers when
BCCH TRXs are
involved in baseband
FH. This decreases the
number of handover
requests and the
275211561.xls
556

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013092410768 in
the release notes.
Bit 2
(CELLOPTRSVPARA1
6, SET
V900R012C01SPH519 GCELLOPTREV) in
V900R013C00SPC550 V9000R015C00 is
V900R014
V900R015C00
(CELLOPTRSVPARA1
6, SET
GCELLOPTREV) in
V900R012C01SPH519.
275211561.xls
557
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT22
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT23
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT24
275211561.xls
558
Whether the RNC

allows the MR
parameter of the EBC
application type to take
effect:
1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC
allows the MR
parameter of the EBC 0,1
effect.
0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC
does not allow the MR
parameter of the EBC
effect.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

allows the MR
parameter of the
eCoordinator
effect:
1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC
allows the MR
parameter of the
0,1
eCoordinator
effect.
0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC
parameter of the
eCoordinator
effect.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

allows the MR
parameter of the Nastar
effect:
1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC
allows the MR
parameter of the Nastar 0,1
effect.
0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC
parameter of the Nastar
effect.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
559
None
None
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
560

ticket
DTS2013111500146.

ticket
DTS2013111500146.

ticket
DTS2013111500146.
275211561.xls
561
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT15
562
Whether the BSC

performs dynamic
PDCH conversion on a
TRX with no PDCH
when both of the
met:
- The channel
management
optimization function is
enabled.
0,1
- The BSC cannot
perform a dynamic
PDCH conversion on all
TRXs with PDCHs
when the PDCH
Dynamic Adjustment
with Two Thresholds
feature is enabled.
0: Not perform
1: Perform
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

allows UTRAN-to-EUTRAN redirections,
handovers, or fast
return while a UE is in
the CS paging state.
on. While a UE is in the
CS paging state, the
RNC does not allow
UTRAN-to-E-UTRAN
0,1
redirections,
handovers, or fast
return for the UE.
off. While a UE is in the
CS paging state, the
RNC allows UTRAN-toE-UTRAN redirections,
handovers, or fast
return for the UE.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
563

when EnPDAdminOpt
is set to ON and
None
CHIDLHIGHTHR is set
to a value other than
100.

to 0, the number of
PDCHs and LLC
Throughput Rate
decrease, the uplink
and downlink high
quality indicators (HQIs)
increase.
to 1, the number of
PDCHs and LLC
Throughput Rate
increase, the uplink and
downlink high quality
indicators (HQIs)
decrease.
When the UTRAN-toEUTRAN redirections,

handovers, or fast
None
return is enable, set this
parameter to 1.
When this switch is

decrease:
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRele
ase.Service
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRele
ase.Coverage
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRele
ase.Load
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS
.Service
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOut
PS.Service
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS
.Load
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOut
PS.Load
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPre
pOutPS.Coverage
VS.U2LHO.SuccReloc
PrepOutPS.Coverage
275211561.xls
564

ticket
DTS2013112503486.

ticket
DTS2013101803896.
275211561.xls
565
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
566
Switch for controlling

the mode for sending
gratuitous ARP packets
on the
FG2c/FG2d/GOUc/GO
Ud board. If this
parameter is set to
1(ON), the interface
board uses mode B to
send gratuitous ARP
packets. If this
parameter is set to
0(OFF), the interface
board uses the mode A
to send gratuitous ARP
packets. Newly
deployed sites use
mode B by default.
0,1
Mode A: Each IP
address of a port sends
to all VLANs configured
for the interface board.
Mode B: The interface
board queries the
mapping between port
IP addresses and
VLANs by port IP
address in polling mode
and compare the query
result with the port IP
address. If they are
matched, the interface
board sends gratuitous
ARP packets.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
567
None
275211561.xls
None
568

DTS2013101606846
275211561.xls
569
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
570
Switch for controlling

the mode for sending
on the FG2a/GOUa
board. If this parameter
is set to 1(ON), the
interface board uses
mode B to send
gratuitous ARP packets.
to 0(OFF), the interface
board uses the mode A
to send gratuitous ARP
packets. Newly
deployed sites use
mode B by default.
Mode A: Each IP
0,1
address of a port sends
to all VLANs configured
for the interface board.
Mode B: The interface
board queries the
mapping between port
IP addresses and
VLANs by port IP
address in polling mode
and compare the query
result with the port IP
address. If they are
matched, the interface
board sends gratuitous
ARP packets.
None
0,1

AMR TCHH-to-TCHF
handover optimization.
When SW14 is set to 1,
the AMR TCHH-toTCHF handover
In this situation, AMR
TCHH-to-TCHF
0,1
handovers cannot be
triggered when the
quality is poor or the
level is low. When
SW14 is set to 0, AMR
TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers are triggered
in the original manner.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
571
None
None
None
When AMR TCHH-toTCHF handovers are

enabled, setting SW14
to 1 decreases the
number of AMR TCHHto-TCHF handovers
due to a poor quality or
low level. Therefore, the
total number of AMR
TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers, the number
of call drops and
handover failures
caused by AMR TCHHto-TCHF handovers,
and the congestion rate
decrease. Setting
SW14 to 0 has no
impacts on network
performance. In this
situation, AMR TCHHto-TCHF handovers are
triggered in the original
manner.
275211561.xls
572

DTS2013101606846
SW14 is used to
support the feature
V900R015C00SPC529 optimization in the
trouble ticket
DTS2013113002648.
275211561.xls
573
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSDPARA1
SET GCELLRSVPARA bit0~2
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSDPARA1
SET GCELLRSVPARA bit3~9
275211561.xls
574
Quality protection
threshold for AMR
TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers. When the
uplink or downlink
receive quality is
0~7
the value of bits 0 to 2,
AMR TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers are not
triggered. Bits 0 to 2 is
valid only if SW14 of
[PARA]GCELLCSSWR
SV0[/PARA] is set to 1.
None
0~7
Level protection
threshold for AMR
TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers. When the
uplink or downlink
receive level is less
value of bits 3 to 9,
AMR TCHH-to-TCHF
0~63
handovers are not
triggered. Bits 3 to 9 is
valid only if SW14 of
[PARA]GCELLCSSWR
SV0[/PARA] is set to 1.
If the value of bits 3 to 9
is greater than 63, the
BSC considers the
value as 9.
None
0~63
275211561.xls
575
127
127
None
Setting bits 0 to 2 to a
small value decreases
the number of triggered
AMR TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers. As a result,
voice quality
improvement brought
by AMR TCHH-toTCHF handovers is
small, but the number
of call drops and
handover failures and
the congestion rate
caused by AMR TCHHto-TCHF handovers
decrease.
None
Setting bits 3 to 9 to a
large value decreases
the number of triggered
AMR TCHH-to-TCHF
handovers. As a result,
voice quality
improvement brought
by AMR TCHH-toTCHF handovers is
small, but the number
of call drops and
handover failures and
the congestion rate
caused by AMR TCHHto-TCHF handovers
decrease.
275211561.xls
576
Bits 0 to 2 is used to
support the feature
trouble ticket
DTS2013113002648.
Bits 3 to 9 is used to
support the feature
trouble ticket
DTS2013113002648.
275211561.xls
577
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT16
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT18
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdPara2
SET UDPUCFGDATA
bit0~bit14
275211561.xls
578
Whether the RNC

encrypts and decrypts
SRBs according to CSdomain parameter
settings pertaining to
encryption, when the
RNC receives the
RELOCATION
REQUEST message in
the CS domain and
then receives the
RELOCATION
REQUEST message in
the PS domain in the
single radio voice call
continuity (SRVCC)
0,1
handover process.
on. The RNC encrypts
and decrypts SRBs
according to CSdomain parameter
encryption.
off. The RNC encrypts
and decrypts SRBs
according to PSdomain parameter
encryption.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

correctly processes the
message with a length
greater than 32 KB sent
by the CBC server.
off. The RNC correctly
processes the message
with a length greater
0,1
than 32 KB sent by the
CBC server.
on. The RNC fails to
process the message
with a length greater
than 32 KB sent by the
CBC server.
None
0,1
Throughput threshold.
to evaluate the number
of times downlink PS
0~32767
service
requirements/downlink
PS rate reaches the
throughput threshold.
10 kbit/s
0~20000
275211561.xls
579
None
None
None
None
100
100
None
None
275211561.xls
580

description of the
DTS2013111301487 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013120503441 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013111901249 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
581
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT17
582
Whether the RNC

selects the last operator
that rejected the
previous CS service
establishment request
to establish CS services
if a UE of operator A on
a MOCN, having
requested to establish
both CS and PS
services, reinitiates CS
connection after the CS
service establishment
request is rejected by
operator A and then
operator B and PS
0,1
services are
successfully
established by a CN
node of operator A.
on. The RNC directly
selects the operator of
the PS domain to
establish services. 0:
This switch is turned
off, the RNC directly
selects the last operator
that rejected the
previous CS service
establishment request
to establish services.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
583
None
275211561.xls

turned on, values of the
following Iu interfacebased performance
counters in the CS
domain change in each
CN node but the sum of
the values in all CN
nodes remains
unchanged:
VS.IU.MM.LocUpd.Req
and VS.IU.Sevice.Req;
The sum of the values
of the following
counters each in all CN
nodes decreases:
VS.IU.MOCN.LocAreaN
otAllowed,
VS.IU.MOCN.NoSuitabl
eCell,
VS.IU.MOCN.PlmnNot
Allowed,
VS.IU.MOCN.RoamNot
Allowed,
VS.IU.MOCN.CsPsCoo
rdination, and
VS.IU.Sevice.Rej; The
sum of the values of the
following counters each
in all CN nodes
increases:
VS.IU.MM.LocUpd.Acc,
VS.IU.Auth.Req,
VS.IU.Auth.Rsp,
VS.IU.SecModeCmd.N
um, and
VS.IU.SecModeCmp.N
um.
584

description of the
DTS2013091601377 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
585
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT25
586
Whether the RNC

resends a paging
message to the UE
after the paging and
cell update are
processed.
on. The RNC resends a
paging message to the
UE after the paging and 0,1
cell update are
processed.
resend a paging
message to the UE
after the paging and
cell update are
processed.
None
275211561.xls
0,1
587
In the following
scenario, the
recommended value is
1: The UE does not
promptly return a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "paging
response" to the CSdomain paging request,
but returns a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "uplink
data transmission" and
information element
None
(IE) "Establishment
cause" not "Terminating
Conversational Call".
The UE returns the
CELL UPDATE
message with the
cause value "paging
response" after the CN
sends another paging
message to the UE. As
a result, the access
delay for the called
party in the CS domain
increases.
275211561.xls

VS.RANAP.CsPaging.A
tt decreases.
588

description of the
DTS2013112600875 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
589
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT13
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT14
275211561.xls
590
Whether the RNC

releases the RRC
connection when the
RNC sends the RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
message to enable a
UE in the CELL_DCH
state to switch to the
CELL_PCH state, and
receives the user-plane
packets and then the
0,1
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message.
on. The RNC releases
the RRC connection.
release the RRC
connection, and the UE
stays in the CELL_PCH
state.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

carries activation time
in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in
DRD scenarios.
turned on, the RNC
does not carry
0,1
activation time in the
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
turned off, the RNC
in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
591
None
When the switch is

turned off:
1. Values of the
following counters
increase:
VS.CellPCHUEs.RNC
VS.AttCellUpdt
VS.SuccCellUpdt
2. Values of the
following counters
decrease:
VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.
RNC
VS.RRC.SuccConnEst
ab.RNC
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bk
g.RNC
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Co
nv.RNC
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int
.RNC
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str
.RNC
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.
Bkg.RNC
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.
Conv.RNC
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.I
nt.RNC
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.
Str.RNC
In DRD scenarios,
when the RB setup
delay needs to be
shortened, set this
parameter to 1.
None
None
275211561.xls
592

description of the
V900R014C00SPH556
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPC529
DTS2013102400078 in
the release notes.

description of the
V900R014C00SPC535
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPC529
DTS2013112007273 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
593
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT17
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para13
275211561.xls
594
takes effect.
on. The Iu QoS
negotiation optimization
function of PS
streaming services
takes effect.
off. The Iu QoS
function of PS
streaming services
The Iu QoS negotiation
optimization function of
PS streaming services
includes the following:
1. The alternative
guarantee bit rates of
0,1
the unspecified type are
now supported.
2. The negotiation on
the alternative
guarantee bit rate of the
value range and
discrete value types is
now optimized to
ensure that the
negotiated guarantee
bit rate is close to the
assigned guarantee bit
rate.
3. The Iu QoS
negotiation function of
PS services is
supported in the interRAT handover process.
This parameter
indicates the uplink and
downlink alternative
minimum guarantee bit
rates for streaming
services when the Iu
QoS negotiation
enabled and the
alternative guarantee
bit rate type is
unspecified.
0~7
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT17 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command is used to
control whether the Iu
QoS negotiation
optimization function of
streaming services is
enabled.
None
0,1
None
8 kbit/s~384kbit/s (8
kbit/s~1, 16 kbit/s~2, 32
kbit/s~3, 64 kbit/s~4,
128 kbit/s~5, 144
kbit/s~6, 256 kbit/s~7,
384 kbit/s~0)
275211561.xls
595
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT17 to 1 if
None
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS
_NEG_SWITCH is
turned on.

on a network that is
enabled with the Iu
QoS negotiation
function of PS
streaming services
increases the success
rate of streaming
service establishment.
When the Iu QoS

function of PS
streaming services is
enabled, a smaller
value indicates a higher
success rate of PS
streaming service
establishment and a
lower rate of the
established PS
services; A larger value
indicates a lower
success rate of PS
streaming service
establishment.
None
275211561.xls
596

description of the
DTS2013110100384 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013110100384 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
597
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT30
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT29
275211561.xls
598
Whether Iu QoS renegotiation is

performed for PS
streaming services.
on. Iu QoS renegotiation is
performed for
streaming services.
That is, if the rate over
the Uu interface
changes after the RAB
0,1
establishment, the RNC
sends the RAB
MOBIFY REQUEST
message to instruct the
CN to modify the
maximum bit rate and
guarantee bit rate.
off. Iu QoS renegotiation is not
performed for
streaming services.
None
0,1
Whether the RB setup,

reconfiguration, and
release messages for
PS services carry TFI
information about AMR
services in CS+PS
combined services
when
CS_AMRC_SWITCH is
set to ON by running
the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
on. The RB setup,
0,1
PS services carry TFI
information about AMR
services in CS+PS
combined services.
off. The RB setup,
PS services do not
carry TFI information
about AMR services in
CS+PS combined
services.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
599
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT30 to 0 when
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS
_NEG_SWITCH is
turned on on a network
None
where the PS
streaming service
assigned bit rate
exceeds the maximum
rate configured on the
RNC.
When this switch is

turned off, the Iuinterface signaling
storm caused by a
large number of renegotiations can be
avoided.

prevents AMR services
from being muted when
the RBs for PS services
are established,
reconfigured, and
released in CS+PS
combined services.
None
275211561.xls
600

description of the
DTS2013110100384 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013111911664 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
601
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT11
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT12
275211561.xls
602
When the RNC starts

immediate rate
adjustment for
relocation of a UE
processing AMR
services.
on. The RNC starts
immediate rate
0,1
adjustment for AMR
services after
Relocation Detect.
off. The RNC starts
immediate rate
adjustment for AMR
services after the UE
relocation is completed.
None
0,1
Whether the
optimization solution to
processing frequent
rate control procedures
takes effect.
on. The optimization
solution takes effect. If
the RNC receives a
new uplink rate control
frame in AMR services
before the current Iu
UP rate control
procedure is
terminated, the RNC
terminates the current
procedure immediately
and adjusts the uplink
0,1
AMR service rate
according to the latest
frame.
off. The optimization
solution does not take
effect. If the RNC
receives a new uplink
rate control frame in
AMR services before
the current Iu UP rate
control procedure is
terminated, the RNC
continues the current Iu
UP rate control
procedure and ignores
the latest rate control
frame.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
603
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT11 to 1 if
None
CS_AMRC_SWITCH is
set to ON.
None
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT12 to 1 if
None
CS_AMRC_SWITCH is
set to ON.
None
275211561.xls
604

description of the
DTS2013112808099 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013112808099 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
605
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
606
Switch for optimizing

the algorithm for the
aging time of ARP
entries on an interface
board.
0: ARP aging is
triggered at an interval
of 20 minutes.
1: ARP aging is
0,1
triggered at an interval
ranging from 19
minutes to 21 minutes.
This prevents that ARP
entries are
simultaneously aged in
layer-2 networking and
a large number of ARP
requests are triggered.
None
0,1
Switch for enabling the

committed access rate
(CAR) limit function on
external packets on the
maintenance plane and
control plane of an IPbased POUc board.
When the traffic
exceeds the specified
CAR, the CAR limit
0,1
function enables the
BSC to perform flow
control on packets and
assigns the packets in
the low-priority queue. If
the low-priority queue is
full, the BSC discards
them.
1: enabled
0 disabled
None
0,1
275211561.xls
607
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
608

DTS2013121903187

DTS2013121907176
275211561.xls
609
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UALGORSVPARA
SET UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch9
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT18
610
Whether the subsystem

that serves a cell
periodically sends the
cell broadcast service
(CBS) state of the cell
to the CBS main control
subsystem.
on. The subsystem that
serves a cell sends the
CBS state of the cell to 0,1
the CBS main control
subsystem every 5
minutes.
off. The subsystem that
serves a cell does not
periodically send the
CBS state of the cell to
the CBS main control
subsystem.
None
0,1
Whether the
neighboring E-UTRA
frequencies are filtered
with the fast return from
the UMTS to the LTE
function enabled when
the UE is in the
CELL_DCH state.
UE the neighboring E- 0,1
UTRA frequencies
whose operator group
includes the serving
operator of the UE.
check the operator
information when
filtering neighboring EUTRA frequencies.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
611
None
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
9_BIT18 to 1 when the
fast return from the
UMTS to the LTE
None
function is enabled and
the RNC does not
support inter-RAT interoperator handovers.
275211561.xls
None
The value of
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRele
ase.Service decreases.
612

description of the
DTS2013112201106 in
the release notes.

to resolve issues
trouble ticket
DTS2013121600158.
275211561.xls
613
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT12
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT25
275211561.xls
614
Whether the RNC

checks the Sharing
Type Of NodeB
parameter value when
determining whether to
enable MOCN cell
resource demarcation
for a cell.
on. The RNC will
enable MOCN cell
resource demarcation
for a cell only when the 0,1
Sharing Type Of NodeB
parameter is set to
MOCN on the serving
NodeB.
check the Sharing Type
Of NodeB parameter
value when determining
whether to enable
MOCN cell resource
demarcation for a cell.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

supports UE locationbased multiband DRDs
for UEs that are
switching from the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
CELL_DCH state.
UE location-based
multiband DRDs for
UEs that are switching
0,1
from the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
CELL_DCH state.
support UE locationbased multiband DRDs
for UEs that are
switching from the
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
CELL_DCH state.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
615
On UMTS multiband
networks, set this
parameter to 1.
None
None
None

VS.UELocation.MultiBa
nd.DRD.AttIn
nd.DRD.SuccIn
nd.DRD.AttOut
nd.DRD.SuccOut
VS.DRD.RBRecfg.AttO
ut
decreases the values of
VS.DRD.RB.F2H.AttOu
t
VS.DRD.RB.F2E.AttOu
t
VS.DRD.RBSetup.AttO
ut
VS.DRD.RB.F2H.AttIn
VS.DRD.RB.F2E.AttIn
VS.DRD.RBSetup.AttIn
VS.DCCC.P2D.DRD.Att
275211561.xls
616

to resolve the issue
trouble ticket
DTS2013121110303.

to resolve the issue
trouble ticket
DTS2013080507077.
275211561.xls
617
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT29
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT20
275211561.xls
618
Whether the new

GTPU is established
and then the original
GTPU is deleted over
the Iu interface on the
RNC side during the PS
RAB modification, when
the adjacent node and
its IP address are
changed in the
transmission layer
messages of the CN.
0,1
on. A new GTPU is
established and then
the original GTPU is
deleted after the Iu-PS
admission failure on the
RNC side.
off. No operations are
performed after the IuPS admission failure.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

identifies whether the
UE supports the EFD
function when the EFD
blacklist function is
enabled on the RNC,
but the IMEI TAC is not
the ADD UIMEITAC
command.
0,1
on. The RNC identifies
whether the UE
supports the EFD
function.
identify whether the UE
supports the EFD
function.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
619
None
The RAB modification

None

turned off, the values of
decrease:
VS.CellPCHUEs.RNC
VS.UraPCHUEs.RNC
275211561.xls
620

description of the
DTS2013121109804 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013120308540 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
621
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT19
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT11
275211561.xls
622
Whether the RNC

sends a RESET
message to the CN
after a switchover from
the active RNC to the
standby RNC in the
RNC in Pool
Redundancy scenario.
on. The RNC sends a
RESET message to the
CN to release the
0,1
transmission resources.
send a RESET
message to the CN,
and the CN releases
the transmission
resources only when
the timer for detecting
heartbeat packets on
the SCCP link over the
Iu interface expires.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC

releases the RRC
connection for a
CELL_FACH state UE
that responds a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with
the cause value being
"Incompatible
simultaneous
reconfiguration" or
0,1
"Invalid configuration".
on. The RNC will
release the RRC
connection for the UE.
release the RRC
connection and
attempts to perform RB
reconfiguration.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
623
In the RNC in Pool

Redundancy scenario,
after an active/standby
switchover, the RNC
sends a RESET
message to the CN. It
takes longer than
expected for the CN to
None
respond with a RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE
message, and therefore
UEs fails to access the
network during this
period. In this case, set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT19 to 0.
During an
active/standby
switchover in the RNC
in Pool Redundancy
scenario, when the
reserved switch is
turned off, it takes
longer than expected
for the core network to
release transmission
resources.
After the switch is

turned on, the PS call
drop rate and the value
of the
RRC.AttConnRelCCCH
.Unspec counter
increases. Meanwhile,
counters decrease:
VS.AttRBRecfg
VS.FailRBRecfg.IncCfg
VS.DRD.RBRecfg.AttO
ut
None
275211561.xls
624

description of the
DTS2013102100115 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013091703029 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
625
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT21
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit25
275211561.xls
626
Whether the MPU

board performs DSP
self-recovery and
reports ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold
when four DSPs
experience KPI
exceptions due to DPU
hardware encryption
faults
0,1
on. The MPU board
performs the DSP selfrecovery and reports
ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold.
off, the MPU board
does not perform the
DSP self-recovery or
report ALM-22302 KPI
Exceed Threshold.
None
0,1
Whether the DPUe

board detects DSP
encryption and
decryption errors.
on. The DPUe board
does not detect DSP
encryption or decryption
0,1
errors.
off. The DPUe board
starts to detect DSP
encryption and
decryption errors when
the DSP CPU usage is
less than 50%.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
627
None
None
None
None
275211561.xls
628

description of the
DTS2013123003313 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013123003313 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
629
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch8
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
8_BIT30
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT11
275211561.xls
630
Whether the RNC

performs integrity
protection check after a
UE shifts to the UMTS
network through an
inter-RAT handover.
on. Integrity protection
check is promptly
activated on SRB0,
SRB1, SRB2, SRB3,
and SRB4 after the UE
shifts to the UMTS
0,1
network through an
inter-RAT handover.
off. Integrity protection
check is promptly
activated on SRB2 and
is activated on other
SRBs only after
messages are delivered
over the SRBs after the
UE shifts to the UMTS
network through an
inter-RAT handover.
None
0,1
Enhanced
CELL_FACH, the RNC
immediately releases
the UE with cause
value "inactive."
2. If the UE triggers a
URA_PCH to
URA_PCH and the
target cell supports
Enhanced
CELL_FACH, the RNC
immediately releases
the UE with cause
value "inactive."
3. If a UE triggers a
state transition (without
any other process
involved) from
0,1
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH and the
target cell supports
Enhanced
CELL_FACH, the RNC
changes the state
transition to the one
from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH and sends
the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message
over the EFACH to the
UE in the CELL_DCH
state.
4. If a UE triggers a
CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH (without
None
0,1
275211561.xls
631
None
Set this switch to 1 if

R6 UEs in the
CELL_FACH state uses None
the EFACH to receive
data.
275211561.xls

turned on, the UE-notinvolved relocation
succeeds after the
incoming inter-RAT
handover to the UMTS
network is completed.

turned on,
values of the
RRC.AttConnRelCCCH
.Norm counter and the
VS.DCCC.P2D.Att
counter increases but
counters decrease:
VS.SuccURAUpd.Prd,
VS.SuccURAUpd.Chg,
and VS.SuccCellUpdt.
632

description of the
DTS2013110609014 in
the release notes.

description of the
DTS2013123007984 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
633
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT22
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT29
275211561.xls
634
Whether the RNC

records the cached
measurement reports
(MRs) in the MR logs in
a D2P state transition
scenario.
on. The RNC records
the MRs in the MR logs.
record the MRs in the
MR logs.
None
0,1
Whether the RNC first

determines that the
service-based UTRANto-E-UTRAN blind
redirections can be
triggered.
on. The RNC first
redirections can be
triggered, along with
canceling restrictions
on UEs' capability of EUTRAN cell
measurements. If the
redirections cannot be
0,1
triggered, the RNC
attempts to initiate a
service-based EUTRAN cell
measurement.
off. The RNC fisrt
service-based EUTRAN cell
measurement can be
triggered. If a UE
supports E-UTRAN cell
measurements, the
RNC does not trigger
redirections.
None
0,1
275211561.xls
635
If MR function is
effective, set this
parameter to 1.
Set
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT29 to 1 when the
service-based UTRAN- None
to-E-UTRAN blind
redirections function is
enabled.
None
275211561.xls
None
When this switch is

turned on, the user can
be more quickly
redirected to the EUTRAN cell, and the
user experience for PS
services improves.
636

description of the
V900R015C00SPC529 Modified Feature
DTS2013110107884 in
the release notes.

description of the
resolved issue
V900R015C00SPC529
DTS2013120903752 in
the release notes.
275211561.xls
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
BIT
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT3
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para1
275211561.xls
Meaning
Disuse Statement
Disuse Version
Whether the enhanced

CPU usage-based cell
update flow control
function can be
enabled.
on. The RNC first
determines which
subsystem on an SPU
has the highest CPU
usage and then
performs cell update
flow control based on
the highest CPU usage.
off. The enhanced CPU
usage-based cell
update flow control
function is disabled.
Although the
configuration interface
in this version supports
delivery of the setting of
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. This
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
parameter is replaced
with
ReliabilitySwitch:RELIA
BILITY_CELLUPT_FC_
ENH_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
Specifies the high traffic

indication threshold for
BE services used in the
abnormal air interfacebased H2F transition.
When the BE service
traffic is higher than this
threshold, the BE
service traffic is
considered to be high.
Value range: 165535
Unit: 10 bytes
in RsvU32Para1.
When the value of this
parameter is out of the
value range or the
parameter relationship
is not met, this
parameter is set to 102.
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FHIghTvmT
hd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
s reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit6
UIMEITAC
PROCESSSWITCH
ADD UIMEITAC
RSVDBIT1_BIT4
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit6
275211561.xls
Whether to count a
faulty channel as an
occupied or deactivated
channel during
calculation of the load
and capacity on the Iurg interface.
If this bit is set to 0, a
faulty channel is
counted as an occupied
channel.
If this bit is set to 1, a
faulty channel is
counted as a
deactivated channel.
Whether the RNC

allows a UE of a type
allocation code (TAC) to
enter the CELL_PCH or
CELL_URA state.
on. The RNC prohibits
the UE of the specified
TAC from entering the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When
determining that the UE
enters the CELL_PCH
or CELL_URA state,
the RNC directly
releases the RRC
connection.
off. The RNC allows the
UE of the specified TAC
to enter the CELL_PCH
or CELL_URA state.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IurgLoadCapOptSwitch(
SET OTHSOFTPARA).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
TAC_FUNC=Special_U
ser_Enhance,
SpecUserFunctionSwitc
h=PCH_DISABLED_S
WITCH(ADD
UIMEITAC)
For details about TAC,

see the TAC parameter
in the ADD UIMEITAC
command.
Processing policy after

a fault is detected on an
IP path over the Iur-g
interface.
The meaning of the
value is as follows:
0: The IP path will be
isolated.
1: The priority of the IP
path will be lowered.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IurgPathFaultPolicy(SE
T TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
GCELLOPTREV
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter10
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
275211561.xls
bit16
bit15
bit0~bit15
Sets a detection mode

for intra-SCUa board
communication failures
and resets the SCUa
board.
1: strict detection mode.
The communication
fails if a small number
of packets are detected
in within a certain
period.
0: loose detection
mode. The
communication fails if a
large number of
packets are detected in
within a certain period.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C00SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT13(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether an inter-cell or
intra-cell handover is
initiated when an
interference handover
is triggered by using
handover algorithm I
and whether an
interference handover
is preferentially
triggered.
to 0, only an intra-cell
handover is initiated. In
addition, the AMR
TCHF-to-TCHH
handover is
preferentially triggered.
The decision on
interference handovers
is triggered only when
the AMR TCHF-toTCHH handover is not
triggered.
to 1, both intra-cell and
inter-cell handovers are
initiated simultaneously.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
with
INTERHOOPTALLOW(
SET GCELLHOBASIC).
Period for calculating

the average CPU load
that is used for
adjusting the flow
control threshold for
interface boards. This
period ranges from 1
second to 10 seconds.
The default value is 0.
set to 0 the default
period 1s is applied.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
with IntFcPeriod(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT16
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT19
275211561.xls
Whether the RNC

triggers directed retry
decision (DRD) when a
UE transits from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
on. After receiving the
cell update message
that is reported by the
UE and carries the
cause value of uplink
data transmission or
paging response, the
RNC triggers DRD
when a UE transits
from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
off. After receiving the
cell update message
that is reported by the
UE and carries the
cause value of uplink
data transmission or
paging response, the
RNC does not trigger
DRD when a UE
transits from
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RN
C_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

triggers load control
when the MPU and
SPU have excessive
CPU usage.
load control depending
on the CPU usage of
the MPU and SPU.
trigger load control
depending on the CPU
usage of the MPU and
SPU.
Although the
V900R012C01SPC200
this parameter, the
V900R013
V900R015C00
system does not use
V900R014
with MPUSW(SET
FCSW).
275211561.xls
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT9
275211561.xls
10
Whether a UE can
preempt resources
during a state transition
from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) with the cause
value of Originating
Conversational Call or
Terminating
Conversational Call
after the cell resource
admission fails
off. The UE cannot
preempt resources after
the cell resource
admission fails.
on. The UE can
preempt resources from
PS BE services after
the cell resource
admission fails.
This parameter is
replaced with
CsP2DPreemptSwitch(
SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
UQUEUEPREEMPT).T
his reserved parameter
is deleted in current
version.
Whether the RNC

considers signal quality
of the active set during
a hard handover
triggered by periodic
inter-frequency
measurement reports.
turned on, the RNC
does not consider
signal quality of the
active set.
turned on, the RNC
considers signal quality
of the active set.
This parameter is
replaced with HoSwitch:
HO_HHO_WITH_INTR
A_FREQ_MR_SWITCH
(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
parameter is deleted in
current version.
275211561.xls
11
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter5
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
None
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter20
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
None
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit7
275211561.xls
12
Whether to allow CID

preemption when a
conflict occurs during
CID allocation.
turned on, the following
procedure is performed
if a CID requested by
the peer end has been
occupied:
If the CID has been
occupied by the peer
end, the CID will be
preempted by the peer
end and the service
occupying that CID will
be released.
If the CID has been
occupied by the local
end, the service of the
peer end fails and the
service occupying that
CID will be checked to
ensure that it can be
released normally.
This function is enabled
when this parameter is
set to ON, and this
set to OFF.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
CIDCollisionPreemptSw
(SET TNSOFTPARA).
Whether the Iur AAL2

route load sharing is
enabled
20110803: This switch
is turned on.
Other values: This
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
with RTMODE(ADD
ADJNODE).
Whether to monitor the

status of the packet
reception module of the
logical chip on the
AOUa board's daughter
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
13
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT12
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT7
275211561.xls
14
Whether the RNC

monitors and rectifies
any error in the number
of equivalent users.
turned on, the RNC
rectifies any faults in
equivalent user
resources.
turned off, the RNC
does not rectifies any
faults in equivalent user
resources.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function does not need
to be configured
manually.
Whether to use the

optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE
services
0: The optimized
effect. The original
mechanism is
implemented.
1: The optimized
After HSUPA services
are configured or
reconfigured with 10 ms
TTI due to network
resource (admission
CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CEs)
congestion or
insufficient coverage,
these UEs cannot
change to use 2 ms TTI
if no data needs to be
transmitted.
This parameter is
replaced with
PerfEnhanceSwitch:PE
RFENH_HSUPA_TTI_
RECFG_PROC_OPT_
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
reserved parameter is
deleted in current
version.
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
275211561.xls
15
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
OTHSOFTPARA
SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP bit0~bit1
ARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
275211561.xls
bit2
16
Initial uplink coding

scheme selected by the
BSC during uplink
EGPRS TBF
establishment on the
downlink.
0: The BSC selects the
coding scheme used
when the MS releases
the latest uplink
EGPRS TBF.
1: The BSC compares
the coding scheme
used when the MS
releases the latest
uplink EGPRS TBF with
that calculated based
on the BTS's uplink
measurement report,
and selects the lowerrate coding scheme.
2 or 3: The BSC
compares the coding
scheme used when the
MS releases the latest
uplink EGPRS TBF with
that calculated based
on the BTS's uplink
measurement report,
and selects the higherrate coding scheme.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R014C00SPC200
with
EstULOnDLChooseCS(
SET
GCELLEGPRAPARA).
This parameter
specifies whether to
count call
reestablishment
timeouts into the
number of call drops in
the following conditions:
A subscriber hangs up
and initiates a call
reestablishment after
the BSC receives a
Release Indication
message from the BTS.
Then, the call
reestablishment times
out.
0: The BSC counts
such a timeout into the
number of call drops.
1: The BSC does not
count such a timeout
into the number of call
drops.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
with
CALLRSTDROPSTATO
PT(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
17
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
GCELLOPTREV
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET TCRSVPARA
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
275211561.xls
SW3
bit1~bit7
RSVDBIT11
18
Whether the BSC

recovers the CMR field
value for AMR speech
version in downlink
RTP packets when the
A over IP mode is used.
to OFF, the BSC
transparently transmits
the CMR field carried in
the downlink RTP
packets from the core
network (CN). If this
parameter is set to ON
and the CMR field in
continuous downlink
RTP packets from the
CN is 0xF, the BSC sets
this CMR field to the
maximum rate in the
current active codec set
(ACS).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC522 V900R015C00
with
DWCMRMODE(SET
TCPARA).
Threshold for filtering

the TA difference in two
consecutive random
access requests with
the same cause value.
If the actual TA
difference is smaller
threshold, one of the
random access filtering
criteria is met.
Unit: bit
Value range: 0~127
NOTE:
to 63, the BSC delivers
the value 4 to the BTS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
with
RACHFLTTATHD(SET
GCELLSOFT).
Whether resource
allocation for CS RAB
setups is optimized.
turned on, the power,
code, and CE resource
occupation thresholds
used during an RRC
connection setup and
CS RAB setup are
optimized to increase
the CS service setup
success rate.
0: This switch is turn
off.
This parameter is
replaced with
RRCCeCodeCacChoic
e(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
V900R014C00SPC500
UCELLALGOSWITCH). V900R013C00SPH526
This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
19
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara2
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21
275211561.xls
20
Whether the PS RAB

release is calculated as
a service drop
on. The PS RAB
a service drop if the
RNC initiates the PS
RAB release with the
cause value of
abnormal but the CN is
with the release cause
value of normal.
off. The PS RAB
release is not
calculated as a service
drop if the RNC initiates
the PS RAB release
with the cause value of
value of normal.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:P
S_CALL_DROP_DEFI
NITION(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether an RNC
contains Physical
channel information
elements in a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
message when a UE
sends a CELL UPDATE
message with the
information element
(IE) Reconfiguration
Status Indicator during
an RB setup or
reconfiguration
procedure.
off. The RNC contains
Physical channel
information elements in
the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message.
contain Physical
channel information
elements in the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
message.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:R
B_CU_CROSS_COMP
ATIBLE_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC522 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
is reserved parameter
version.
275211561.xls
21
ETHSWITCH
RESSW3
SET ETHSWITCH
bit2
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT6
275211561.xls
22

function of reloading
the microcode. Different
bits control different
types of board.
Bit 2: When a chip
communication fault
occurs on the DPUa,
DPUb, DPUc, or DPUd
board, the board
automatically reloads
the microcode.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT15(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Sets the scope of UEs

on which adjusting the
uplink rate using AMRC
is delayed. This
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5 in the SET
UCORRMPARA
off. AMRC uplink rate
adjustment delay is
enabled for all UEs.
on. The scope of UEs
on which rate
adjustment is delayed
is configured by running
the ADD UIMEITAC
command. This function
requires the CN to
support CS IMEI query.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH558
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPH512
with
PerfEnhanceSwitch1:P
ERFENH_AMRC_DEL
AY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
23
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara4
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT3
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT5
275211561.xls
24
Controls whether the

PS service in CS+PS
composite services is
released after an
inactive detecting timer
expires. For parameters
related to the PS
service inactive
detecting timer, see
SET UPSINACTTIMER
command.
ON (this parameter is
set to ENABLE):
indicates that the PS
service in CS+PS
released after the CS
service is released
rather than after the
expires.
OFF (this parameter is
set to DISABLE):
indicates that the PS
service in CS+PS
released after the
expires.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:P
S_INACT_NOTREL_F
OR_CSPS_SWITCH(S
ET URRCTRLSWITCH)
Whether a directed
retry decision (DRD)
and a H2D procedure
are triggered when the
timer for message
exchange on the Uu or
Iub interface expires
turned off, a DRD and
an H2D procedure are
not triggered if the timer
for message exchange
on the Uu or Iub
interface expires.
turned on, a DRD and a
H2D procedure can be
triggered if the timer for
message exchange on
the Uu or Iub interface
expires.
This switch is turned on
by default.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_
TRIG_DRD_SWITCH(S
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R014C00SPC200
ET
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
25
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit23
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT13
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara1
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit0~bit31
275211561.xls
26

UOIP packet check
function. If this function
is enabled, a board will
discard the packets that
fail in the UOIP payload
check.
on. The UOIP packet
check function is
enabled.
off. The UOIP packet
check function is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT6(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

faults in code
resources.
turned on, the RNC
code resources.
turned off, the RNC do
not rectifies any faults
in code resources.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
to be configured
manually.
Whether to reset the

specified cell after
setting the Number of
Reserved Dynamic
Channel, Number of
Dynamic Channel PreConverted, or Maximum
Rate Threshold of
PDCHs in a Cell
parameter.
set to 1, the specified
cell will not be reset
after the Number of
Reserved Dynamic
Channel, Number of
Rate Threshold of
PDCHs in a Cell
parameter is set.
set to 0, the specified
cell will be reset after
the Number of
Reserved Dynamic
Channel, Number of
Rate Threshold of
PDCHs in a Cell
parameter is set.
This parameter is
replaced with
RstPsCellPdchCfgChg(
SET
V900R011C00SPH752
V900R014C00SPC200
BSCPSSOFTPARA).Th V900R013C00SPC520
is parameter is deleted
from the current
version.
V900R015C00
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
275211561.xls
27
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW3
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit0
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT10
275211561.xls
28
Whether to enable selfhealing for faulty TNUa,

GCUa, GCGa, XPUa,
XPUb, SPUa, SPUb,
EIUa, OIUa, POUc,
FG2c, GOUc, PEUc,
UOIc, AOUc, GOUd, or
FG2d boards that work
in active/standby mode.
on, the standby board
is reset when a fault
occurs on the active or
standby board. If this
switch is turned off,
both active and standby
boards are reset when
a fault occurs on the
active or standby
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
MSDETECTSW(SET
ETHSWITCH).
Whether the
independent active set
is allowed. When a UE
is in the independent
active set state, both EDCH and DCH links are
available in the uplink
of the UE, and at least
one cell for the UE has
only the DCH link.
on. The UE cannot be
in the independent
active set state.
off. The UE can be in
the independent active
set state.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
SoftFailE2DSwitch(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).
275211561.xls
29
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit7
ETHSWITCH
RESSW3
SET ETHSWITCH
bit1
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit0
275211561.xls
30
This parameter
measure the
assignment failures due
to internal resource
faults (such as the DSP
fault).
BSC does not measure
the assignment failures
due to internal resource
fault).
BSC measures the
assignment failures due
to internal resource
fault).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
with
AssFailStateOpt(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).

the microcode. Different
types of board.
Bit 1: When a chip
communication fault
occurs on the PEUa,
AEUa, FG2a, GOUa,
AOUa, POUa, or UOIa
board, the board
automatically reloads
the microcode.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT14(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

static random access
memory (SRAM) parity
check function. The
SRAM parity check
function is used to
detect single bit-flips in
the SRAM.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
31
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
bit0
bit5
bit4
32
This parameter
enable the function of
Radio Measurement
Data Interface for
Navigation before the
BSC receives a Cipher
Mode Complete
message. If the cipher
function is enabled on
the live network, bit 0
does not need to be
specified.
When bit 0 is set to 0,
the function of Radio
Measurement Data
Interface for Navigation
is not enabled before
the BSC receives a
Cipher Mode Complete
message.
When bit 0 is set to 1,
the function of Radio
Measurement Data
Interface for Navigation
is enabled before the
BSC receives a Cipher
Mode Complete
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
with Navigation(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).

logical chip on the
POUa board's daughter
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether the BSC

detects the validity of
in a measurement
report during MSC
reallocation.
0: The BSC detects the
validity of downlink
measurement in a
measurement report
during MSC
reallocation.
1: The BSC does not
detect the validity of
in a measurement
report during MSC
reallocation.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH532 V900R014C00SPC200
with
MSCREASSOPTSW(S
ET OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
33
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT10
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para1
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
275211561.xls
34
Whether to prohibit
periodic retries for
CS+PS combined
services.
on. Periodic retries are
prohibited for CS+PS
combined services.
off. Periodic retries are
allowed for CS+PS
combined services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00SPC200
with
DraSwitch:DRA_CSPS
_NO_PERIOD_RETRY
_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Initial uplink rate of a

PS service carried on
R99 when a UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is triggered
by CS service
establishment.
Value range: 0 to 255.
8, which correspond to
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144,
256, and 384 kbps,
respectively. By default,
1. When users set this
parameter to a value
beyond the valid value
range, the default value
is restored.
This parameter is
replaced with
UlDchBeC2DBitRatefor
Amr(SET UFRC).This V900R013C00SPC552 V900R014C00SPC200
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
35
UNRNCRSVPARA
RSVSWITCH0
SET UNRNCRSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit9
275211561.xls
36
information elements
(IEs) "HS-DSCH
configured indicator"
and "HARQ Info for EDCH" in an RADIO
LINK
RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message on
the Iur interface have
the same values as
those in an RADIO
LINK SETUP
REQUEST message on
the Iur interface during
a handover over the Iur
interface.
on. These two
messages cannot
contain the same IE
values for the IEs HSDSCH configured
indicator and HARQ
Info for E-DCH.
off. These two
messages can contain
the same values for the
IEs HS-DSCH
configured indicator
and HARQ Info for EDCH.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter
from Huawei technical
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
ProcessSwitch:HSDPA
_IE_COMPATIBLE_SW
ITCH(ADD/MOD
UNRNC).
Whether the BSC only

measures one downlink
TBF establishment
when one MS reestablishes downlink
TBFs for multiple times
in Abis over TDM mode.
0: The BSC only
TBF establishment.
1: The BSC measures
one downlink TBF
establishment and all
downlink TBF
reestablishments.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
with
DlTBFStatInIPCell(SET
BSCPSSTAT).
275211561.xls
37
GCELLOPTREV
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit22
RsvdPara1
ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA
RSVDBIT1
UNODEBALGOPARA
275211561.xls
bit0
38
Whether the BSC

performs pessimistic
interpolation or linear
interpolation when
handover algorithm I is
used and the downlink
measurement report or
neighboring cell
information is lost.
Pessimistic
interpolation indicates
that the BSC directly
estimates the
neighboring cell level at
110 dBm.
Linear interpolation
indicates that the BSC
estimates the
neighboring cell level
based on the average
of levels recorded in the
latest two measurement
reports.
0: The BSC performs
linear interpolation
instead of pessimistic
interpolation.
1: The BSC performs
pessimistic
interpolation.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH519
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013C00SPC550
with
MrIntrplOptSwitch(SET
GCELLHOBASIC).
Although the
Whether to enable the in this version supports
function of restricting
the Ethernet OAM
this parameter, the
(ETHOAM) packet rate. system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned this parameter. This
V900R013
off.
1: This switch is turned with
on.
ETHOAMPKTEXCEED
SW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
The function does not
need to be configured
Whether to enable
manually.This reserved
NodeB-level call shock
current version.

V900R011
V900R011C00SPC720
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
275211561.xls
39
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara2
ARA
SET
ARA
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter19
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0~bit7
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit2
275211561.xls
40
Maximum number of
times the BSC is
allowed to retransmit
downlink assignment
messages to MSs
camping on a specific
cell.
set to 0, the maximum
number of times the
BSC is allowed to
retransmit downlink
assignment messages
to MSs equals the
value of Retry Times of
Downlink TBF
Reassignment in the
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
command.
The maximum value of
This parameter is
replaced with
DlAssRetryTimesMax(S
ET
V900R011C00SPH756
V900R014C00SPC200
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP V900R013C00SPC520
ARA).This parameter is
deleted from the current
version.
Whether flow control is

performed on SCTP
packets based on the
CPU usage of an XPU
board.
turned on, flow control
is triggered for SCTP
packets if the CPU
usage of an XPU board
exceeds flow control
threshold.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
system does not use
with M3UAFcSw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).

functions of
automatically detecting
and rectifying packet
reception exceptions on
the ETH daughter
board's transmission
chip. This function
helps improve system
reliability.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
41
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1
URRRSVDPARA
RsvdPara7
SET URRRSVDPARA
N/A
275211561.xls
42
Whether released calls

are measured as
dropped calls after the
RNC receives the
GTPU ERROR
Indication message
from the core network.
on. Released calls are
not measured as
dropped calls.
off. Released PS calls
are measured as
dropped calls.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH558
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC510
with
OptimizationSwitch=GT
PU_ERR_IND_DEF_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Length of the timer that

is used to wait for a
response message
from the UE during an
procedure. When this
timer expires, the RNC
releases the RRC
connection. The
RsvdPara7 parameter
replaces the
RrcUeRspTmr
parameter specified in
the SET
USTATETIMER
command. The
RsvdPara7 parameter
is valid only when the
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 switch of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
Unit: ms
Value Range:
100~60000
Recommended Value:
10000
If this parameter is not
set to a value in its
value range, the system
assigns 10000 to this
parameter.
This parameter is
replaced with
RrcUeRspTmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
275211561.xls
43
ETHSWITCH
RESSW4
SET ETHSWITCH
bit0
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter2
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
None
275211561.xls
44

when IPC intermittent
disconnections occur
on an interface board.
When an IPC
intermittent
disconnection occurs
on the PEUa, AEUa,
FG2a, GOUa, AOUa,
POUa, or UOIa board,
the board is
automatically reset.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT16(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

reliability improvement
function on Ater
signaling links.
on, the congestion
threshold for Ater
signaling links is
adjusted automatically
on the basis of data
sending rates. If an Ater
signaling link becomes
faulty, data in the buffer
of the faulty link and
that is not
acknowledged by the
peer end will be sent on
other links.
set to OFF, and this
set to ON.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
parameter is replaced V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
CONGTHRDADJSW(A
DD/MOD ATERSL,
ADD/MOD
ATERCONSL) and
AterSlReliabilitySw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
45
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT31
275211561.xls
46
Whether the RNC

processing when
receiving a Signalling
Connection Release
Indication (SCRI)
message that carries
the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data
Session End" when CS
and PS combined
services are being
processed.
perform compatibility
processing and
discards the SCRI
message.
on. The RNC carries
the "Signalling
connection release ind"
information element in
the RB release
message, instructing
UEs to release their
PS-domain signaling
connections.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch:SC
RI_COMPATIBLE_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether all the

following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
supported for a hard
handover of PS
services:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
turned on, all these
quick reconfiguration
procedures are
handover of PS
services.
turned off, all these
procedures are not
handover of PS
services.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:P
S_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
47
ETHSWITCH
RESSW6
SET ETHSWITCH
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter17
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
275211561.xls
bit1
bit11
bit24~bit31
48
Startup delay switch.

This switch applies to
SCUa, SCUb, TNUa,
GCUa, GCGa, XPUa,
XPUb, SPUa, SPUb,
EIUa, OIUa, POUc,
FG2c, GOUc, PEUc,
UOIc, AOUc, GOUd,
and FG2d boards that
work in active/standby
mode. When this switch
is turned on, active
boards will restart after
a delay of 30s if backup
channels become faulty
and fault-triggered
resets are performed
on these active boards.
When this switch is
turned off, active
boards will restart
without delay if backup
channels become faulty
and fault-triggered
resets are performed
on these active boards.
When the parameter is
set to 0, the switch is
turned off.
When the parameter is
turned on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT20(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether the BSC

compensates for the
timestamp using the
XPU time.
0: The BSC
compensates the
timestamp using the
XPU time.
1: The BSC does not
compensate the
timestamp using the
XPU time.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C03SPC010
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
TimeStampErrorCmpS
with(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
Whether the data

sending rate limitation
on 64 kbit/s MTP3 links,
which is specified by
the next lower eight bits
of SwitchParameter17,
takes effect. The
limitation takes effect
when this switch is set
to 0x17.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
through this parameter
is deleted or does not
manually.
275211561.xls
49
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit22
275211561.xls
50
Whether an RNC
processes RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST messages
retransmitted by a UE
using the value of the
N300 parameter
specified in the SET
UIDLEMODETIMER
command as the upper
threshold and whether
the RsvdPara7
the SET
URRRSVDPARA
command takes effect.
off. The RNC processes
RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST messages
based on the value of
the N300 parameter.
calculate how many
times the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
has been processed
and the RsvdPara7
the SET
URRRSVDPARA
command takes effect.
This parameter is
replaced with
RC_CON_REQ_TIMES
_COMPATIBLE_SWIT
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
CH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether to check
XPUa, SPUa, XPUb, or
SPUb board multicast
entries. The XPUa,
SPUa, XPUb, or SPUb
board is automatically
reset when it detects
multicast entry errors.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT12(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
51
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT16~BIT17
275211561.xls
52
Whether initial TTI

selection is allowed for
differentiated BE
services based on
fairness
off. The TTI is selected
according to the original
algorithm.
on. In the dynamic TTI
adjustment algorithm
for differentiated BE
services based on
fairness, HSUPA UEs
use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub
bandwidth, or
consumed CE
resources are
congested.
This parameter is
replaced with
DraSwitch:DRA_BASE
_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_S
EL_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
Sets the channel bearer

for the PS service in the
uplink in the RCS-e
scenario.
The value of this
parameter ranges from
1 to 3.
to 1, the PS service is
fixedly carried on the
DCH in the uplink, and
the maximum rate in
the uplink depends on
the configuration of
BIT12-BIT15 for the
parameter ID
ReservedU32Para2.
to 2, 10 ms HSUPA TTI
services are supported
in the uplink.
to 3, 2 ms HSUPA TTI
services are supported
in the uplink.
to other values, the
1, and the PS service is
DCH in the uplink.
This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsUlChlType(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
current version.
275211561.xls
53
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter8
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0~bit7
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter8
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit23
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19
275211561.xls
54

M3UA link check
function. When this
parameter is not set to
0xCC, the state
consistency check
function between the
SCTP link and M3UA
link will be enabled, and
the SCTP link will be
set up again if they stay
in different states.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether to enable
Extended Signaling
Link (ESL) direction
adjustment. After this
Link Access Procedure
on the D channel
(LAPD) adjusts the ESL
direction based on the
direction of the
TEI_REQ packet if the
BTS is in HDLC
transmission mode and
applies ring topology.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether the RNC

measures some
performance counters
related to inter-system
handovers in Directed
Signaling Connection
Re-establishment
(DSCR) scenarios: The
IDs of the preceding
are 73394022,
73425008, 73423107,
73425013, and
73425009.
measure the
in DSCR scenarios.
off. The RNC measures
the performance
counters in DSCR
scenarios.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:IR
ATHO_CNT_CORREC
T_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPH514 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
55
URRRSVDPARA
RsvdPara5
SET URRRSVDPARA
N/A
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit4
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
275211561.xls
56
Sets the duration of a

timer from the time
when the RNC sends
an Initial Direct Transfer
message to the CN to
the time when the CN
responds to the Initial
Direct Transfer
message. When the
timer expires, user
access to the CS or PS
domain in the initial
direct transfer message
process fails.
Value range: 0 to
429496729
Unit: millisecond
Valid range: 5000 to
20000
Default value 0
indicates that the valid
value of this paramter is
5000.
This parameter is
replaced with
InitDTWaitCNRspTmr(
SET
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether to report F5
alarm indication signal
(AIS) and remote defect
indication (RDI) alarms
based on the F5
continuity check (CC)
status.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
F5OamAlmSwitch(SET
INTBRDPARA).
Whether GPRS
channels are
synchronized over the
Abis interface when
TRXs support the Abis
synchronization mode
of EGPRS channels.
If the parameter is set
to 1, the Abis
of EGPRS channels is
used. If the parameter
is set to 0, the Abis
of GPRS channels is
used.
This parameter is
replaced with
GprsPdchSynMode(SE
T
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R014C00SPC200
GCELLPSOTHERPAR V900R013C01SPC200
A).This parameter is
version.
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
275211561.xls
57
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT29
58
Period of sending
Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
messages by the BSC
when PS uplink
discontinuous
transmission (DTX) is
enabled and uplink
temporary block flows
(TBFs) are in an
extended inactive
period. If this parameter
is set to 0, the BSC
does not send Packet
Uplink Ack/Nack
messages periodically.
only if
EXTUTBFNODATA is
set to
NOTSEND(NOTSEND)
.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
with
UPDTXACKPERIOD(S
ET GCELLPSBASE).
Whether the RNC

sends MM NULL
messages to the CN
the RNC after receiving
an IDENTITY
RESPONSE message
from the UE, instead of
the CN sends an
IDENTITY REQUEST
message to a UE.
turned on, the RNC
sends an MM NULL
message to the CN.
turned off, the RNC
does not send an MM
NULL message to the
CN.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:S
END_MSG_NULL_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
59
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT9
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4
275211561.xls
60
Whether an HSUPA
common channel can
preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup
turned off, an HSUPA
common channel
cannot preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup
turned on, an HSUPA
common channel can
preempt code
resources used by
common users during
HSUPA common
channel setup
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_HSUPA_CCH_
PREEMPT_USER(SET V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether to delete the

cell measurement set
after deactivating a cell.
off. The cell
measurement set is
deleted after cell
deactivation.
on. After cell
deactivation, the cell
measurement set is
reserved and the
unavailable duration for
the cell caused by
deactivation is
measured by the
VS.Cell.UnavailTime
counter.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_DEACELL_PF
V900R013C00SPC582
MRSV_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether narrowband
AMRC is allowed when
the AMRC algorithm
switch
(CORRM_CS_AMRC_
SWITCH) is turned on
turned off, narrowband
AMRC is allowed.
turned on, narrowband
AMRC is not allowed.
This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_N
B_CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
61
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
bit16
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
bit1
62
Whether the BSC

considers the PDCHs
that can be preempted
when measuring the
counter Congestion
Ratio on TCH (All
Channels Busy).
0: The BSC does not
consider the PDCHs
that can be preempted
when measuring the
counter Congestion
Ratio on TCH (All
Channels Busy).
1: The BSC considers
the PDCHs that can be
preempted when
measuring the counter
Congestion Ratio on
TCH (All Channels
Busy). If all TCHs are
occupied and some
PDCHs can be
preempted, the BSC
does not measure the
counter Congestion
Ratio on TCH (All
Channels Busy).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
with
TCHBusySateOptSwitc
h(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
Whether DRD can be

performed during AMR
service establishment if
signaling is carried over
HSPA
turned off, DRD can be
performed during AMR
service establishment
when signaling is
carried over HSPA.
turned on, DRD cannot
be performed during
AMR service
establishment when
signaling is carried over
HSPA.
This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SR
B_H_AMR_DRD_HHO
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
TCH release cause

value a BSC sends to
an MS if the MS fails to
join in a VGCS call
because of delayed
VGCS channel
allocation.
cause value Normal
Event to the MS.
cause value TCH
Congestion to the MS.
Default value: 0
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
with
RelCauseNotiRsp(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
63
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT4
64
Whether an RNC
contains the MAC-hs
reset indicator in the
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages sent to a UE
in the following
scenarios:
A serving cell changes
over the Iur interface.
A channel
reconfiguration
procedure is initiated
when the serving cell
changes.
on. The PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages contain the
IE MAC-hs reset
indicator.
off. The PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
and RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
messages do not
contain the IE MAC-hs
reset indicator.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH557
V900R015C00
parameter is replaced V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:IUR
_SRV_CELL_CHG_MA
CHS_RESET_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
65
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT7
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit4
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit18
275211561.xls
66
Whether the following

two functions can be
enabled:If the current
rate of the PS BE
service is 0 kbit/s and
event 4A triggeredDCCC service rate
increasing fails for a
CS+PS BE combined
service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE
service after a timer set
by the
ZeroRateUpFailToRelTi
merLen parameter in
the SET UCOIFTIMER
command expires.
A UE processing a
CS+PS BE combined
service immediately
transits to the
CELL_FACH state if the
CS service is released
and the PS BE service
has no data
transmission.
on. The preceding
functions can be
enabled.
off. The preceding
functions are disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_PS_S
TATE_TRANS_WHEN_
CS_REL_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

IP path over the Iur
interface.
The meaning of the
0: the IP path will be
isolated.
1: the priority of the IP
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IurPathFaultPolicy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
Although the
Whether to screen F5
alarms at the physical
this parameter, the
link layer.
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
off.
with
on.
PHYALMSHIELDF5AL
MSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
67
ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA
UNODEBALGOPARA
RsvdPara2
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
275211561.xls
BIT1~BIT31
bit5
68
Number of RRC
connection setup
admitted per second in
a cell during NCP
congestion flow control
The number of RRC
connection setup
admitted per second in
a NodeB equals to the
number of this
parameter multiplies
the number of activated
cells in the NodeB.
Value range: 2~255

manually.This reserved V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
current version.
Method used by the

BSC to measure the
counter Radio Link
Failures (TA greater
than 63).
0: The BSC uses the
original method to
measure the counter
Radio Link Failures (TA
greater than 63).
1: The BSC uses one of
the following methods
to measure the counter
Radio Link Failures (TA
greater than 63):
1). Based on the last
valid TA value that is
synchronized from the
SDCCH to the TCH
during an allocation or
synchronous handover
if an abnormal call drop
occurs on the TCH and
if the BSC does not
receive any
2). Based on the TA
value carried in a
Handover Detection
message if an
abnormal call drop
occurs on the TCH and
if the BSC does not
receive any
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH734
system does not use
V900R012
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
TaSateAbnormalOpt(S
ET OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
69
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14
70
processing
specifications for users
with different uplink
bearer services, for
example, HSUPA TTI 2
ms services, HSUPA
TTI 10 ms services,
and R99 services.
When serving a large
number of users, the
system cannot
guarantee that all users
can access the network
with the highest service
bearer supported by
UEs. This switch
specifies whether the
RNC allocates
corresponding channels
for new users based on
the cell capability
reported through the
NodeB private
interface.
on. The RNC
dynamically selects an
appropriate uplink
service bearer and
allocates corresponding
channels for new users
to maximize the system
capacity based on the
actual NodeB
processing
specifications.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_CELL_HSUPA
_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Assumed multiband
radio access (RA)
capability of an MS if
the BSC fails to obtain
the MS' RA capability.
to 0, BCCH Band and
Compatible Bands are
supported.
to 1, all Bands are
supported.
This parameter is
replaced with
RAMBCAP(SET
GCELLPSCHM).This
parameter is deleted
from the current
version.
Whether wideband
AMRC can be adjusted
level by level according
to the data rate sets
configured by the CN
off. Wideband AMRC
cannot be adjusted
level by level.
on. Wideband AMRC
can be adjusted level
by level.
This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_
WB_RATE_ADJUST_G
RADUALLY_SWITCH(
V900R013C00SPH532 V900R014C00SPC200
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00SPC200
275211561.xls
71
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
bit7
SET
ARA
275211561.xls
72
Enables the dynamic

function based on
interprocess
communication (IPC). If
the number of IPC
messages over the
SPUb/XPUb board
exceeds the congestion
threshold, the flow
control function is
enabled.
0: This parameter is set
to DISABLE.
to ENABLE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Method for the BSC to

identify service types in
which the active cell
selects service
identification
parameters.This
parameter is valid only
when SPTDPI in the
SET GCELLGPRS
command is set to
SUPPORT.
0: The BSC identifies
the type of services
being processed by an
MS based on the
differentiated services
code points (DSCPs)
when the core network
communicates with the
MS.
1: The BSC identifies
QQ services based on
the values of nonprotocol standard
parameters using the
GPRS Tunneling
Protocol for User Plane
(GTP-U) and BSS
GPRS protocol
(BSSGP) when the
core network
communicates with the
BSC. For details about
the GTP-U, see 3GPP
TS 29.060. For details
about the BSSGP, see
3GPP TS 44.018.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
with
DPIParaTranMode(SET
GCELLGPRS).
275211561.xls
73
URRRSVDPARA
RsvdPara3
SET URRRSVDPARA
N/A
GCELLOPTREV
bit4
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA1
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
NA
74
Wait time IE contained

in an RRC
CONNECTION
REJECT message for a
low-priority RRC
connection setup
request
An RRC connection
setup request has a
high priority when either
of the following
conditions is met:
- The value of the CN
domain identity IE
CONNECTION
REQUEST message
sent from the UE to the
RNC is CS domain.
- The cause value
CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
Originating
Conversational Call,
Terminating
Conversational Call, or
Emergency Call.
Value range: 015
This parameter is
replaced with
LowRrcConnRejWaitT
mr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether to enable
IBCA FR-preferred
estimation optimization.
If bit 4 is set to 0, IBCA
FR-preferred estimation
optimization is allowed.
This ensures that IBCA
FR-preferred estimation
is more accurate, and
mobile allocation index
offset (MAIO) conflict is
prevented during a
handover. If bit 4 is set
to 1, IBCA FR-preferred
estimation optimization
is not allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IBCAFREVLOPT(SET
GCELLCHMGAD).
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
Although the
Switch for setting the
function of self-healing
for chip fault on the
this parameter, the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R015C00
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
V900R013
boards. The function is
enabled by the default
with
value (OFF).
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
75
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter18
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit1
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT28
H
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter13
275211561.xls
bit0~bit5
76
Whether to turn on the

internal resource check
switch for the MPU.
0, the switch is turned
on, and when this bit is
turned off.
This bit is set to 0 by
default.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state is
allowed to set up a CS
service after performing
a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) state transition
turned off, the UE is
a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL_FACH (P2F
for short) state
transition.
turned on, the UE is
a P2D state transition.
It is recommended that
CORRM_RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT6 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 are set to 1
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT28 is set to 1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch=CS
_SETUP_P2D_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Although the
Whether the
transmission resource
detection and selfthis parameter, the
healing function is
system does not use
enabled
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
on.
off.
manually.
275211561.xls
77
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA5
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
bit2
bit8
NA
78
Whether an uplink data

block carrying TLLI
uses a required coding
scheme
0: The coding scheme
CS_1 or MCS_1 is
used.
1: A required coding
scheme is used.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH756
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013C00SPH526
with
TlliBlkChanCod(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
Switch for checking

whether the maximum
number of licenses for
half-rate carriers or the
maximum allowed ratio
of half-rate MSs has
been exceeded when a
PDCH is to be released
and converted to a
TCH.
BSC does not check
whether or not the
maximum number of
licenses for half-rate
carriers or the
and converted to a
TCH.
BSC checks whether
the maximum number
of licenses for half-rate
carriers or the
and converted to a
TCH. If yes, the PDCH
is converted to a TCHF.
If no, the PDCH is
converted to a TCHH.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH728
system does not use
V900R012
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
Pdch2TchOptSwitch(SE
T OTHSOFTPARA).

idle code for all the
E1/T1 interface boards
in one subrack. The
available idle code is
0x54 or 0xFF. This
switch is available only
for interface boards
(EIU or OIU) using the
Abis over TDM mode.
This switch is set to
OFF by default, which
indicates that the idle
code of E1T1 is 0x54. If
this switch is set to ON,
the idle code of E1T1 is
0xFF.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
IDLECODESWITCH(S
ET INTBRDPARA).
V900R011C00SPC750
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
79
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT12
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para2
275211561.xls
80
Whether the service

process unit (SPU)
sends PS service
release messages to
the Iu-PS interface
board in the case of a
faulty IP path, a faulty
Control Part (SCCP)
link, or a reset signaling
procedure on the Iu
interface.
0: The SPU does not
send PS service
release messages to
the Iu-PS interface
board.
1: The SPU sends PS
service release
messages to the Iu-PS
interface board.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch=IU_
FAULT_REL_PS_RES_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Specifies the low

throughput indication
threshold for BE
services used in the
When the throughput
for BE services is not
greater than this
threshold, the BE
services have low
throughput.
Value range: 132
Unit: kbit/s
The value of
RsvU8Para2 is not
greater than that of
RsvU8Para3.
value range or the
is not met, this
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FLowThrou
Thd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
81
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para1
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit3
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit11
275211561.xls
82
Specifies the signal

quality offset of the
target cell relative to the
best cell when D2F
transition is triggered by
the soft handoverbased admission
failure. UEs can transit
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH only the
following requirement is
met:
The Ec/No of the target
cell for the soft
handover is greater
than the sum of the
Ec/No of the best cell
plus the signal quality
offset.
Value range: 029.
parameter is not in the
value range, 4 is
recommended.
Unit: dB
Recommended value: 4
This parameter is
replaced with
SoftFailD2FOffset(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
deleted in current
version.

IP path over the Iu-PS
interface.
The meaning of the
isolated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IuPSPathFaultPolicy(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).

multicast services after
a link on the backplane
of the SCUa board is
faulty.
to 1, the self-healing
function is enabled to
automatically reset the
interface board when
multicast services are
affected by the faulty
link on the backplane of
the interface board.
to 0, the self-healing
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH558
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT15(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
83
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit27
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3
ETHSWITCH
RESSW6
SET ETHSWITCH
bit0
275211561.xls
84
State monitoring switch

on the PVC transmitting
module inside the
AOUa, AEUa, or UOIa
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
PVCTXSELFCURESW(
SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether PTT services

can preempt resources
occupied by PS BE
services if cell resource
admission fails during a
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D)
turned off, PTT services
cannot preempt
resources occupied by
PS BE services after
cell resource admission
fails during a P2D state
transition.
turned on, PTT services
can preempt resources
occupied by PS BE
services after cell
resource admission
fails during a P2D state
transition.
This parameter is
replaced with
PTTPreemptAlgoSwitch
(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
UQUEUEPREEMPT).T
version.

function of optimizing
the message queue
processing algorithm.
when the message
volume increases
sharply on the
SPUa/SPUb/XPUa/XP
Ub board.
to DISABLE.
to ENABLE.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC582
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH512
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT19(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
85
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter17
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit8~bit15
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT4
275211561.xls
86
Although the
Whether the frequency
hopping (FH) channel is
this parameter, the
allowed for PS
system does not use
immediate assignments
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
when a cell has many
FH frequencies
with
0: not allowed
PktImmAssHopChanPl
1: allowed
y(SET
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
A).
Whether the data

sending rate limitation
on 2 Mbit/s MTP3 links,
which is specified by
the next lower eight bits
of SwitchParameter17,
takes effect. The
limitation takes effect
when this switch is set
to 0x17.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
RadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE to determine
the LTE measurement
capability of UEs on all
supported UMTS
frequency bands.
on. If the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_SETUP_CMP
message does not
carry
radioFrequencyBandFD
D and
D2, the RNC considers
measurementCapability
3 in the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE to determine
the LTE measurement
capability of the UEs on
all supported UMTS
frequency bands.
off. If the UERadioAccessCapabBan
dFDD3 IE in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_SETUP_CMP
message does not
carry
D and
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_UE_LTE_ME
AS_CAP_SWITCH(SE
T UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
87
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit13
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW1
275211561.xls
88
Whether wideband
AMRC is allowed when
the AMRC algorithm
switch
(CORRM_CS_AMRC_
SWITCH) is turned on
turned off, wideband
AMRC is allowed.
turned on, wideband
AMRC is not allowed.
This parameter is
replaced with
CsSwitch:CS_AMRC_
WB_CMP_SWITCH(SE
T
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
Whether the BSC

changes the coding
schemes used by the
uplink TBFs for the
PDCH without available
secondary links based
on the number of
available links on this
PDCH in Abis over
TDM mode.
0: The BSC does not
change the coding
schemes used by the
uplink TBFs that occupy
the PDCH.
1: The BSC changes
the coding schemes
used by the uplink
TBFs that occupy the
PDCH.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
UlCsAdjForAbisRel(SE
T BSCPSSOFTPARA).
Switch for interface

board load sharing
function. This is
effective only for an
adjacent node that is
not in the transmission
resource pool mode.
The default value OFF
indicates the function is
enabled. ON indicates
the function is disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200 V900R015C00
with
IPPATHITFBoardLoadS
hareSw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
89
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT16
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit23~bit24
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit16
275211561.xls
90
Whether the RNC

prohibits the PS RB
reconfiguration
triggered by an uplink
or downlink event 4A
report if the status is
congested as indicated
by Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State.
off. The RNC allows the
PS RB reconfiguration
triggered by an event
4A report.
on. The RNC prohibits
the PS RB
reconfiguration
triggered by an uplink
or downlink event 4A
report if the status is
congested as indicated
by Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_CSPS_NO_
RATEUP_IN_CONJ_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Level of the flow control

for receiving Point-toPoint Protocol (PPP)
negotiation packets.
The following levels are
available:
0: no flow control;
1: The threshold is 90
pulse per second;
pulse per second;
pulse per second.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
PPPRECEIVEPKTFCL
EVEL(SET
INTBRDPARA).
Although the
ECC function for the
SDRAM of the AOUa
this parameter, the
board's daughter board.
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
on.
with
off.
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
91
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT7
H
UCELLALGOSWITCH
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT10
92
Although the
Whether the user plane delivery of the setting of
part of GPRS tunneling this parameter, the
Protocol (GTPU) is
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
reconfigured when a
V900R015C00
V900R014
UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell
with
update
OptimizationSwitch=P2
P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
switches are turned off
Loose policy Null Null
Null
0
0
1
Typical
value 1 Strict policy1
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
value 2 Strict policy 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
15 10
-10
This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.
Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
275211561.xls
93
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT8
H
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8
94
Whether an SPU
subsystem broadcasts
the actual Iub
transmission delay of
the NodeBs configured
on the SPU subsystem
to other SPU
subsystems at a userspecified time
turned on, an SPU
subsystem broadcasts
the actual Iub
the NodeBs configured
on the SPU subsystem
to other SPU
subsystems at three
o'clock in the early
morning.
0: This swtich is turned
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH518
V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526
this parameter. The
to be configured
manually.
Whether a UE uses the

same CQIReF and
CQIFbCk parameters in
the single-RLS state
and multi-RLS state
off.
on. A UE uses the
same CQIReF and
CQIFbCk parameters in
the single-RLS state
and multi-RLS state.
The CQIReFforSHO
and CQIFbCkforSHO
parameters are invalid.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_MULTI_RLS_
CQI_PARA_OPT_SWI
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
95
UL2RSVPARA
RSVSWITCH0
SET UL2RSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit2
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8
275211561.xls
96
Whether the RACH
synchronization
mechanism on the RNC
can take effect in all
conditions.
on. The RNC regards
all the NodeBs as
supporting the RACH
synchronization check
function. In this case,
the RACH
synchronization
can take effect. If the
RNC does not receive
RACH-specific
synchronization frames
from the NodeB 5
minutes, the RNC
determines that FP
synchronization for the
RACH fails and then
reestablishes the
RACH.
off. The RNC regards a
NodeB as supporting
the function only after
receiving RACHspecific synchronization
frames from the NodeB.
After the RNC receives
such frames from the
NodeB, the RACH
synchronization
can take effect.
IP path over the Iu-CS
interface.
The meaning of the
isolated.
Whether the selfhealing function is
enabled for digital
resources, such as the
number of equivalent
users, CEs, and HSPA
UEs
off.
on. The self-healing
function is enabled for
digital resources.
off.
This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch:RACH_
SYNC_CHK_EFFECT_
MODE_SWITCH(SET V900R014SPC520
UDPUCFGDATA).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R015C00
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IuCSPathFaultPolicy(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).
This parameter is
replaced with
ReliabilitySwitch:NUME
RICRSRC_SELFCURE
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
97
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit8
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SW5
GCELLOPTREV
SET TNRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
bit0~bit15
98
Whether the BSC

sends MSs the
CIPHER MODE
COMMAND messages
carrying the A5/0
ciphering algorithm
from the MSC again
during call hold.
0: The BSC does not
send MSs the CIPHER
MODE COMMAND
messages carrying the
A5/0 ciphering
algorithm from the MSC
again during call hold.
1: The BSC sends MSs
the CIPHER MODE
COMMAND messages
carrying the A5/0
ciphering algorithm
from the MSC again
during call hold.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH522
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013C00SPC550
with
CIPHERINGOPTSW(S
ET AITFOTHPARA).
Whether to allow an
adjacent node over the
Abis interface to be
rebound to another
MPU subsystem in Abis
over IP mode. This
parameter is set to
achieve transport
resource load
balancing.
Value OFF indicates
that the adjacent node
is allowed to be
rebound to another
MPU subsystem. Value
ON indicates that the
adjacent node is not
allowed to be rebound
to another MPU
subsystem.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH516 V900R015C00
with
AbisIPBalanceSwitch(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).
Random access type

filtered by the random
access filtering
algorithm.
NOTE:
to 65535, the BSC
delivers the value
65534 to the BTS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
with
RACHFLTTYPE(SET
GCELLSOFT).
275211561.xls
99
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT7
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara5
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit0~bit31
275211561.xls
100
Whether the selfhealing function is

enabled for spreading
codes
off.
on. The self-healing
spreading codes.
This parameter is
replaced with
ReliabilitySwitch:DLSF
RSRC_SELFCURE_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
Changing the value of

N(U) contained in the
ATTACH REQUEST
message
The value of N(U) must
be changed when the
ATTACH REQUEST
message is re-routed to
another SGSN. It's the
interconnected SGSN
that decides the value
of N(U). This function
can be disabled if an
interconnected SGSN
does not request to
change the value of
N(U).
set to 512, this function
is disabled and the
value of N(U) does not
need to be changed.
This parameter is
replaced with
ModifyAttReqNu(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).This
from the current
version.
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013C00SPC510
275211561.xls
101
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter11
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit8-bit15
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter11
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0
275211561.xls
102
Threshold for
generating an alarm
indicating insufficient
LVDS resources on the
POUc_TDM board over
the Abis interface.
When the total number
of LVDS resource
application attempts
within a cycle of 5
minutes is larger than
the preset minimum
number of LVDS
resource application
attempts (500), an
alarm is generated if
the ratio of LVDS
failures to LVDS
attempts is larger than
this threshold.
By default, this
indicating that the
threshold for generating
an alarm is 2.
Restriction: Users have
to set this parameter to
a value larger than the
threshold for alarm
clearance. Otherwise,
the thresholds for alarm
generation and
clearance are reset to
the default values.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC300
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether the function of

automatic detecting
faulty inter-board TDM
links within a BSC
subrack is enabled
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
TdmFltDiagSwitch(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
103
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para1
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
275211561.xls
bit12
104
Specifies the low traffic

indication threshold for
BE services used in the
When the BE service
traffic is lower than this
threshold, the BE
service traffic is
considered to be low.
Value range: 165535
Unit: 10 bytes
in RsvU32Para1.
value range or the
is not met, this
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FLowTvmT
hd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
deleted in current
version.
Whether the BSC

automatically releases
the secondary links
occupied by PS
services when load
reshuffling (LDR) is
triggered due to BTS
transmission
congestion in Flex Abis
mode. If the BSC
the secondary links
occupied by PS
services, these links will
be repeatedly
requested and
released, As a result,
the CPU usage on the
XPU increases.
0: The BSC
the secondary links
occupied by PS
services.
1: The BSC does not
automatically release
the secondary links
occupied by PS
services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
RelFlexAbisForLdr(SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
105
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA7
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit7~bit16
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT2
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT15
275211561.xls
106
Whether to reload the

microcode of a board
periodically. The
microcode of the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards can be reloaded
periodically to ensure
reliability of the boards.
Bit7 to bit16 of this
parameter are set to 0
by default, which
indicates that the
microcode is reloaded
once every week and
the start time of
microcode reloading is
04:00. If bit7 to bit16
indicates a value of
1023, the function of
reloading microcode is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
PERIODMERELOADS
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether the "HSPA

capacity indicator" is
broadcast in the system
information block type 5
(SIB5).
off. The RNC
broadcasts the "HSPA
capacity indicator" in
the system information
block type 5 (SIB5)
based on the HSPA
capacity of a cell.
broadcast the "HSPA
capacity indicator" in
the SIB5 regardless of
the HSPA capacity of a
cell.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_SIB5HSPACA
PIND_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
Specifies whether AMR

mute detection is
enabled.
on. the RNC enables
the function of AMR
mute detection.
off. the RNC disables
the function of AMR
mute detection.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
FunctionSwitch:AMR_S
ILENT_DETECT_SWIT
CH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
107
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW4
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit6
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
275211561.xls
bi16
108
Switch for optimizing

the extension algorithm
of the RTP packet
sequence number. If
OFF, the optimization
effect. If this parameter
is set to ON, the
optimization algorithm
takes effect. This
only in Abis over IP and
A over IP scenarios.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC522 V900R015C00
with
RTPSNEXPANDOPTS
W(SET TCPARA).

logical chip on the UOIa
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether the BSC sets

the default user priority
to the lowest or highest
when the Assignment
Request message sent
by the MSC does not
carry the user priority
information element
(IE).
0: The BSC sets the
default user priority to
the highest when the
Assignment Request
message sent by the
MSC does not carry the
user priority IE.
1: The BSC sets the
default user priority to
the lowest when the
Assignment Request
message sent by the
MSC does not carry the
user priority IE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPC720 V900R015C00
with
UserPriorityOpt(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
109
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter12
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0-bit15
275211561.xls
110
Whether RRC flow

control based on CPU
usage is enabled
off. If the SPU CPU
usage reaches 90%,
flow control is
performed on all RRC
connection setup
requests except
emergency call
requests.
on. flow control is
performed on RRC
connection setup
requests except
emergency call
requests based on
connection priorities.
Different thresholds are
set for different service
priorities.

current version.
call establishment
attempts on a singlecore interface board.
The value of this
0 to 65535.
set to 0, a maximum of
800 call establishment
attempts can be made
on a single-core
interface board within a
second.
set to a value within the
range from 1 to 255, a
maximum of 256 call
can be made on a
single-core interface
board within a second.
range from 256 to
65534, a maximum of n
(n = parameter value)
call establishment
on a single-core
second.
set to 65535, there is
no restriction on the
maximum number of
call establishment
attempts made on a
This parameter will not

be used any more,we
will use another
parameter called
"TNRSVDPARA"
instead.
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00SPC520
275211561.xls
111
GCELLOPTREV
bit14
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
bit6
SET ETHSWITCH
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT17
H
275211561.xls
112
Whether an inter-cell or
intra-cell handover is
initiated when a bad
quality (BQ) handover
is triggered by using
handover algorithm I.
to 0, only an inter-cell
handover is initiated.
to the default value 1,
an inter-cell or intra-cell
handover is initiated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
with
BADQUALHOOPTALL
OW(SET
GCELLHOBASIC).
Enables the dynamic

function based on
interprocess
communication (IPC). If
the number of IPC
messages over the
SPUb/XPUb board
exceeds the congestion
threshold, the flow
control function is
enabled.
to ENABLE.
to DISABLE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether the RNC

performs DRD based
on the DCH priority
when candidate cells
have the same HSPA
priority.
off. The RNC performs
DRD based on the
DCH priority when
candidate cells have
the same HSPA priority.
on. The DCH priority for
cells is not involved in
DRD.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
DCHAdvDRDSwitch(SE
T UDRD).
275211561.xls
113
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT12
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT32
275211561.xls
114
FAILURE message
carries the cause value
"Request information
not available".
off. The cause value is
not changed.
on. The RAB
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message
"Unspecified Failure" or
"No Radio Resources
Available in Target cell"
instead of the cause
value "Request
information not
available" according to
the actual scenario.
That is, when cell
resource admission
fails due to the
procedure request
error, non-bandwidth
congestion over the Iub
interface, compressed
mode configuration
failure, or cell
unavailability, the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message
"Unspecified Failure".
In the other scenarios,
the RAB ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message
This parameter is
replaced with
AB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWI
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether all the

following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
handover across the Iur
interface:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
procedures are
interface.
procedures are not
interface.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:I
UR_HHO_ASYNC_CT
RL_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
115
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit8
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit27
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
275211561.xls
bit10
116
Whether the BSC only

TBF establishment
when one MS reestablishes downlink
TBFs for multiple times
in Abis over TDM mode.
0: The BSC measures
one downlink TBF
establishment and all
downlink TBF
reestablishments.
1: The BSC only
TBF establishment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
DlTBFStatInTDMCell(S
ET BSCPSSTAT).

PARC Link Aggregation
Control Protocol
(PLACP) penalty
function for all boards.
When a fault occurs on
a port repeatedly, this
port will not be used for
forwarding data
packets.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT5(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Whether the BSC

numbers the
neighboring cells
recorded in
measurement reports
by BCCH frequencies
instead of BCCH
indexes when the Call
Trace function is
enabled.
0: The BSC numbers
the neighboring cells
recorded in
measurement reports
by BCCH indexes when
the Call Trace function
is enabled.
1: The BSC numbers
the neighboring cells
recorded in
measurement reports
by BCCH frequencies
instead of BCCH
indexes when the Call
Trace function is
enabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
SUTMROPMODE(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
117
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT8
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT20
275211561.xls
118

on. With no existing
RAB, a user initiates x
PS services at the
same time and then the
services are
successfully set up. X
can be 2, 3, or 4. Under
this circumstance, the
RNC measures the
number of combined
service setup attempts,
and the number of
successful setups is x
minus 1. If these
services are released at
the same time, the
RNC measures the
number of combined
service releases, which
is x minus 1.
scenario, the numbers
of combined service
setups and releases
are both x.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch2:PS
PS_SETUP_REL_DEF
_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether to use the

13.6 kbit/s signaling
rate for incoming interRAT handovers
triggered by CSFB
off, a signaling rate is
selected based on the
original algorithm.
on. The 13.6 kbit/s
signaling rate is used
for incoming inter-RAT
handovers triggered by
CSFB.
This parameter is
replaced with
CSFBSRBRate(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
UFRC).This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
119
URRRSVDPARA
RsvdPara6
SET URRRSVDPARA
N/A
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT5
275211561.xls
120
Sets the duration of a

timer from the time
when a non-MOCNsupported UE sends an
Initial Direct Transfer
message to the time
when the RNC receives
the response to the
Initial Direct Transfer
message from the CN.
When the timer expires,
user access in the CS
or PS domain to the
initial direct transfer
message process fails.
Value range: 0 to
429496729
Unit: millisecond
Valid range: 5000 to
20000
Default value 0
indicates that the valid
value of this paramter is
5000.
This parameter is
replaced with
RedirectWaitDlDtTmr(S
ET
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether to delay
adjusting the uplink
voice service rate
raised by Adaptive
Multi-Rate Control
(AMRC).
off. Adjusting the uplink
voice service rate is not
delayed.
on. Adjusting the uplink
voice service rate is
delayed. Before a UE
sends the first valid
voice frame, the RNC
does not adjust the
AMR rate for the UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH558
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH512
with
ERFENH_AMRC_DEL
AY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
121
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara2
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT3
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
bit3
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT11
275211561.xls
122
Whether the CS RAB

a call drop
on. The CS RAB
a call drop if the RNC
initiates the CS RAB
release with the cause
value of abnormal but
the CN is with the
release cause value of
normal.
off. The CS RAB
release is not
calculated as a call
drop if the RNC initiates
the CS RAB release
with the cause value of
value of normal.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:C
S_CALL_DROP_DEFI
NITION(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

when board
communication quality
deteriorates. Different
types of board.
Bit 3: When
deteriorates on the
SCUa, SCUb, XPUa,
XPUb, SPUa, SPUb,
DPUe, DPUf, DPUg,
TNUa, NIUa, GCUa, or
GCGa board, the board
is automatically reset.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT12(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

faults in CE resources.
turned on, the RNC
CE resources.
turned off, the RNC
does not rectifies any
faults in CE resources.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
to be configured
manually.
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
275211561.xls
123
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara3
ARA
SET
ARA
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit3
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter19
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit8~bit15
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter17
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0~bit7
275211561.xls
124
Maximum number of
times the BSC is
allowed to retransmit
polling messages to
MSs camping on a
specific cell.
set to 0, the maximum
number of times the
BSC is allowed to
retransmit polling
messages to MSs
equals the value of
Retry Times of
Downlink TBF Polling in
the SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
command.
The maximum value of
This parameter is
replaced with
PollingRetryTimesMax(
SET
V900R011C00SPH756
V900R014C00SPC200
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP V900R013C00SPC520
version.

functions of
transmission and
reception exceptions on
the backplane's
transmission chip.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
The threshold of flow

control performed on
SCTP packets based
on the CPU usage of
an XPU board. When
the flow control switch
is turned on and the
CPU usage of an XPU
board exceeds flow
control threshold, the
flow control will be
triggered.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC500
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Although the
Maximum number of
packets that can be
sent on a 2 Mbit/s
this parameter, the
MTP3 link in each tick
system does not use
(10 ms). This limitation
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
takes effect when the
function configured
higher eight bits of
SwitchParameter17 are
set to 0x17.
manually.
275211561.xls
125
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT4~BIT7
UNBMPARA
ReservedU8Para0
SET UNBMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
UGTPU
RsvdPara1
SET UGTPU
RSVDBIT1
275211561.xls
126
Sets the ARP value of

the PS service in RCSe scenario.
The value ranges from
1 to 15.
This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsARP(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
current version.
Threshold for starting

flow control over
medium-priority RRC
connection setup
requests based on CPU
usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
85

current version.
Whether the Iu-PS

interface board
processes PS service
configuration messages
if the CPU usage of the
Iu-PS interface board is
greater than 95% for
two consecutive
seconds.
0: The Iu-PS interface
board does not process
PS service
configuration
messages.
1: The Iu-PS interface
board processes PS
service configuration
messages.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
IUPSOLProPSCfgMsgS
witch
(SET UGTPU).
275211561.xls
127
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT21
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit15
275211561.xls
128
Whether the RNC can

perform parallel
processing on the cell
update and CS service
setup with UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
on. During the CS
service setup process,
if a UE transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and reports
the cell update
message, the RNC
performs the cell
update and then
continues CS service
setup. As a result, CS
service setup
succeeds.
off. During the CS
service setup process,
if a UE transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and reports
the cell update
message, the RNC
performs the cell
update and stops CS
service setup. As a
result, CS service setup
fails.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH202
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:AM
R_F2D_OVERLAP_CE
LLUPT_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

error checking and
correcting (ECC)
function for the SDRAM
of the POUa board's
daughter board.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
129
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para1
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT8~BIT15
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA9
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
0xFFFFFFFF
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit5
275211561.xls
130
Initial downlink rate of a

PS service carried on
R99 when a UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is triggered
by CS service
establishment.
Value range: 0 to 255.
8, which correspond to
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144,
256, and 384 kbps,
respectively. By
default, this parameter
is set to 1.When users
set this parameter to a
value beyond the valid
value range, the default
value is restored.
This parameter is
replaced with
DlDchBeC2DBitRatefor
Amr(SET UFRC).This V900R013C00SPC552 V900R014C00SPC200
deleted in current
version.

microcode. The
microcode of the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards can be reloaded
periodically to ensure
the reliability of the
boards. Bit0 to bit27 of
this parameter
correspond to the
boards in 27 slots. If a
bit is set to 0,
disabled for the board
in the corresponding
slot. If a bit is set to 1,
enabled for the board in
the corresponding slot.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
MERELOADSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).

IP path over the A
interface.
The meaning of the
isolated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
APathFaultPolicy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
131
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT2
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
GCELLOPTREV
bit7
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit11
275211561.xls
132
Whether to enable
normal outer loop
power control after D2E
reconfiguration in case
of PS hard handover
with E2D channel
fallback.
off. In case of PS hard
handover with E2D
channel fallback,
normal outer loop
power control is not
enabled after D2E
reconfiguration.
on. In case of PS hard
handover with E2D
channel fallback,
normal outer loop
power control is
enabled after D2E
reconfiguration.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_UL_CHL_CH
G_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Whether to allow a fast

PBGT handover when
requirements for fast
PBGT handovers are
met during a handover
decision.
to 0, a fast PBGT
handover is not
allowed.
to 1, a fast PBGT
handover is allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
with
QUICKPBGTHOEN(SE
T GCELLHOBASIC).
Whether the BSC

performs active power
control during VAMOS
multiplexing when
[PARA]PWRBCDALLO
WD[/PARA] is set to
YES(Yes).
[PARA]PWRBCDALLO
WD[/PARA] is set in
[MML]SET
GCELLPWRBASIC[/M
ML].
0: The BSC does not
perform active power
control during VAMOS
multiplexing.
1: The BSC performs
active power control
during VAMOS
multiplexing.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
VamosActPCDSwitch(S
ET OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
133
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW2
275211561.xls
134
Whether the target

BLER is adjusted for
voice services based on
uplink cell congestion
turned off, the outer
loop power control
(OLPC) algorithm uses
the target BLER
configured at the OMU.
turned on, the OLPC
algorithm uses the
target BLER configured
at the OMU if the best
cell of a UE processing
voice services is in the
LDR or OLC state in
the uplink. If the best
cell is not in the LDR or
OLC state, the OLPC
algorithm uses 20% of
the target BLER
configured at the OMU.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_OLPC_BLER_
COEF_ADJUST(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
configuration frame
when the TFO function
is activated in A over
TDM mode. (This
function is
recommended for the
BM/TC combined
mode.)
OFF: The BSC sends
the configuration frame.
ON: For non-AMR
services, the BSC
sends the configuration
frame only after being
requested by the peer
end. For AMR services,
if the following
conditions are met, the
BSC sends the
configuration frame
only after being
requested by the peer
end:
(1) Support TFO Codec
Optimize is set to
NO(Not Support).
(2) Is RATSCCH
Function Enabled is set
to DISABLE(Disable).
(3) BSS Local
Switching General
Strategy is set to
NEITHERSTART(Neith
er Start).
(4) FR_AMR and
HR_AMR are set to
SET1 (or FR_AMR_WB
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
TFOCNFFRMSENDMO
DE(SET TCPARA).
275211561.xls
135
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara4
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT2
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT3
275211561.xls
136
The switch controls

whether the RNC sends
the CN an RAB
ASSIGN RSPONSE
message after IUUP
initiation is complete
during an RAB setup.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN
during the RAB setup
procedure only after the
IUUP initialization
procedure has been
completed.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN
the IUUP initialization
procedure is complete.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PROCESSSWITCH3:R
AB_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_
RESPONSE_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Sets the THP value of

the PS service in RCSe scenario.
The value ranges from
1 to 15.
This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsTHP(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
current version.
275211561.xls
137
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA1
SET TNRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
bit0~bit15
138
call establishment
attempts on a singlecore interface board.
The value of this
0 to 65535.
set to 0, a maximum of
800 call establishment
on a single-core
second.
range from 1 to 255, a
maximum of 256 call
can be made on a
board within a second.
range from 256 to
65534, a maximum of n
(n = parameter value)
call establishment
on a single-core
second.
set to 65535, there is
no restriction on the
maximum number of
call establishment
attempts made on a
This parameter is
replaced with
IntBrdEstThrd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
275211561.xls
139
GCELLREV
None
SET GCELLREV
None
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT3
275211561.xls
140
ITEMINDEX: Reserved
parameter for cells.
There are 30
parameters of this type,
which can be used as
new parameters in later
versions.
ITEMVALUE: Value of a
reserved parameter for
cells.
The configuration
interface in this version
supports delivery of the
settings of both
GCELLREV and
GCELLOPTREV. If the
setting of only the
reserved parameter
specified by
ITEMINDEX in the
GCELLREV managed
object is delivered, the
system automatically
replaces the reserved
parameter with the one
V900R011
specified in the
GCELLOPTREV
managed object. For
example, If ITEMINDEX
in the SET GCELLREV
command is set to 3,
CELLOPTRSVPARA3
in the SET
GCELLOPTREV
command is set and
takes effect.
ITEMINDEX and
ITEMVALUE will be
deleted in later
versions.
Whether the PS BE
service in the CS+PS
BE combined service
supports event-4Atriggered DCCC data
rate increasing when its
data rate is 0 kbit/s.
on. The PS BE service
in the CS+PS BE
combined service
supports event-4Atriggered DCCC data
off. The PS BE service
in the CS+PS BE
combined service does
not support event-4Atriggered DCCC data
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_CSP
S_0K_RATE_UP_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
141
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT11
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter17
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit16~bit23
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT8
275211561.xls
142
Whether to trigger state

transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH if soft
handover-based
admission fails.
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
off. The RNC disables
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
SoftFailD2FSwitch(SET
UINTRAFREQHO).
Although the
Maximum number of
packets that can be
sent on a 64 kbit/s
this parameter, the
MTP3 link in each tick
system does not use
(10 ms). This limitation
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
takes effect when the
function configured
higher eight bits of
SwitchParameter17 are
set to 0x17.
manually.
Whether the PS BE
service in the CS+PS
BE combined service
supports DCCC data
rate increasing on both
the uplink and the
downlink when an event
4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink.
supports DCCC data
rate increasing on both
the uplink and the
downlink when event
uplink or downlink.
does not support DCCC
data rate increasing on
both the uplink and the
downlink when event
uplink or downlink.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_CSP
S_BOTH_ULDL_RATE
_UP_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
143
ETHSWITCH
RESSW4
SET ETHSWITCH
bit1
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit19
275211561.xls
144
Whether to detect faults

on non-No. 0
subsystems on the
XPUa or SPUa board.
When a fault occurs on
a non-No. 0 subsystem
on the XPUa or SPUa
board, the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT17(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

makes a pre-admission
decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections
during an RRC
connection setup
turned off, the RNC
does not make a preadmission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an
RRC connection setup.
turned on, the RNC
makes a pre-admission
decision on intra-RAT
during an RRC
connection setup.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_RRC_DRD_P
READMISSION_SWIT
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
CH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Mode for adjusting the

PCI driving capability
for the XPUb or SPUb
board. Set this
parameter under the
guidance of Huawei
engineers.
0: automatic
adjustment.
1: manual adjustment.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
145
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
bit2
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT12
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA7
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit17
275211561.xls
146

when board
types of board.
Bit 2: When
deteriorates on an
interface board, the
reset.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT11(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

initiates inter-RAT
handovers according to
the coverage-based
inter-RAT periodic
measurement report
after inter-RAT
handovers fail.
on. After inter-RAT
handovers for a UE fail,
the RNC still processes
the coverage-based
inter-RAT periodic
measurement report
reported by the UE and
initiates inter-RAT
handovers.
process the coveragebased inter-RAT
periodic measurement
report reported by the
UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_INTERRATH
O_RETRY_SWITCH(S
ET UCORRMPARA).

overall backpressure
function of an interface
board. This parameter
is available only for the
AEUa/PEUa/AOUa/PO
Ua/UOIa/FG2a/GOUa
boards. If this
parameter is set to 0 as
the default value, the
overall backpressure
function is enabled. If
1, the overall
backpressure function
is disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
PollingRetryTimesMax(
SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
ARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
147
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT12~BIT15
UIMEITAC
PROCESSSWITCH
ADD UIMEITAC
RSVDBIT1_BIT2
275211561.xls
148
Sets the maximum rate

of the PS service when
the PS service uplink is
DCH in RCS-e
scenario.
The value of the PS
service rate ranges
from 1 t o 8 and
corresponds to 8 Kbit/s,
16 Kbit/s, 32 Kbit/s, 64
Kbit/s, 128 Kbit/s, 256
Kbit/s, and 384 Kbit/s.
If the value is out of
range, it is
recommended that the
value be set to 8 by
default and correspond
to 384 Kbit/s.
This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsUlDchRate(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
current version.
Whether KPIs of UEs

supporting fast
dormancy are
optimized .If an
outgoing inter-RAT PS
handover or inter-RAT
cell reselection is
performed on a UE
enabled with Fast
Dormancy:
consider the handover
or reselection
successful and
therefore does not
count the handover or
reselection in the
corresponding counter.
the handover or
reselection successful
and forcibly counts the
handover in the
corresponding counter.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC300
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
PROCESSSWITCH1:P
S_INTERRAT_COMPA
TIBILITY_OPT_SWITC
H(ADD UIMEITAC).
275211561.xls
149
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
275211561.xls
bit11
150
Whether the BSC is

allowed to send packet
measurement order
(PMO) messages to
instruct an MS to add
neighboring GSM cell
frequencies that belong
to the current operator
but are not configured
in the BA1 list when the
multioperator core
network (MOCN)
feature is enabled. This
bit is valid only if
[PARA]PSScnIdHoFilter
[/PARA] in [MML]SET
OTHSOFTPARA[/MML]
is set to YES(Yes).
0: The BSC is not
allowed to send PMO
messages to instruct an
MS to add neighboring
GSM cell frequencies
that belong to the
current operator but is
not configured in the
BA1 list.
1: The BSC is allowed
to send packet PMO
messages to instruct an
MS to add neighboring
GSM cell frequencies
that belong to the
current operator but is
not configured in the
BA1 list.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PMOAddFreqAllow(SE
T BSCPSSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
151
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
SW2
bit8~bit12
152
Strategy for choosing

an MPU subsystem to
manage transmission
resources for a base
station using ATM
transmission. When
OFF (the default value),
the MPU subsystem
bound to the base
station is used to
manage the
set to ON, the MPU
subsystem bound to the
interface board is used
to manage the
Set this parameter
during off-peak hours
because it has the
following impacts:
- Triggers cell
reestablishment under
base stations using
ATM transmission and
releases online UEs in
the cells.
- Increases the CPU
load of the MPU
subsystems bound to
the base station and to
the interface board by
10% to 20% for about
30 seconds.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
IubAtmCallBindMpuStr
ategy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
Threshold for filtering

the number of
consecutive random
If the number of
consecutive random
access requests is
greater than this
criteria is met.
Unit: bit
Value range: 0~31
NOTE:
to 31, the BSC delivers
the value 4 to the BTS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
with
RACHFLTFREQ(SET
GCELLSOFT).
275211561.xls
153
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT9
154
Whether to allow state

transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH and a
location measurement
control message to be
sent to the UE when
the RNC receives a
RANAP Location
Reporting Control
message from the CN
and the
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_
TRANS_SWITCH
0: When the switch is
turned off, state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is not
allowed and the RNC
does not send a
UE.
1: When the switch is
turned on, state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH is allowed
and the RNC sends a
UE after state transition
is successful.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_SMLC_D2F_
ALLOW_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
155
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT27
156
Specifies whether the

PS service in the RCSe service is carried on
the DCH in the
downlink.
to DISABLE. The
channel bearer and
downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e
service in the downlink
are unlimited.
to ENABLE. The bearer
of the PS service in the
RCS-e service in the
downlink is limited on
the DCH, and the
downlink rate cannot
exceed the maximum
downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e
service. For the
maximum downlink rate
of the PS service in the
RCS-e service, see
BIT12BIT15(ReservedU32Pa
ra2, SET
UCORRMPARA).
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_RCS_PS_DL
_ON_DCH_SWITCH(S V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
ET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
157
UNBMPARA
ReservedU32Para0
SET UNBMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit9
275211561.xls
158
Specifies Combined
Service DL Acceleration
Thld Factor. The
following describes how
to determine the value
of Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State using
Combined Service DL
Acceleration Thld
Factor:
If the downlink power
load in the cell is
the product of
Combined Service DL
Acceleration Thld
Factor and DL LDR
trigger threshold,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is
congested in the
downlink. Otherwise,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is not
congested in the
downlink.
Value range: 1100. If
the desired value is not
within this range, set it
to 60.
Unit: %
Recommended value:
60
This parameter is
replaced with
MultiRabDlDcccLoadFa
ctor(SET
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
ULDCALGOPARA).This V900R014C00SPC520
deleted in current
version.

link multicast packet
detection function on
the backplane of an
XPUa/XPUb/SPUa/SP
Ub board. When the
CPU detects that the
backplane of the
XPUa/XPUb/SPUa/SP
Ub board experiences a
link failure in forwarding
multicast packets, the
faulty link will be
automatically isolated.
1: This detection
0: This detection
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT17(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
159
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter16
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT5
275211561.xls
160
Whether CS services
preempt resources
occupied by PS
services when Low
Voltage Differential
Signal (LVDS)
resources on the
backplane are
insufficient for the
following interface
boards: POUc in TDM
transmission mode,
EIUa, and OIUa.
turned off, CS services
do not preempt
resource occupied by
PS services in the
preceding case.
turned on, CS services
preempt resource
occupied by PS
services in the
preceding case.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
ENPREEMPTABISLVD
SADMT(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
Whether the RNC

sends the UE an RRC
Measurement Control
message containing
after a DRD is
implemented during the
process of PS service
setup or
reconfiguration.
send the UE the RRC
Measurement Control
message.
on. When the message
sending conditions are
met, the RNC sends
the UE the RRC
Measurement Control
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH516 V900R015C00
with
BestCellTrigLTEMeasS
witch(SET
UU2LTEHONCOV).
275211561.xls
161
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU8Para0
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter15
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0
275211561.xls
162
Upper Ec/No threshold

for the best cell that
meets the requirements
for hard handovers
The mapping between
the graphical user
interface (GUI) value of
this parameter and the
actual Ec/No value is
as follows:
0: 0 dB
123: -1 dB to -23 dB
A GUI value greater
than 23: -24 dB
This parameter is
replaced with
UsedFreqUpperThdEc
No(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UINTERFREQHOCOV)
.This reserved
current version.
Whether to enable
forcible SAAL link
loopback detection. The
link detection period is
five minutes. After this
forcible SAAL link
loopback detection is
enabled if more than
three times of SAAL link
faults are detected in
each period for
consecutive three
periods.
set to 0 and this
set to 1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R014C00SPC200
with
SAALFlashResumeByL
oop(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
163
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara4
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT1
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW3
275211561.xls
164
normal procedure. Only
the following
information is recorded:
Common information
Signaling access
information block
RAB information
block
SHO header
information
Information block for
inter-RAT outgoing
handover
Information block for
statistics excluding
those for the DCCC
procedure
Information about
intra-frequency
neighboring cell
optimization
Information about
pilot pollution detection
RRC release header
information
A procedure is
abnormal under any of
the following conditions:
The RRC connection
setup fails. The RAB
setup fails. The RAB is
abnormally released.
The type of the NASPDU carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message is ATTACH
REJECT, RAU
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PROCESSSWITCH2:R
NC_PCHR_OUTPUT_
CTRL_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Switch for quick

synchronization of path
status between different
MPU subsystems.
set to OFF, the quick
synchronization
set to ON, the quick
synchronization
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
165
TCPARA
RESERVEPARA1
SET TCPARA
bit0 ~bit6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18
275211561.xls
166
Reserved parameter 1.
Currently only the
seven least significant
bits of this parameter
are used as switches
for controlling DSP
reliability, among which
bit0 is the least
significant. When a bit
is set to 0, its
corresponding switch is
turned on. When a bit is
set to 1, its
corresponding switch is
turned off. The meaning
of each bit is as follows:
Bit0: self-healing switch
for the codec algorithm
Bit1: self-sealing switch
for resource conflicts
between tasks
Bit2: switch for
detection of abnormal
access to the memory
Bit3: switch for
checking the
configuration of
Ethernet ports on the
DSP
for the receiving
function of Ethernet
ports on the DSP
for the Direct Memory
Access function
for task abnormities
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
SELFHEALINGSWITC
H (SET TCPARA).
Whether the RNC

measures some
related to inter-band
hard handovers during
outgoing inter-RNC
intra-band hard
handovers.
measure the
during outgoing interRNC intra-band hard
handovers.
off. The RNC measures
the performance
counters during
outgoing inter-RNC
intra-band hard
handovers.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:H
HO_CNT_CORRECT_
SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC521 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
167
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit10
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit0
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT14
168
Whether the PS
domain of a cell is
blocked
off.
on. PS services of all
operators in the cell
cannot access the
network.
This parameter is
replaced with
DomainType(ADD/MOD
UCELLACCESSSTRIC V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC500
T).This reserved
current version.
Whether to adjust the

refresh interval of the
XPUa/SPUa board
memory.
on. The system
shortens the refresh
interval based on the
default value.
off. The default refresh
interval is applied.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R014C00SPH512
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC582
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT16(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

enhanced detection
function of logic RAM
checkout error for
GOUc, FG2c, AOUc, or
UOIc board. When the
error occurs on a
service board, the
reset at once.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
169
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT8
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT14
170
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
Null
0
0
1
Typical
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
15 10
-10
This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.
Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
Whether an RNC
supports link
reestablishment during
radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when
the RNC detects a
signaling radio bearer
(SRB) is being reset or
radio links of a UE are
out-of-synchronization.
link reestablishment
during RB
reconfiguration.
support link
reestablishment during
RB reconfiguration.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:RB
_RECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
171
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit13
UIMEITAC
PROCESSSWITCH
ADD UIMEITAC
RSVDBIT1_BIT5
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit21
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0
275211561.xls
172

transmission module of
the logical chip on the
AOUa board's daughter
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether an RNC
handles the
incompatibility problem
that a UE with a
specific type approval
code (TAC) cannot
make a call or be
reached when the UE
in the CELL_PCH state
leaves a serving area
and re-enters it.
on. The RNC pages the
UE from the CS domain
and directly releases
the UE if the UE does
not respond. This can
solve the problem.
off. The RNC cannot
page such a UE from
the CS domain.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
ProcessSwitch1:RSA_T
RIG_CS_PAGING_SWI
TCH(ADD UIMEITAC).

memory ECC function
for the XPUa or SPUa
board. When an ECC
fault occurs on the
memory, the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.

IP path over the Iub
interface.
The meaning of the
isolated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IubPathFaultPolicy(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
173
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
bit0
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT1
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit2
275211561.xls
174
Although the
Whether to detect
board communication
this parameter, the
quality deterioration.
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
off.
function configured
on.
manually.
Determines the
behavior of the RNC in
processing loads at the
Iur interface in case of
soft handover over the
Iur interface.
the loads at the Iur
interface in a
subsystem for the
target cell without load
sharing.
on. The RNC uses the
signaling processing
unit (SPU) polling
mechanism for load
sharing at the Iur
interface in multiple
subsystems.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch2:D
RNC_LOAD_CTRL_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether to enable
network interface
detection and selfhealing on an XPUa or
SPUa board. When the
CPU on the XPUa or
SPUa board detects
receive or transmit
failures in network
interfaces on a
subsystem of the XPUa
or SPUa board, the
subsystem is
0: The network
interface detection and
self-healing switch is
turned off.
1: The network
interface detection and
turned on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT18(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
175
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit20
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT25
275211561.xls
176

memory driving
capability specific to the
XPUb or SPUb board.
Set this parameter
under the guidance of
Huawei engineers.
0: automatic
adjustment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
If the ICR feature is

enabled, whether to
filter neighboring GSM
cells for a DRNC cell in
the active set based on
the UE's operator when
the RNC sends a
measurement control
message to the UE.
off. The neighboring
GSM cells are not
filtered.
on. The neighboring
GSM cells are filtered.
The information about a
neighboring GSM cell
for a DRNC cell is
added to the
measurement control
message only when the
neighboring GSM cell's
operator is consistent
with the UE's operator.
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_ICR_GSMNC
ELL_FILTER_SWITCH( V900R013C01SPC210
V900R015C00
SET
V900R014C00SPH512
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R012C00SPH532
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
V900R013C01SPC210
V900R014
275211561.xls
177
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara2
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT1
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit26
275211561.xls
178
Whether the RNC

releases the existing
RRC connection when
receiving a duplicate
RRC connection
request.
on. When a UE sends a
duplicate RRC
connection request to
the same cell, the RNC
rejects the request.
When the UE sends a
duplicate RRC
connection request to
different cells, the RNC
RRC connection.
off. When receiving a
duplicate RRC
connection request
from a UE, the RNC
RRC connection.
Do not modify the
parameter. If necessary,
contact Huawei
technical support.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC300
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:RR
C_RECONN_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

interface board to
check received User
Datagram Protocol
(UDP) packets.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
RECEIVEUDPCHECKS
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
179
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT20
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22
275211561.xls
180
Whether to allow a UE
to directly transit from
the CELL_PCH or
CELL_DCH state. This
is an RNC-level switch.
on. Upon reception of
the cell update
message that is
of uplink data
transmission or paging
response, the RNC
triggers the UE to
directly transit from the
CELL_PCH or
CELL_DCH state.
off. Upon reception of
the cell update
message that is
of uplink data
transmission or paging
response, the RNC
triggers the UE to
directly transit from the
CELL_PCH or
CELL_FACH state.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH200
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:P2
D_SWITCH (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

DL Layer 2
Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable
UEs processing only
PTT services
turned off, the DL Layer
2 Improvement feature
is not enabled for
E_PCH-incapable UEs
processing only PTT
services.
turned on, the DL Layer
is enabled for E_PCHincapable UEs
processing only PTT
services.
This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SIN
GLE_PTT_USE_DL_E
NL2_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
181
GCELLOPTREV
bit5
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
bit5
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter9
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit16~bit31
275211561.xls
182
Whether to enable
IBCA specified channel
in call queuing.
channel allocated to a
call before queuing
must be the same as
that the channel
adjusted for the call
after the queuing. If bit
5 is set to 1, IBCA
specified channel in call
queuing is not allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IBCAQUEUEOPT(SET
GCELLCHMGAD).

when IPC packet errors
are detected. When
IPC packet errors occur
on the DPUa, DPUb,
DPUc, or DPUd board,
the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT18(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Highest threshold for

flow control on the
interface board. This
switch takes effect only
when
SwitchParameter6 is
turned on. The traffic
load on a single-core
interface board must
not exceed this
threshold during service
admission.
The default value of this
parameter is 0. When
0 the default threshold
800 is applied.
Although the
V900R011C01SPH732
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH508 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
with IntFcThrd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
183
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit12
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT13
275211561.xls
184
Whether to enable
penalty on faulty High
Gigabit (HIG links)
between active and
standby SCUa/SCUb
boards. When an HIG
link between active and
standby SCUa/SCUb
boards experiences
repeated failures, the
link cannot forward data
packets. When all HIG
links between active
and standby
SCUa/SCUb boards
experience repeated
failures, the standby
SCUa/SCUb board will
be isolated.
1: This function is
enabled.
0: This function is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT14(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

normally releases a UE
that fails. The UE
carries an HSDPA RB
Setup Complete
message or HSDPA RB
Reconfiguration
Complete message
with CRC check error.
compatibility processing
on the UE and normally
releases the UE.
no compatibility
processing on the UE
and abnormally
releases the UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:UE
_CRC_COMPATIBLE_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
185
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit21
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit1
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT12
186
Uplink CE resource
occupation threshold
and downlink code and
CE resource
occupation threshold
used during an RRC
connection setup. This
switch is valid only
when the switch
RSVDBIT11 is turned
on.
turned off, SF64 is
reserved for uplink CE
resources, and SF128
is reserved for downlink
code and CE
resources.
turned on, SF16 is
reserved for uplink CE
resources, and SF32 is
reserved for downlink
code and CE
resources.
This parameter is
replaced with
UlRRCCeResvSf,
DlRRCCeCodeResvSf(
V900R012C01SPH522
ADD/MOD
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
UCELLCAC).This
deleted in current
version.
Although the
function of restricting
the broadcast packet
this parameter, the
rate.
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned this parameter. This
V900R013
off.
1: This switch is turned with
on.
ETHPORTBCPKTEXC
EEDSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
functions of
transmission
exceptions on the ETH
daughter board's
transmission chip. This
function helps improve
system reliability.
off.
on.
o.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
187
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
275211561.xls
bit5
bit6
188
Whether the BSC

carries information
about UMTS/TDSCDMA neighboring
cell frequencies in
Channel Release
messages when MSs
perform location
updates in GSM cells.
0: The BSC carries
information about
UMTS/TD-SCDMA
neighboring cell
frequencies in Channel
Release messages
when MSs perform
location updates in
GSM cells.
1: The BSC does not
carry information about
UMTS/TD-SCDMA
neighboring cell
frequencies in Channel
Release messages
when MSs perform
location updates in
GSM cells.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
FASTRESELECTSW(S
ET OTHSOFTPARA).
Whether the coding

scheme is changed by
using the default bit
error probability (BEP)
when the BSS fails to
receive uplink data.
is changed.
is not changed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC200
with
NoDataReportBEP(SE
T
GCELLEGPRSPARA).
275211561.xls
189
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA2
SET ETHSWITCH
bit16-bit31
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA63
SET ETHSWITCH
bit30
275211561.xls
190
Sets the minimum

congestion threshold of
dynamic congestion
flow control function
based on interprocess
communication (IPC) to
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb/XPUa/XP
Ub board. When the
IPC-based dynamic
switch BIT7 with the
parameter ID of
RESSW5 is enabled,
this parameter takes
effect.
The value of this
parameter displayed on
the ADD command
ranges from 0 to 65535.
The valid value ranges
from 1 to 1024. If the
exceeds the valid value
range, the
1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
manually.

memory driving
capability for the XPUb
or SPUb board. Set this
parameter under the
guidance of Huawei
engineers.
0: automatic
adjustment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT10(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
V900R012C00SPH532
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
V900R013C01SPC210
V900R014
275211561.xls
191
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit1
UNBMPARA
ReservedU32Para0
BIT8~BIT15
SET UNBMPARA
275211561.xls
192
When to measure
Outgoing Inter-Cell
Handover Requests
during outgoing BSC
handovers.
Outgoing Inter-Cell
Handover Requests is
measured when the
Required message for
an outgoing BSC
handover.
Outgoing Inter-Cell
Handover Requests is
measured when the
BSC receives a
handover command or
handover rejection or
the T7 timer expires.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH734
system does not use
V900R012
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
OutBscHoReqStatOpt(
SET OTHSOFTPARA).
Specifies Combined
Service UL Acceleration
Thld Factor. The
following describes how
to determine the value
of Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State using
Combined Service UL
Acceleration Thld
Factor:
If the uplink power load
in the cell is greater
product of Combined
Service UL Acceleration
Thld Factor and UL
LDR trigger threshold,
Combined Service
Power Resource
Congest State is
congested in the uplink.
Otherwise, Combined
Service Power
Resource Congest
State is not congested
in the uplink.
Value range: 1100. If
within this range, set it
to 60.
Unit: %
Recommended value:
60
This parameter is
replaced with
MultiRabUlDcccLoadFa
ctor(SET
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
ULDCALGOPARA).This V900R014C00SPC520
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
193
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter10
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit16~bit19
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter18
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit0
URRRSVDPARA
RsvdPara4
SET URRRSVDPARA
N/A
275211561.xls
194
Although the
Whether the setting of delivery of the setting of
the period that is
this parameter, the
specified by the low 16 system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
bits of
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
SwitchParameter10
function configured
takes effect.
manually.
Whether to switch on
the MPU performance
improving function.
This function is
switched on when this
and is switched off
set to 1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Estimated
retransmission rate of
signaling packets when
combined services are
performed. This
calculate the activation
time contained in the
RB SETUP or RB
RECFG messages in
scenarios with
combined services. A
large value of this
parameter leads to long
activation time.
GUI value range: 1 to
20.
Actual value range: 0.1
to 2 with step 0.1. If the
actual value is beyond
the actual value range
(0.1 to 2), it is set to 0.5
by default, which
corresponds to the GUI
value 5.
This parameter is
replaced with
PacketReTransRatio(A
DD
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
UCELLRLACTTIME).T
version.
275211561.xls
195
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch6
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
6_BIT1
275211561.xls
196

dynamic CTCH
indicator function.
on. The dynamic CTCH
indicator function is
enabled. After the CBS
the RNC turns on the
CTCH indicator in SIB5,
the RNC turns off the
CTCH indicator in SIB5
if no CBS message was
broadcast in the last 10
minutes. The RNC
does not turn on the
CTCH indicator in SIB5
until CBS messages
need to be broadcast.
off. The dynamic CTCH
indicator function is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
CbsEnhanceSwitch:CT
CH_DYN_CTRL_SWIT
CH(ADD
UCELLCBSDRX).
Whether to allow
periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed
mode to the (directed
retry decision) DRDcapable cell when
candidate cells for
periodic retry include
the current cell and
neighboring DRD cells.
off. Periodic access
retry for UEs in
compressed mode to
the DRD-capable cell is
not allowed.
on. Periodic access
retry for UEs in
compressed mode to
the DRD-capable cell is
allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_HRETRY_O
PT_WITH_CM_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
197
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
bit3
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA2
bit8-bit15
SET ETHSWITCH
275211561.xls
198
Whether the BSC

detects the type of a
call involved in an
incoming BSC
handover.
0: The BSC does not
detect the type of a call
involved in an incoming
BSC handover.
1: The BSC detects the
type of a call involved in
an incoming BSC
handover. If the BSC
determines that an
emergency call is
involved in an incoming
BSC handover, the
BSC reserves channels
for the emergency call
or allows the
emergency call to
preempt channels
occupied by common
calls. This ensures that
the emergency call can
be successfully handed
over.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH532 V900R014C00SPC200
system does not use
with InHOEC(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
Sets the period for

adjusting the dynamic
function based on
interprocess
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb/XPUa/XP
Ub board. When the
IPC-based dynamic
parameter ID of
RESSW5 is enabled,
effect.
The value of this
the ADD command
ranges from 0 to 255,
measured in units of
seconds.
range, the
2.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
199
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
bit17
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit28
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU8Para1
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
275211561.xls
200
Whether to obtain the

international mobile
subscriber identity
(IMSI) and international
mobile equipment
identity (IMEI) by using
the Identity Request
procedure during the
location update
procedure.
BSC obtains the IMSI
and IMEI of an MS by
using the Identity
Request procedure
during the location
update procedure.
BSC does not obtain
the IMSI and IMEI of an
MS by using the Identity
Request procedure
during the location
update procedure.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R014C00SPC200
with
UserIDTraceType(SET
IDRQTEST).

L2 detection function
for the XPUa, SPUa,
XPUb, SPUb, or SCUa
board. When a packet
loopback occurs on a
service board, the
board is physically
forbidden. When a
hardware fault occurs
on the L2 entry of a
board, the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT11(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
Lower Ec/No threshold

for the best cell that
meets the requirements
for hard handovers
The mapping between
the GUI value of this
parameter and the
actual Ec/No value is
as follows:
0: -18 dB
123: -1 dB to -23 dB
A GUI value greater
than 23: -24 dB
This parameter is
replaced with
UsedFreqLowerThdEc
No(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
UINTERFREQHOCOV)
.This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
201
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para5
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter6
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
None
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit14
275211561.xls
202
Specifies the relative
Eb threshold for the
downlink transmitted
code power for BE
When the downlink
transmitted code power
is smaller than the
absolute Eb threshold,
event Eb is triggered. In
this case, periodic
measurement of the
service traffic and
throughput for HSDPA
BE services is stopped.
The absolute Eb
threshold is calculated
using the following
formula:
Absolute Eb threshold =
Maximum downlink
transmit power
Relative Eb threshold
Value range: 156
Unit: 0.5 dB
The value of
RsvU8Para4 is not
RsvU8Para5.
value range or the
is not met, this
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnEbThd(SET
UQUALITYMEAS).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
deleted in current
version.

fault isolation and selfhealing function upon
OMU backplane link
failures. If this function
is enabled, the system
disables the faulty link
when the backplane of
an OMU experiences a
link failure.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT7(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Although the
Whether the higher 16 delivery of the setting of
bits of
this parameter, the
V900R011C01SPH732
SwitchParameter9 take system does not use
V900R012C01SPH508 V900R014C00SPC200
effect. They take effect this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
after this switch is
function configured
turned on.
manually.
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
203
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA3
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
NA
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
MocnControlSwitch
SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
SPARE_4_SWITCH
275211561.xls
204
Whether the maximum

allowable number of
users on the FACH is
60 or 30.
off. The maximum
allowable number of
30.
on. The maximum
allowable number of
60.
This parameter is
replaced with
CacSwitch:FACH_60_U
SER_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R014C00SPC500
UCACALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.

function of resetting the
AOUa logic. A soft reset
is required for
recovering an AOUa
board that is
malfunctioning. The
function is enabled by
the default value (OFF).
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FPGASELFCURESW(
SET INTBRDPARA).
Whether the RNC

regards supporting UEs
as non-supporting UEs
in MOCN scenarios.
on. The RNC regards
supporting UEs as nonsupporting UEs and
redirects the UE
rejected by an operator
to another operator.
no special processing
on the UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
MocnControlSwitch2:M
OCN_SUPP_UE_ACT_
AS_NOSUPP_SWITCH
(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).
275211561.xls
205
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT2
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW4
275211561.xls
206
Whether the drift RNC

(DRNC) transfers
intra circle roaming
(ICR) licenses of cells
under the DRNC, and
the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type
for neighboring GSM
cells to the SRNC over
proprietary information
elements (IEs).
on. The DRNC
transfers information
about the ICR license
of the cells under the
DRNC, and the
operator group and the
inter-RAT cell type for
neighboring GSM cells
to the SRNC over the
private IEs in the Radio
Link Setup Response
or Radio Link Addition
Response message.
off. The DRNC does
not transfer the
preceding information.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_GSMOPGRP
_TRANSTOSRNC_SWI
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Switch for quick

synchronization of port
status between different
MPU subsystems.
set to OFF, the quick
synchronization
set to ON, the quick
synchronization
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
207
UCORRMPARA
UNODEBALGOPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6
RsvdPara1
ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA
RSVDBIT3
275211561.xls
208
Whether the
maxAllowedUL-TXPower IE is contained
in a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
message from the RNC
to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state
due to a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset
off. No maxAllowedULTX-Power IE is
contained in the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
to the UE in the
CELL_FACH state
due to TRB reset.
on. A maxAllowedULTX-Power IE is
contained in the CELL
UPDATE
CONFIRMATION
to the UE in the
CELL_FACH state
due to TRB reset.
Whether an RNC is a
preferred RNC for a
NodeB
The meanings of
different settings of
RSVDBIT2 and
RSVDBIT3 are as
follows:
RSVDBIT2 RSVDBIT3
0
0
Not defined
1
0
Preferred RNC
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH3:U
E_TRB_RESET_IOT_S
WITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
This parameter is
replaced with
CPreferRNC(ADD/MOD
UNODEB).This
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
deleted in current
version.
0
1
Non-preferred RNC
1
1
Invalid value
275211561.xls
209
UNBMPARA
ReservedU8Para1
SET UNBMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter11
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit16-bit23
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
275211561.xls
210

flow control over lowpriority RRC connection
setup requests based
on CPU usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
80

current version.
Threshold for clearing

an alarm indicating
insufficient LVDS
resources on the
POUc_TDM board over
the Abis interface.
When the ratio of LVDS
failures to LVDS
attempts within a cycle
of 5 minutes is smaller
alarm previously
generated is cleared.
By default, this
indicating that the
threshold for clearing
an alarm is 0.
Restriction: Users have
to set this parameter to
a value smaller than the
threshold for alarm
generation. Otherwise,
the thresholds for alarm
generation and
clearance are reset to
the default values.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC300
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Although the
Whether to deliver
downlink dummy blocks this parameter, the
periodically in downlink system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
DTX scenarios
0: No
1: Yes
with
PsDtxPrdDummy(SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
ARA).
275211561.xls
211
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT1
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT14
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter11
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit1
275211561.xls
212
Whether to perform the

dynamic access class
(AC) control algorithm
to periodically update
the IE Value Tag.
When dynamic AC
control is performed to
release AC restrictions,
the RNC periodically
updates the IE Value
Tag so that the UE can
update the system
messages in time. The
dynamic AC control
algorithm includes the
access control
algorithm, automatic
DSAC algorithm, celloriented manual DSAC
algorithm (in dynamic
limited-access mode),
and cell-oriented
intelligent access class
control algorithm.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
ReliabilitySwitch:SI_VA
LUETAG_UPDATE_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
Although the
When this parameter
value is changed from 0 this parameter, the
to 1, RNC data
system does not use
smoothing is triggered. this parameter. This
Do not modify the
with
parameter. If necessary, KPICureCtrlSwitch:MA
contact Huawei
NUAL_TRIGG_DATA_
technical support.
SMOOTH_SWITCH(SE
T
UKPISELFCUREPARA)
.
Whether to report an
alarm when the low
voltage differential
signal (LVDS)
resources on the
POUc_TDM board over
the Abis interface are
insufficient.
on.
off.
By default, this
indicating that this

V900R011
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014
V900R015C00
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC300
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
213
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT22
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
TRANSPATCHPARA
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
275211561.xls
bit8
214

RNC to preferentially
process a SECURITY
MODE COMMAND
specific to a CS service
in CS+PS combined
services immediately
after the Iu signaling
connection for the PS
service is set up.
on. The RNC
preferentially processes
a SECURITY MODE
COMMAND specific to
a CS service in CS+PS
combined services
immediately after the Iu
signaling connection for
the PS service is set
up.
a SECURITY MODE
COMMAND specific to
a CS service in CS+PS
combined services after
the PS service is set
up.
This parameter is
replaced with
FunctionSwitch:CS_SE
CMODE_PRI_CSPS_S
WITCH(SET
V900R014SPC520
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether to enable an
algorithm that makes
PS uplink DTX be
compatible with uplink
link adaptation (LA).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
with
PsDtxLaOptiSwitch(SE
T GCELLPSBASE).

function of recovering
the memories that
experience SRAM
parity check failures.
This function takes
effect only when the
SRAM parity check
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
215
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA2
SET ETHSWITCH
GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
bit0-bit7
bit0~bit11
216
Sets the tolerant delay

of dynamic congestion
flow control function
based on interprocess
realize IPC-based
dynamic congestion
flow control of the
SPUa/SPUb/XPUa/XP
Ub board. When the
IPC-based dynamic
parameter ID of
RESSW5 is enabled,
effect.
The value of this
the ADD command
0.1s.
range, the
10.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014C00SPC510
function configured
manually.
Threshold for the

interval between two
consecutive random
If the interval between
two consecutive
random access
requests with the same
cause value is shorter
criteria is met. Random
access filtering is
triggered when all
criteria are met.
Unit: 100 ms
Value range: 0~4095
NOTE:
to 4095, the BSC
delivers the value 1 to
the BTS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
with
RACHFLTTMINTVAL(S
ET GCELLSOFT).
275211561.xls
217
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT30
bit13
bit12
218
Whether all the

following quick
reconfiguration
procedures are
handover of CS
services:
Physical channel
reconfiguration
Transport channel
reconfiguration
RB setup or
reconfiguration
procedures are
handover of CS
services.
procedures are not
handover of CS
services.

BSC to perform
handovers other than
load-based handovers
on dual transfer mode
(DTM) MSs.
emergency handover,
forced handover, and
fast-moving handover
are allowed for DTM
MSs. If this parameter
is set to 1, handovers
except load-based
handovers are allowed
for DTM MSs.
Whether to ignore
Dcache memory
exceptions. Dcache
memory exceptions are
caused by Dcache
memory soft failures.
off.
on.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:C
S_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL
_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC300
with
DTMCSHOOPTSW(SE
T OTHSOFTPARA).
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R013
with
BRDRAMSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
219
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT3
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter7
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit1
RsvdPara1
ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA
RSVDBIT2
UNODEBALGOPARA
275211561.xls
220
Whether the RNC

releases the RRC
connection upon receipt
of the cell update
message indicating that
a FAST DORMANCY
user reenters the
serving cell.
on. Upon receipt of the
cell update message
indicating that a FAST
DORMANCY user
reenters the serving
cell, the RNC directly
releases the RRC
connection.
off. Upon receipt of the
cell update message
indicating that a FAST
DORMANCY user
reenters the serving
cell, the RNC properly
processes the cell
update.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch:FD_
PCH_REENTERSA_F
ORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

IP path over the Abis
interface.
The meaning of the
isolated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
with
AbisPathFaultPolicy(SE
T TNSOFTPARA).
Whether an RNC is a
preferred RNC for a
NodeB
The meanings of
different settings of
RSVDBIT2 and
RSVDBIT3 are as
follows:
RSVDBIT2 RSVDBIT3
0
0
Not defined
1
0
Preferred RNC
This parameter is
replaced with
CPreferRNC(ADD/MOD
UNODEB).This
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
deleted in current
version.
0
1
Non-preferred RNC
1
1
Invalid value
275211561.xls
221
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT16
H
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT10
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter10
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit30
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit17
275211561.xls
222
Whether the RNC

performs directed retry
decision (DRD) for a
candidate cell based on
the priority of the
HSDPA service or
HSUPA service for the
cell when determining
the cell service priority.
DRD based on the
priority of the HSUPA
service for the cell.
DRD based on the
priority of the HSDPA
service for the cell.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH532
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
HSDPAAdvDRDSwitch(
SET UDRD).
Whether the RNC

any error in the number
of HSPA users.
turned on, the RNC
HSPA user resources.
turned off, the RNC
does not rectify any
faults in HSPA user
resources.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
to be configured
manually.
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
Although the
Whether to enable flow
control compensation
on interface boards.
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
set to 0, and this
function configured
set to 1.
manually.
Although the
ECC function for the
SDRAM of the AEUa
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
on.
with
off.
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
223
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit13
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
SET ETHSWITCH
bit24
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit4
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT19
275211561.xls
224
Detection mode of
intra-SCUa/SCUb
communication. When
the system detects a
communication failure,
the SCUa/SCUb is
reset.
1: The system detects
unicast and multicast
packets alternately.
0: The system detects
unicast packets.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC580
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC510
with
FLTDIAGSW1:BIT8(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Whether to check
logical component
packets. The AOUc,
UOIc, POUc, FG2c, or
GOUc board is
automatically reset
when it detects packet
errors.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.
Whether to enable
logical remote loopback
detection for selfhealing on an AOUc or
UOIc board. When the
CPU on the AOUc or
UOIc board detects that
the FPGA chip is faulty,
the system
AOUc or UOIc board.
0: The logical remote
loopback detection for
turned off.
1: The logical remote
loopback detection for
turned on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether the user-plane

delay is optimized for
the LTE-to-UMTS
handover in the PS
domain
off. The user-plane
delay is not optimized.
on. The user-plane
delay decreases after
being optimized.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH3:I
NTERRAT2U_RESUM
E_PS_ASAP_SWITCH
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R014C00SPC200
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
225
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter10
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
bit20~bit29
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit14
275211561.xls
226
Delay of the rollback of

the flow control on
interface boards. When
00000000, the default
value 600 ms is
applied.
Unit: 10 ms
If requested resources
are not allocated to an
interface board and are
released within the
duration specified by
this parameter, the
resource request is
rolled back. If
requested resources
are not allocated to an
interface board and are
not released within the
duration specified by
this parameter, the
resource request is
partly rolled back.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
function configured
manually.

transmission module of
the logical chip on the
POUa board's daughter
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
FPCHIPSELFCURESW
(SET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
227
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11
228
Whether the RNC

cancels an interfrequency handover of
12.2 kbit/s AMR voice
services after a UE
returns a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message
turned on, the RNC
cancels an interfrequency handover of
12.2 kbit/s AMR voice
services after a UE
returns a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message.
turned off, the RNC
does not cancel an
inter-frequency
handover of 12.2 kbit/s
AMR voice services
after a UE returns a
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH4:A
MR_HHO_FAIL_ROLL
BACK_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
229
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT9
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1
230
the corresponding
threshold offsets.
BIT8 BIT9 BIT10
Typical Value
Admission Policy RT
NRT OTHER
0
0
0 All
Null
0
0
1
Typical
5
5
0
0
1
0
Typical
0
0
0
0
1
1
Typical
-5 -5
-5
1
0
0
Typical
5
5
-15
1
0
1
Typical
0
0
-15
1
1
0
Typical
-5 -5
-20
1
1
1
Typical
15 10
-10
This parameter is
replaced with
RTRRCCacThdOffset,
NRTRRCCacThdOffset,
OtherRRCCacThdOffse
t(ADD/MOD
V900R012C01SPH522
UCELLCAC) and
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R013C00SPH526
RRCCacChoice(ADD/M
OD
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.
Note:
Uplink admission
threshold:
RTRRCCacThdOffset +
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR
Whether static
relocation request
messages contain the
calculationTimeForCiph
ering IE
off.
on. Static relocation
request messages
contain the
calculationTimeForCiph
ering IE.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_RELOC_IE_C
ALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R014C00SPC200
TCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
231
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT2
232
scheduling period can
be broadcast. In
addition, the RNC sets
Message Description
Type that corresponds
to the value of the
RsvdCbsCapacity
parameter to no
message in CBS
scheduling messages.
If CBS messages need
to be broadcast in the
current scheduling
period, the RNC adjusts
the length of CBS
scheduling messages
based on the value of
RsvdBsCapacity
parameter and sets
Message Description
Type that corresponds
to the value of the
RsvdCbsCapacity
parameter to Reading
advised in CBS
scheduling messages.
The RNC configures
scheduling information
about CBS messages
in CBS scheduling
messages of the next
scheduling period.
off. Dynamic
adjustment of CBS
scheduling messages is
disabled. The RNC sets
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
CbsEnhanceSwitch:CB
S_SCHBLOCK_DYN_A
DJ_SWITCH(ADD
UCELLCBSDRX).
275211561.xls
233
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
5_BIT2
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch5
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
bit12
ETHSWITCH
RESPARA64
bit30
SET ETHSWITCH
275211561.xls
234
Radio Network
temporary identity (HRNTI) and includes a
C-RNTI and H-RNTI in
this message after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "reentering service area"
or "RLC unrecoverable
error" from a UE when
the E-FACH feature has
been enabled.
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message on
the common H-RNTI
and includes the CRNTI and H-RNTI after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with
the cause value "reentering service area"
or "RLC unrecoverable
error."
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message on
the dedicated H-RNTI
and does not include
the C-RNTI and HRNTI in the message
after receiving the
CELL UPDATE
message with the
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch2:EF
ACH_CU_COMMON_H
RNTI_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether to rank the

serving cell in front of a
neighboring cell if they
have the same K value
after the K criteriabased sorting in
handover algorithm II is
implemented.
0: The original ranking
is applied.
1: The serving cell is
ranked in front of a
neighboring cell.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C03SPC010
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200
V900R013
with
KCriReSortSwitch(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
Whether to detect
service channel faults.
When the FG2c or
GOUc board detects
that a hardware fault
occurs on a service
channel component,
the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
235
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara3
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT1
UNBMPARA
ReservedU32Para1
SET UNBMPARA
BIT0~BIT31
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
275211561.xls
bit9
236
Whether the RNC takes

performance counter
statistics on duplicate
RRC connection
requests.
on. The RNC takes
performance counter
statistics on the
duplicate RRC
connection requests.
take performance
counter statistics on the
duplicate RRC
connection requests.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch=RR
C_REPEAT_PFM_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

flow control over highpriority RRC connection
setup requests based
on CPU usage
Value range: 70~90
Recommended value:
90

current version.
Whether the BSC

sends SI MI to MSs
when
[PARA]INTERRATINBS
CHOEN[/PARA] is set
to NO(No) but
[PARA]INTERRATCELL
RESELEN[/PARA] is
set to YES(Yes).
[PARA]INTERRATINBS
CHOEN[/PARA] and
[PARA]INTERRATCELL
RESELEN[/PARA] are
set in [MML]SET
GCELLHOBASIC[/MML
].
0: The BSC does not
send SI MI to MSs.
1: The BSC sends SI
MI to MSs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R014C00SPC200
with
INTERRATCELLRESE
LOPTEN(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
237
DEVRSVDPARA
RSVDSW2
SET DEVRSVDPARA
bit1
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA11
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit25
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT8~BIT11
275211561.xls
238
Whether to enable
timeslot interchange
detection on a TNUa
board. When the CPU
on the TNUa board
detects that timeslot
interchange (TSI) is
faulty between the TDM
interface chip and TDM
switching chip, the
system automatically
resets the TNUa board.
0: The TSI detection
1: The TSI detection
switch is turned on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.

logical reset function on
the mother board of an
interface board.
0: indicates that the
logical reset function is
disabled.
logical reset function is
enabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
BPCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
Sets the maximum rate

of the PS service when
the PS service downlink
is fixedly carried on the
DCH in RCS-e
scenario.
The value of the PS
service rate ranges
from 1 t o 8 and
corresponds to 8 Kbit/s,
16 Kbit/s, 32 Kbit/s, 64
Kbit/s, 128 Kbit/s, 256
Kbit/s, and 384 Kbit/s.
If the value is out of
range, it is
recommended that the
value be set to 8 by
default and correspond
to 384 Kbit/s.
This parameter is
replaced with
PsRcsDlDchRate(SET V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014
current version.
275211561.xls
239
GCELLOPTREV
bit6
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT18
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT5
275211561.xls
240
Whether to enable
optimization for the
IBCA interference
source selection
algorithm.
IBCA interference
source selection
algorithm is optimized,
and therefore the
interference source
selection is more
accurate. If bit 6 is set
to 1, optimization for
the IBCA interference
source selection
algorithm is not
allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R014C00SPC200
with
IBCAGETINTFSRCOP
T(SET
GCELLCHMGAD).
Priority for processing

intra-frequency
measurement reports
and 2D2F events.
set to 1, intra-frequency
measurement reports
take priority over 2D2F
events. When this
2D2F events take
priority over intrafrequency
This parameter is
replaced with
HoSwitch:HO_INTRA_
FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2
D2F_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH552 V900R014C00SPC200
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
Whether the RADIO

LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
sent to the NodeB by
the RNC carries the
RRC procedure
indication during RRC
connection setup.
on. During RRC
connection setup, the
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
the RNC carries the
RRC procedure
indication.
off. During RRC
connection setup, the
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST message
the RNC does not carry
the RRC procedure
indication.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
FunctionSwitch:RRC_C
ONN_STATE_TO_NOD
EB_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
241
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT26
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT3
275211561.xls
242
Whether an RNC sends

a SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to
the CN when the RNC
receives a CELL
UPDATE message from
a UE after sending a
SECURITY MODE
COMMAND message
to the UE.
on. The RNC continues
with the security mode
control procedure after
processing the CELL
UPDATE message.
SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to
the CN and then
processes the CELL
UPDATE message.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:SE
CU_CU_CROSS_SWIT
CH(SET
V900R014C00SPH513 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Indicates whether to
enable the RCS-e (Rich
Communication Suit
enhanced) service that
supports voice services
carried in the CS
domain and video
services carried in the
PS domain.
to DISABLE.
to ENABLE.
This parameter is
replaced with
CfgSwitch:CFG_RCS_
E_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
UCORRMALGOSWITC V900R014
H).This reserved
current version.
Whether to use the

VS.MBMS.PTM.RB.Ma
x.Cell counter to
measure the maximum
number of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state in a
cell.
off. The maximum
number of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state is
not measured.
on. The
VS.MBMS.PTM.RB.Ma
x.Cell counter is used
to measure the
maximum number of
UEs in the CELL_FACH
state.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
system does not use
this parameter. The
to be configured
manually.
275211561.xls
243
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para3
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter10
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
275211561.xls
bit31
244
Specifies the high

throughput indication
threshold for BE
When the BE service
throughput is higher
BE services have high
throughput.
Value range: 132
Unit: kbit/s
The value of
RsvU8Para2 is not
RsvU8Para3.
value range or the
is not met, this
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnH2FHighThrou
Thd(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
UUESTATETRANS).Thi
deleted in current
version.

rollback of the flow
control on interface
boards.
set to 0, and this
set to 1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R014C00SPC200
this parameter. The
V900R013C00SPC500
function configured
manually.
275211561.xls
245
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
275211561.xls
246
Allowed is set to
NO(NO).
Assuming that bits 12
and 13 are set to 0:
During initial access,
the network does not
perform PS load
sharing between the
overlaid and underlaid
subcells.
During TBF
reassignment, the
network performs PS
load sharing between
the overlaid and
underlaid subcells
based on the timing
advance (TA) or
receive level.
If bits 12 and 13 are set
to 1, the network
performs PS load
sharing between the
subcells based on the
receive level during
initial access or TBF
reassignment.
to 2, the network
performs PS load
sharing between the
subcells based on the
TA and receive level
during initial access or
TBF reassignment.
This parameter is
replaced with
PSTAFORUOHOALLO
W(SET
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R014C00SPC200
GCELLHOIUO).This
from the current
version.
275211561.xls
247
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para4
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
275211561.xls
bit1
248
Specifies the relative
Ea threshold for the
downlink transmitted
code power for BE
When the downlink
transmitted code power
is greater than the
absolute Ea threshold,
event Ea is triggered. In
this case, periodic
measurement of the
service traffic and
throughput for HSDPA
BE services is
triggered. The absolute
Ea threshold is
calculated using the
following formula:
Absolute Ea threshold =
Maximum downlink
transmit power
Relative Ea threshold
Value range: 156
Unit: 0.5 dB
The value of
RsvU8Para4 is not
RsvU8Para5.
value range or the
is not met, this
This parameter is
replaced with
DlBeAbnEaThd(SET
UQUALITYMEAS).This V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
deleted in current
version.

when board
types of board.
Bit 1: When
deteriorates on the
DPUa, DPUb, DPUc, or
DPUd board, the board
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT13(S
ET ETHSWITCH).
275211561.xls
249
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para0
ETHSWITCH
RESSW3
SET ETHSWITCH
bit0
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit12
275211561.xls
250
PS BE services and the
initial service access
rate in scenarios of
CS+PS BE combined
services.
Value range: 0, 1, 2, 3
0: The channel bearing
type and initial access
rate of PS BE services
are not limited.
1: PS BE services are
carried over the DCH in
the uplink and downlink
and the initial access
rate of the PS BE
services is 0 kbit/s.
the uplink and downlink
and the initial access
rate of the PS BE
services is 8 kbit/s.
the uplink and the initial
access rate of the PS
BE services is 8 kbit/s.
In the downlink, the
channel for carrying PS
BE services and the
initial access rate are
not limited.
This parameter is set to
0 when its value is
beyond the value
range.
set to 1, 2, or 3,
relative timer selfhealing function. When
the relative timer on a
board fails to start, the
reset.
off.
on.
Whether to support the

service awareness
function.
on, and the service
awareness function is
supported.
off, and the service
awareness function is
not supported.
This parameter is
replaced with
BeInitBitrateTypeforCs
Ps(SET UFRC).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT6(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:SERVIC
E_APPERCEIVE_SWI
TCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
275211561.xls
251
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT8
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT22
275211561.xls
252
Whether a UMTS/LTE
UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH or from
CELL_DCH to the idle
mode when an inactivity
timer expires. The
inactivity timer is
specified by the
PsInactTmrForFstDrmD
ch parameter in the
SET UPSINACTTIMER
command.
off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH when the
inactivity timer expires.
on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle
mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
effect when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch4=UL_D
UAL_MODE_UE_D2P_
OR_D2I_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether active link reestablishment is

allowed after an SRB
reset
on. Active link reestablishment is
allowed after the RNC
layer 2 reports the SRB
reset.
off. Active link reestablishment is not
layer 2 reports the SRB
reset.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
OptimizationSwitch:SR
V900R012C01SPH220
B_RESET_RL_SETUP
V900R013
V900R015C00
_SWITCH (SET
V900R014
URRCTRLSWITCH),
OptimizationSwitch:AS
U_RL_RESET_SWITC(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH)
and
OptimizationSwitch:MC
_RL_RESET_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
253
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT17
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU8Para2
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
275211561.xls
254
Whether an RNC
buffers a DIRECT
TRANSFER message
upon receiving it from
the CN and sends a
PAGING message
when receiving a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from a UE transiting
from Cell_FACH to
Cell_PCH.
on. The RNC buffers
the DIRECT
TRANSFER messages
and sends the PAGING
message to the UE.
buffer the DIRECT
TRANSFER message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:F2P
_DT_MSG_BUFFER_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether to log error

codes.
off. Error codes are not
logged.
on. Error codes are
logged.
To modify this
parameter, contact
Huawei Customer
Service Center.
This parameter is
replaced with
ChrProcSwitch:CHR_C
ALL_FAULT_ALL_OUT
PUT_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
UCHRCTRL).This
deleted in current
version.
SPU CPU usage

threshold for allowing
cell-level CAPS flow
control
If the SPU CPU usage
is higher than this
threshold, cell-level
allowed.
Value range: 1~100
Recommended value:
80
The value of the
ReservedU8Para2
parameter must be
the value of the
ReservedU8Para3
parameter.
This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcCpuTrigThd(SE
T
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ). V900R014
This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
255
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
MocnControlSwitch
SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
SPARE_2_SWITCH
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU8Para3
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT0~BIT7
275211561.xls
256
selects an operator
based on the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message sent by a CN
when the MOCN
feature is enabled.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
parses the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
DIRECT TRANSFER
message.
If the type of NAS-PDU
is LOCATION
UPDATING ACCEPT,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE ACCEPT, or
ATTACH ACCEPT, the
RNC selects the
corresponding operator
to provide service for
the UE.
is LOCATION
UPDATING REJECT,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE REJECT, or
ATTACH REJECT, the
RNC attempts to select
another operator.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not parse the
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
MocnControlSwitch2:PL
MN_ACCEPT_BY_DL_
DT_SWITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).
SPU CPU usage

threshold for forbidding
control
If the SPU CPU usage
is lower than this
threshold, cell-level
forbidden.
Value range: 1~100
Recommended value:
70
The value of the
ReservedU8Para2
parameter must be
the value of the
ReservedU8Para3
parameter.
This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcCpuRelThd(SE
T
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ). V900R014
This reserved
current version.
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
257
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA12
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit8
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara2
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
N/A
275211561.xls
0xFFFFFFFF
258
Switch for the Dual

Path function. The Dual
Path function reports
the bandwidth of
interface boards to the
MPU in real time. Bit3
to bit31 indicate the
Dual Path switch for the
interface boards in slot0
to slot27. For example,
bit3 corresponds to
slot0, bit4 corresponds
to slot1, and bit31
corresponds to slot27.
The default value of a
bit is set to 1, the
the board in the
corresponding slot. If a
function is disabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.
Switch for enhanced

dynamic switching
between channel types.
enhanced dynamic
switching between
channel types is
enabled.
enhanced dynamic
switching between
channel types is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC300
V900R015C00
T
with
ChannelDynAdjustOpt(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Amount of time the

RNC waits for a cell
update message from a
UE with ongoing CS
services after the RNC
turns off the radio
transmitter.
Unit: ms
Value
Range:0~4294967295
Recommended Value:
15000
This parameter is
replaced with
CSRLReEstCellUpdate
Tmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH512
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014
275211561.xls
259
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT5
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT2
H
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
260

FDPCH-code fault
rectification function.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_FDPCH_FAUL
TY_RECOVER_SWITC
H(SET UNBMPARA).
Although the
Whether the intrathis parameter, the
frequency ReadSFNInd system does not use
in system information
SIB11/SIB12 of a cell is parameter is replaced
set to the fixed value
with
READ.
CmpSwitch2:CMP_RE
ADSFN_IND_IN_SIB_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
This parameter
isolate the services
carried on the optical
port where the ALM21273 SDH/SONET HP
Remote Defect
Indication alarm is
reported after this alarm
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate

V900R011
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R014
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPRDIAUTOISOSW(S
ET INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
261
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT4
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT4
H
275211561.xls
262

RNC to optimize the
algorithm of TTI
dynamic switching for
differentiated BE
services based on
fairness.
off, the RNC updates
the throughput
measurement control
parameter for this
algorithm after the
handover is complete
and prohibits this
algorithm from
triggering dynamic TTI
shifts from 2 ms to 10
ms in the following 5s.
on, the RNC does not
update the throughput
measurement control
parameter for this
algorithm if the
parameter does not
change after a
handover is complete.
In this case, the RNC
triggers this algorithm
upon receiving a TTI
measurement report.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_TTI_MC_UP
DATE_OPT_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).
Whether the optimized

database query
algorithm is enabled to
reduce the CPU usage
of the SPUb board
during cross-Iur
handovers
turned off, the
optimized database
query algorithm is not
used.
turned on, the
optimized database
query algorithm is used.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
ERFENH_IUR_DB_TIC
K_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
263
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT26
H
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT6
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
264
Although the
Whether NSN CN, HW
this parameter, the
SRNC, and DRNC
system does not use
change from the IUUP2
V900R012C01SPH516
mode back to IUUP1
mode when the Uu
with
V900R014
interface has one more
CmpSwitch2:CMP_SR
0 kbit/s data rate than
NSR_WAMR_MODE_0
the Iu interface.
_RESTORE_SWITCH(
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Whether the BSC
carries the IE "new bss
to old bss info" in a HO
REQ ACK message.
0: The BSC carries the
IE "new bss to old bss
info" in a HO REQ ACK
message.
1: The BSC does not
carry the IE "new bss to
old bss info" in a HO
REQ ACK message.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPC750
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPC506
with
DTMCSHOOPTSW(SE
T OTHSOFTPARA).

on,When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state sends
the RNC a Cell Update
message containing the
information element
(IE) "am-RLCErrorIndicationRb23or4" with a value of
TRUE,the RNC
releases the RRC
connection with the UE
(reason for the release:
directed signalling
connection reestablishment) and no
PS call drop is counted.
off, the RNC performs
the normal procedure.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:P
CH_UE_SRB_RESET_
DSCR_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
265
ETHSWITCH
RESSW2
SET ETHSWITCH
bit6
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
266

message resource selfhealing function. When
a board fails to apply
for message packets
for a long period of time
due to message
insufficiency, the board
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT4(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

DL Layer 2
Improvement feature
for E_PCH-incapable
UEs that have ongoing
PTT services
turned off, the DL Layer
is enabled for E_PCHincapable UEs that
have ongoing PTT
services.
turned on, the DL Layer
is not enabled for
E_PCH-incapable UEs
that have ongoing PTT
services.
This parameter is
replaced with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_UE_
NOT_USE_DL_ENL2_
EXIST_PTT_SWITCH( V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
SET
V900R014
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).This reserved
current version.
Whether the BSC

computes the EGPRS
and GPRS multiplexing
rates separately
when allocating a single
channel in the cell
during peak hours. The
value 0 indicates that
the BSC computes the
multiplexing rates
separately.
that the BSC computes
the multiplexing rates
together.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPH512
with
DiffCalcCellLoadSw(SE
T GCELLPSCHM).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
267
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit14
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT1
275211561.xls
268

on,upon receiving a cell
update message from a
UE in the CELL_DCH
state, the TRNC
releases the RRC
connection with the
cause value "directed
signalling connection
re-establishment",
off, upon receiving a
cell update message
from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state,the
RNC performs the
migration procedure.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:D
RNC_DCH_RCV_CELL
_RESEL_MSG_DSCR_
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Although the
Whether to measure
the transmission
this parameter, the
V900R14C00SPC300
duration when the BSC system does not use
V900R14C01SPC200
forcibly measures the
traffic.
with
STATLLCTRANSDURA
(SET BSCPSSTAT).
Although the
this parameter, the
Whether the HS-SCCH system does not use
can preempt the code this parameter. This
resources occupied by parameter is replaced
Ues.
with
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
EEMPT_ENH_HSSCC
H_PREEMPT_SF_SWI
TCH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).
V900R015C00

V900R011
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
269
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW4
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit2
275211561.xls
270
In this situation, if the
PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST message
sent by the MSC to the
BSC does not carry
ClassMark3 but the
BSC has obtained
ClassMark3, the
BSSMAP-LE
PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST message
forwarded by the BSC
to the SMLC carries
ClassMark3.
to 0, ClassMark3
compatibility
optimization is disabled.
In this situation,
whether the PERFORM
LOCATION REQUEST
message sent by the
MSC to the BSC carries
ClassMark3 determines
whether the BSSMAPLE PERFORM
LOCATION REQUEST
message forwarded by
the BSC to the SMLC
carries ClassMark3.
Specifically, if the
PERFORM LOCATION
REQUEST message
sent by the MSC to the
BSC does not carry
ClassMark3 but the
BSC has obtained
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
LocReqClassMark3Ind
Sw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether to perform
rerouting when the
MOCN Shared Cell
function is enabled in
the DTM scenario and
the PS operator
selected based on CS
services fails to perform
rerouting.
0: If the MS supporting
DTM firstly perform CS
services, it must select
the same operator as
that for the CS services
when performing PS
services. If the MS fails
to access the network,
the BSC does not
perform rerouting.
1: The BSC performing
PS services determines
whether to perform
rerouting based on the
rerouting determination
flag from the CS
services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC520
with
DTMPsReroutePolicy(S
ET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
271
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
BTSRSV
RSVDPARA1
SET BTSRSV
bit2~bit7
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA1
SET GCELLOPTREV
bit5~bit8
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1
275211561.xls
272

LLC downlink rate
measurement
optimization function.
0: The LLC downlink
rate measurement
disabled.
1: The LLC downlink
rate measurement
enabled.
This parameter is
replaced with
LLCDLRATESTATOPT
SW(SET
V900R13C00SPH582
GCELLPSOTHERPAR V900R14C00SPC520
version.
V900R015C00
Although the
Delay in updating the
this parameter, the
BTS port status when
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
the BTS E1 port fault is
reported to the BSC.
with
E1PortFailDelay(SET
BTSOTHPARA).
Number of channels
reserved for an
incoming cell handover.
Unit: TCFF (2 TCHFs)
Value range: 0~15
NOTE:
to a value greater than
14 or less than 0, the
value 0 is used.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R11C00SPH735
V900R11C00SPC710
with
IntoCellResvChanNum(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).

combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation for CS+PS
BE combined services.
on. When the relocation
policies for CS and PS
services are different,
the serving RNC
(SRNC) releases the
PS services and then
triggers a combined
hard handover and
SRNS relocation for the
CS services.
off. The combined hard
handover and SRNS
relocation is not
optimized.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_IUR_CSPS_
COMB_OPT_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
273
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
RsvdSwitch1_Bit5
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT12
H
275211561.xls
274

guaranteed bit rate
(GBR) protection and
compensation function.
When overbooking
congestion is cleared
on the Iub interface and
the current UE rate is
lower than the GBR,
the MAC-d improves
the current UE rate to
the GBR.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:NO_CO
NG_RESUME_GUARA
NTEE_RATE_SWITCH
(SET UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether to start the

delay timer for
switching from 2 ms TTI
to 10 ms TTI based on
differentiated fairness
of users
off. The delay timer
does not start.
on. The delay timer
starts.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_BASE_RES_
BE_TTI_DELAY_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
275
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT11
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA9
SET GCELLOPTREV
bit1
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA10
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit2
275211561.xls
276
Whether to forbid the

CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D) state
transition triggered by
the dynamic channel
reconfiguration control
(DCCC) function when
the cell is in the
overload control (OLC)
state and the OLC
switch is turned on. To
meet the UE's
requirement for
improving the service
rate, the RNC instructs
the UE to move from
the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_DCH
state.
off,and the RNC allows
triggered by DCCC.
on,and the RNC forbids
triggered by DCCC.
Note: F2D transitions
may not be triggered
even when this switch
is turned off because
they also depend on
whether there are
enough cell resources.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_OLC_REJ_F2
V900R013C00SPC552
DDCCC_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00
V900R014
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Policy of optimizing the

preferential selection
during concentric cell
assignment.
downlink level is used
to select the
preferential subcell
during concentric cell
assignment.
uplink level is used to
select the preferential
subcell during
concentric cell
assignment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPH726 V900R015C00
with
IuoChosenInAss(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Switch for the Port Link

Aggregation Control
Protocol (RLACP). The
default value of the
so this protocol is
enabled. If this
this protocol is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
277
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara2
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT2
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit11
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit16
275211561.xls
278
Whether the PCHR log

records all call drops
on. In the hybrid service
scenario, the PCHR log
records all call drops.
off. In the hybrid service
scenario, the PCHR log
records the last call
drop.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ChrProcSwitch:PCHR_
RECORD_ALL_CALL_
DROP_SWITCH(SET
UCHRCTRL).

MAC-d scheduling
check function. When
this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks MAC-d
scheduling groups. The
RNC provides users
with check information
only when the MAC-d
scheduling groups are
abnormal.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:MACD_
SCHEDULE_CHECK_
SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether the BSC

requests secondary
links immediately after
allocating a group of
PDCHs.
0: The BSC requests
secondary links
immediately after
allocating a group of
PDCHs.
1: The BSC requests
secondary links for the
uplink TBF only during
timeslot reconfiguration
after allocating a group
of PDCHs.
When the dualthreshold algorithm is
enabled, the dualthreshold-based
dynamic channel
conversion can be
triggered only if there
are sufficient secondary
links on the PDCHs.
Therefore, it is
recommended that this
parameter be set to 0.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC500
with
AppSlvAbisAfterPdAlloc
(SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
279
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
MocnControlSwitch
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
SPARE_5_SWITCH
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT1
H
275211561.xls
280
Whether the RNC

the configured default
operator to provide
service for a UE when
the MOCN feature is
enabled.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
the default operator
the SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE command if
the configuration is
valid.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
selects an operator
based on the existing
policy.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
MN_PRIORITY_SEL_S
WITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).
Whether the intrafrequency

measurement reports of
UEs must contain
synchronization
cells in the active set.
turned off, the intrafrequency
UEs do not need to
contain synchronization
turned on, the intrafrequency
UEs must contain
synchronization
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_ACT
IVESET_REPORT_WI
TH_SYN_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH202 V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
281
GCELLOPTREV
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
bit0~bit7
275211561.xls
282
Bits 0 to 7 specifies the

service procedures
performed by an MS
and determines the
service access areas
for the MS when the
BSC receives the
Channel Required
message from the BTS.
is 255, the MS can
perform service
procedures of all types.
is not 255, the MS can
only perform location
update and IMSI detach
procedures.
255
For CS services, upon
receiving the Channel
Required message
from the BTS, the BSC
allows the MS to only
perform location update
and IMSI detach
procedures if the TA
value of the MS is
the value of bits 0 to 7.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
system does not use
with RachTaThd(SET
GCELLTA).
Whether the port-level

flow control function is
enabled on the FG2c,
GOUc, FG2d or GOUd
board. Do not change
the value of this
parameter unless under
the instructions of
Huawei engineers.
port-level flow control
function is enabled on
the FG2c or GOUc
board.
port-level flow control
function is disabled on
the FG2c or GOUc
board.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
PORTFCSWITCH(SET
INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
283
GCELLOPTREV
bit12
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit4
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSDPARA30
275211561.xls
284
Bit 12 specifies whether

the BTS sends the
Channel Required or
Measurement Report
message with a highprecision TA to the
BSC.
BTS sends a Channel
Required or
Measurement Report
message without a
high-precision TA to the
BSC. If bit 12 is set to
0, the BTS sends a
Channel Required or
Measurement Report
message with a highprecision TA to the
BSC.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
with
HighPrecisionTa(SET
GCELLTA).

RLC in UM mode to
send Status Ind to the
RRC. When the RLC in
UM mode adjusts the
hyper frame number
(HFN) quadruple or
more, the RLC sends
Status Ind to the RRC
and instructs the RRC
to release connections.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:RLC_U
M_HFN_INVALID_RRC
_REL_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Although the
This parameter
specifies the number of
reserved TCHFs.
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
16. If this parameter is
set to a value beyond
with
this range, the number
LoadBalanceThresold(
of reserved TCHFs is 2.
SET
GCELLCHMGBASIC).
275211561.xls
285
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT2
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
275211561.xls
286
dedicated transport
channel information
carried in the relocation
request message
off. In this case, during
the relocation with cell
update of a UE in nonCELL_DCH state, the
DRNC processes the
information of all the
dedicated transfer
channels after receiving
the relocation request
message.
on. In this case, during
the cell update with
relocation of a UE in
non-CELL_DCH state,
the DRNC only
processes the
information of the first
dedicated transfer
channel after receiving
the relocation request
message. Therefore, if
the UE in nonCELL_DCH state is
engaged in relocation
with cell update and the
relocation request
message carries the
information of multiple
dedicated transfer
channels, the new
service cannot be set
up after relocation, and
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556
V900R015C00
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_REL
OC_IN_FACH_DEL_D
CH_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

fast handover penalty
mechanism. If it is set
optimize the fast
handover penalty. If it is
set to 1, the BSC
optimizes the fast
handover penalty.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
QuickHoPunishSw(SET
GCELLHOFAST).
This parameter
port where the ALM21272 SDH/SONET AU
Loss of Pointer alarm is
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
287
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU8Para0
H
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC BIT0~BIT7
H
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT12
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara3
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
N/A
ETHSWITCH
RESSW2
SET ETHSWITCH
bit7
275211561.xls
288
Although the
Event 6A relative
threshold at which
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
uplink BE services are
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
switched from DCHs to
V900R014
E-DCHs based on
coverage conditions
with
BaseCoverD2E6AThd(
SET UDCCC).
Indicates whether the
background noise onetime quick update
algorithm is enabled.
0: Indicates that the
algorithm is enabled.
After the RNC is
updated, the
background noise value
is set to the value of
BackgroundNoise (ADD
UCELLCAC), and the
algorithm quickly
updates the one-time
background noise value
based on the
environment.
1: Indicates that the
algorithm is disabled.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_BGNOISE_QU
V900R013C00SPH556
ICK_UPT_SWITCH(SE
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC500
T UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Time the RNC waits for

a cell update message
from a UE with only
ongoing PS services
after the RNC turns off
the radio transmitter.
Unit: ms
Value
Range:0~4294967295
Recommended Value:
35000
This parameter is
replaced with
PSRLReEstCellUpdate
Tmr(SET
USTATETIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH512
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014

memory buffer (MBUF)
self-healing function. A
reset when it fails to
apply for the MBUF.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT5(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
289
UCELLALGOSWITCH
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT3
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT4
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT4
H
UCACALGOSWITCH
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT6
290
This parameter is
replaced with
DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch:CS
Whether CS RAB
_SETUP_OPT_SWITC
establishment can use
H(ADD
the code resources
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
reserved for handovers.
This reserved
current version.
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
This parameter is
replaced with
CellCallShockSwitch(A
Whether to enable cell- DD
level call shock.
UCELLALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.
V900R011C00SPC720
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500 V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
Whether the RNC takes

the cell congestion
status into
consideration when
determining the initial
AMR mode during an
AMR service setup
turned off, the RNC
takes the cell
congestion status into
consideration during an
AMR service setup.
turned on, the RNC
does not take the cell
congestion status into
consideration during an
AMR service setup.
Both the uplink and
downlink data rates are
GBRs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_AM
RC_FIXED_INITRATE_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R011
V900R011C00SPC700
V900R015C00
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014
Whether codes are preallocated to HSPA

services.
turned on, codes are
pre-allocated to the HSSCCH, E-AGCH, ERGCH, and E-HICH
immediately after a cell
is set up.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
RFENH_HSPA_CODE_
ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
(SET UNBMPARA).
V900R011C00SPC750
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
275211561.xls
291
GCELLOPTREV
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
bit8~bit15
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT2
H
275211561.xls
292
255
For CS services, the
BSC starts the timer for
receiving measurement
reports on the SDCCH
and performs mean
filtering for highprecision TA values in
these measurement
reports upon receiving
the Connection Confirm
message from the
MSC. Upon receiving
the assignment request
message or CP data
and starting the timer:
The BSC allows the MS
to only perform the
location update and
IMSI detach procedures
if the TA value after
mean filtering is greater
upper threshold (value
of bits 8 to 15).
The BSC allows the MS
to perform any ongoing
service procedures and
stops the timer if the TA
value after mean
filtering is less than the
lower threshold (value
of bits 8 to 15 minus the
value of bits 8 to 12 of
[PARA]GCELLRESERV
EDPARA19[/PARA]).
The BSC stops the
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
system does not use
with SdcchTaThd(SET
GCELLTA).
Whether the RLC entity

can be re-established in
only the uplink or
downlink during the
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D for
short)
0: The RLC entity must
be re-established in
both uplink and
downlink during F2D.
1: The RLC entity can
be re-established in
only the uplink or
downlink during F2D.
Note: If the UE does
not support RLC reestablishment in only
the uplink or downlink,
F2D fails and the UE
stays in the
CELL_FACH state. As
a result, the throughput
decreases.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_F2D
_RLC_ONESIDE_REB
UILD_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).

V900R011
V900R011C00SPC700
V900R015C00
V900R012
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
293
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit18
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit15
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT5
294
Whether to discard PS
requests retransmitted
if timer T300 expires on
the UE side and to
discard PS cell update
requests retransmitted
in the CELL_PCH state
if timer T302 expires on
the UE side
turned on, such
retransmitted PS RRC
connection setup
requests and PS cell
update requests are
discarded.
0: This switch is turn
off.
This parameter is
replaced with
CcchCongCtrlSwitch(A
DD UCELLLDR).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether to request
secondary links after
the BSC allocates a
channel to an MS in
dual transfer mode
(DTM).If bit 18 is set to
0, the BSC does not
request secondary links
immediately after
allocating a channel to
the MS in DTM mode. If
bit 18 is set to 1, the
BSC requests
secondary links
immediately after
allocating a channel to
the MS in DTM mode.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R13C00SPC580
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC510
V900R14C01SPC200
with
DTMIMMAPPLYSLAVE
ABIS(SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA).
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014
V900R015C00
Although the
IuUP to discard null
frames. When this
this parameter, the
system does not use
IuUP discards null
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
frames.
V900R014
with
on.
ProcessSwitch:IUUP_E
MPTY_FRAME_DISCA
off.
RD_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
275211561.xls
295
URRCTRLSWITCH
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
RSVDBIT1_BIT28
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT23
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT10
H
275211561.xls
296
Switch for the radio link

restoration timer
on. If there are CS
services and the last
radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link
to restore before the
timer T313 expires.
off. If there are CS
services and the last
radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link
to restore before the
original timer expires.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:RL_
RESTORE_SWITCH
(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the SRB can

be switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels immediately
after the DRD
procedure in which the
channel for carrying the
SRB is limited
off.
on. The SRB is
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels immediately
after the DRD
procedure.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH513
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ERFENH_SRB_FAST_
HRETRY_AFTER_DRD
_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Although the
Whether to re-establish this parameter, the
radio links (RLs) when system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
multiple cross-Iur RLs this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
belonging to the same parameter is replaced
V900R014
DRNC are added
with
simultaneously
CmpSwitch2:CMP_IUR
_MULTI_RL_ADD_RET
RY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
297
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
RsvdSwitch1_Bit17
bit13
275211561.xls
298
Although the
self-healing function for delivery of the setting of
MEM POOL resources this parameter, the
on the DPUb or DPUe system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
board.
V900R015C00
V900R014
0: This switch is turned parameter is replaced
on.
with
1: This switch is turned SelfCureSwitch:MEM_P
off.
OOL_SELFCUR_SWIT
CH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether the BSC
allows SDCCH
handovers during MS
location updates.
0: The BSC allows
SDCCH handovers
during MS location
updates.
1: The BSC prohibits
SDCCH handovers
during MS location
updates.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPH756 V900R015C00
with
HoFailInDirectRetrySw(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
This parameter
port where the ALM21256 SDH/SONET
Loss of Cell Delineation
alarm is reported after
this alarm is reported
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
299
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT11
H
UALGORSVPARA
SET UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT5
300
Whether the
channelization code
released by a common
channel is reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment
turned off, the
channelization code
channel is not reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment. After a
successful cell setup,
the channelization code
used by the common
channel may change.
turned on, the
channelization code
channel is reserved
during a common
channel
reestablishment. After a
successful cell setup,
the channelization code
used by the common
channel remains
unchanged.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_CCH_DLCOD
E_RESERV_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).

on, the method for
measuring the
VS.MultiRAB_AttEstab.
PSPS and
CSPS counters is
optimized.
off, the method for
measuring the
PSPS and
CSPS counters is not
optimized.
This parameter is
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch2:M
ULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_
DEF_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
301
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT29
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU32Para1
H
SET
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT5
H
UDPUCFGDATA
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
275211561.xls
RsvdSwitch1_Bit10
302
Although the
Whether the frequency delivery of the setting of
band of an inter-RAT
this parameter, the
neighboring cell is set system does not use
V900R011C00SPH752
to 1900 MHz
V913C00SPC520
V900R015C00
0: This switch is turned parameter is replaced
V900R014
off.
with
1: This switch is turned CmpSwitch2:CMP_GS
on.
M_NCELL_BAND_190
0M_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Number of UEs for
which FACH resources
are reserved. The
reserved FACH
resources are used for
signaling transmission,
for example, P2F.
Value 0 indicates that
no FACH resource is
reserved.
Values 1~30 indicate
that FACH resources
are reserved for one to
thirty UEs.
Any value greater than
30 indicates that no
FACH resource is
reserved.
This parameter is
replaced with
FachUserNumReserv(S
ET
UCACALGOSWITCH).
This reserved
current version.
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R012C01SPH222
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014
Although the
this parameter, the
Whether the BE service
system does not use
of a UE is switched
V900R012C01SPC506
from HSUPA channels
V900R013
V900R015C00
to R99 channels in
V900R014
with
weak coverage areas
DraSwitch2:DRA_BAS
E_COVER_BE_E2D_I
NITSEL_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Whether to enable only
the function of splitting
acknowledged (ACK)
packets for the RLC
TPE. When this switch
is turned on, the RLC
TPE has only the
function of splitting ACK
packets.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:TPE_O
NLY_SPLIT_SWITCH(
SET UDPUCFGDATA).
275211561.xls
303
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT9
H
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SET
SS7PATCHSWITCH
SwitchParameter19
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
bit16~bit31
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT6
H
275211561.xls
304
Although the
Whether preemption is
allowed when CPU load
is high
this parameter, the
system does not use
turned off, preemption
V900R012C01SPH522
is allowed when CPU
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R015C00
load is high.
V900R014
with
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
turned on, preemption
EEMPT_ENH_CPU_HI
is not allowed when
GHLOAD_CTRL_SWIT
CPU load is high.
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).
ALM-21564 Low
QAAL2 Setup Success
Rate and threshold for
clearing this alarm. If
the setup success rate
is lower than the
reporting threshold, this
alarm is reported. If the
setup success rate is
higher than the clearing
threshold, this alarm is
cleared. By default, the
alarm reporting
threshold (specified by
bits 16 through 23) is
20% and the clearing
threshold (specified by
bits 24 though 31) is
40%.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
Qaal2EstSucRateAlmT
hd(SET TNSOFTPARA)
and
Qaal2EstSucRateAlmCl
rThd(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
Whether the PS BE
service rate is limited to
a low level after the UE
transits from
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for
short)
rate is not limited.
rate is limited to a low
level.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R013C00SPC510 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_
ON_DCH_LOWRATE_
SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
305
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT16
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT17
H
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA0
275211561.xls
306
Whether the RNC

releases all resources
for a UE when the
FACH is congested
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
ERFENH_FACH_CON
G_D2IDLE_SWITCH(S
ET UCORRMPARA).
Whether to enable
conversational service
with CallType Other on
R6 or R6 above
Terminals trigger
interrat MBDR(measure
based direct retry)
process
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013
V900R014
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_MB
DR_CALL_TYPE_OTH
ER_AS_AMR_SWITCH
(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
V900R015C00
Protection period for a

PDCH adjustment.
The value of this
the SET command
100ms.
range, the
25.
This parameter is
replaced with
PDREFORMPERIOD(S
ET
V900R14C00SPC510
GCELLPSCHM).This
from the current
version.
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R012C01SPH224
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC510
V900R014
275211561.xls
307
GCELLOPTREV
bit13~bit15
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit16
275211561.xls
308
Bits 13 to 15 specifies
the size of the sliding
window for filtering the
TA value of the MS that
occupies a TCH and
determines service
access areas for the
MS.
Value range: 0 to 7
6; if the value exceeds
the actual value of bits
13 to 15 is 4.
description of bits 0 to 7
of
[PARA]GCELLRESERV
EDPARA19[/PARA].
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
with
TchTaFilterLen(SET
GCELLTA).
Whether to send the

Handover Command
message to an MS after
the BSC receives the
Disconnect or Release
message from the MS
or the MSC during a
handover.If this
the BSC sends the
Handover Command
message to the MS.If
1, the BSC does not
send the Handover
Command message to
the MS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC300
with
DisconnectInHandover(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
309
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
MocnControlSwitch
SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
SPARE_1_SWITCH
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT4
275211561.xls
310
and Routing parameter
carried in messages
RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST and INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER,
respectively when the
MOCN feature is
enabled. MOCN stands
for Multi-Operator Core
Network.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
directly sends an
INITIAL UE MESSAGE
message to the unique
operator under the
following conditions:
The value for the
Establishment cause IE
carried in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
not Emergency Call or
Registration.
The RNC can uniquely
identify an operator
based on the Routing
parameter IE carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
sent by the UE.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
MN_SEL_ALGO_SWIT
CH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).
Whether rate decrease

of BE services is
enabled only for R99
users in the uplink and
downlink in the
algorithm for
optimization of R99 and
HSUPA users fairness
turned off, this
algorithm reduces the
data rates of BE
services for R99 users
in the uplink and for
R99 or HSUPA users in
the downlink.
turned on, this
algorithm reduces the
data rates of BE
services for only R99
users in the uplink and
downlink.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_R99UPA_FAIR
NESS_USR_SEL_SWI V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
TCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC200
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
V900R011C00SPC300
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
311
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT14
GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
bit0~bit3
312
Whether the RNC

allows a UE to set up
CS services during a
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH (F2P)
turned off, if a UE
initiates a CS service
during an F2P state
transition, the RNC
does not allow the UE
to set up the CS service
and continues
performing the F2P
state transition.
turned on, if a UE
initiates a CS service
during an F2P state
transition, the RNC
stops performing the
F2P state transition and
allows the UE to set up
the CS service.
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_
WITH_CS_IU_CON_S V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Although the
this parameter, the
Whether to enable flow
system does not use
control based on RRC
request queuing
with
RrcQueueFcSwitch(SE
T
UCALLSHOCKCTRL ).
Number of BCCH TRX
timeslots that can be
converted to SDCCHs.
If the number of
SDCCHs on the BCCH
TRX is greater than the
the timeslots carried on
the BCCH TRX cannot
be converted to
SDCCHs.
Value range: 0~15
Validity range: 0~8
NOTE:
to a value greater than
8, the value 0 is used.
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC529 V900R015C00
with
MainBcchSdcchNum(S
ET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
313
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA4
SET GCELLOPTREV
bit8
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit0
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10
275211561.xls
314
Whether to discard the

received channel
request message when
cell access is
prohibited.
to 0, the BSC discards
the received channel
request message when
cell access is
prohibited. If this
the BSC does not
discard the received
channel request
message when cell
access is prohibited.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
DisCardChReqCBQ(SE
T BSCEXSOFTPARA).

contention solution
optimization function.
When this function is
enabled, the BSC
sends a PACKET
UPLINK ACK/NACK
message carrying the
TLLI to an MS upon
receiving an uplink RLC
data block carrying the
TLLI from the MS. The
BSC sends a maximum
of three PACKET
UPLINK ACK/NACK
messages carrying the
TLLI to ensure that the
uplink contention
solution is complete.
0: The contention
solution optimization
1: The contention
solution optimization
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R13C00SPC580
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC510
V900R14C01SPC200
with
CONTENTRESOLUTP
OLICY(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
Whether the HSPDSCH codes must

contain SF(16,15)
turned off, the HSPDSCH codes must
contain SF(16,15).
turned on, there is no
restriction on the HSPDSCH codes.
This parameter is
replaced with
RFENH_HSPDSCH_S
F_FORCEALLOC_SWI V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
TCH(SET
V900R014
UNBMPARA ).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
315
GCELLOPTREV
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
bit0
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT30
H
275211561.xls
316

algorithm.
0: The random access
filtering algorithm is
enabled.
1: The random access
filtering algorithm is
disabled.
NOTE:
the BSC delivers the
value 0 to the BTS,
instructing the BTS to
disable the random
access filtering
algorithm.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R014C00SPC500
with
RACHFLTSWITCH(SE
T GCELLSOFT).
Whether the optimized

algorithm is used for
HRNTI
turned off, the
optimized algorithm is
not used. In this case,
the Hamming distance
between two H-RNTIs
is greater than or equal
to 1.
turned on, the
optimized algorithm is
used. In this case, the
Hamming distance
between two H-RNTIs
is greater than or equal
to 4.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH518
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_HRNTI_OPT_
SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
275211561.xls
317
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
SET GCELLRSVPARA SW4~SW5
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA7
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
bit0~bit6
318
measurement of call
drops due to N3103. If
SW4 and SW5 of this
parameter are both set
to 0, call drops due to
N3103 for all MSs are
measured. If SW4 and
SW5 are set to 1 and 0,
respectively, the DTX is
enabled, and the uplink
extension is supported
in a cell, call drops due
to N3103 for MSs that
do not support the
uplink extension are
measured. If SW4 and
SW5 are set to 0 and 1,
respectively and the
uplink DTX is enabled,
call drops due to N3101
for MSs that do not
support uplink
extension in the nonactive period are
monitored. As a result,
MSs that does not
respond and support
DTX are released
ahead of time due to
N3101 overflow.
However, the
measurement of N3103
remains unchanged. If
SW4 and SW5 are both
set to 1, call drops due
to N3103 are not
measured.
Timer_CU for the
AAL2PATH. This timer
affects the AAL2
transmission efficiency
and delay. This
command can be used
to set the timer only for
the AOUc and UOIc
boards. For the
AEUa/AOUa/UOIa_AT
M boards, the ADD
AAL2PATH command
can be used to set this
timer.
Unit: 0.05ms
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC510
with
N3103STATMODE(SET
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
A).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with TIMERCU(SET
INTBRDPARA).
V900R015C00
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
319
GCELLOPTREV
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
bit13
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT7
H
275211561.xls
320
Whether the BSC

preferentially performs
the PDCH-to-TCH
conversion for the call
that newly accesses the
network or decreases
the non-transparent
multislot HSCSD
service rate
0: The BSC
preferentially decreases
the non-transparent
multislot HSCSD
service rate.
1: The BSC
preferentially performs
the PDCH-to-TCH
conversion.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH735
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R011C00SPC710
with
MTSPRITYPE(SET
GCELLOTHEXT).
Whether BE services
can be switched over
from E-DCHs to DCHs
due to insufficient
coverage
off.
on. BE services can be
switched over from EDCHs to DCHs due to
insufficient coverage. If
the coverage recovers
after the UE moves to
the cell center and the
throughput is high, the
BE services can be
transferred to E-DCHs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_BAS
E_COVER_BE_E2D_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
321
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW3
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT23
275211561.xls
322
Whether the Channel

Release message
carries the scrambling
code flag when all the
met:
The fast return function
is enabled.
The MS performs a
handover from a 3G
cell to a 2G cell.
No TDD neighboring
cell is detected in the
2G cell.
to ON(ON), the
Channel Release
message carries the
scrambling code flag. If
OFF(OFF), the Channel
Release message does
not carry the scrambling
code flag. The default
is OFF(OFF).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
FastReturnCrambleInd
Sw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether active link reestablishment is

allowed after the radio
link fails
on. Active link reestablishment is
receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION
message and the timer
used to wait for a
RADIO LINK
RESTORE
INDICATION message
from the NodeB
expires.
off. Active link reestablishment is not
receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION
message and the timer
used to wait for a
RADIO LINK
RESTORE
INDICATION message
from the NodeB
expires.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:RLF
AIL_RL_SETUP_SWIT
CH (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
323
ETHSWITCH
RESSW5
SET ETHSWITCH
bit4
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit18
RsvdPara1
ADD
UNODEBALGOPARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA
RSVDBIT4
UNODEBALGOPARA
275211561.xls
324

when hardware faults
occur. When the DPUa,
DPUb, DPUc, DPUd,
DPUe, DPUf, DPUg, or
NIUa board is reset for
three or more times due
to hardware faults, the
SCU automatically
inhibits the board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC550
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT10(S
ET ETHSWITCH).

paging detection
function on the
DPUb/DPUe board.
the paging detection
the paging detection
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:PAGING
_DETECT_SWITCH(S
ET UDPUCFGDATA).
used with the

NcpCongFlowCtrSwitch
ULDCALGOPARA
command to decide
whether to activate the
cell-level dynamic
CAPS flow control
algorithm based on the
congestion status of the
NCP link. When the
flow control algorithm is
activated, flow control is
triggered if the NCP link
is congested; flow
control is stopped if the
NCP link is not
congested. When flow
control is triggered, the
number of allowed RRC
connection requests
per second in the cell
decreases based on
the value of
KPIstepdownpercentag
e. When flow control is
stopped, the number of
allowed RRC
connection requests
per second in the cell
increases based on the
value of
KPIstepuppercentage.
The number of RRC
connection requests
does not change once
the cell flow control
This parameter is
replaced with
NodeBAlgoEnhSwitch:
ENH_DYNCAPSFC_O
N_NCP(ADD
V900R014C00SPC300 V900R015C00
UNODEBALGOPARA).
This reserved
current version.
275211561.xls
325
GCELLOPTREV
bit1
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT19
H
GCELLOPTREV
SET GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA3
275211561.xls
bit8~bit15
326
Whether to allow
channel adjustment for
HSCSD services. If bit
1 is set to 1 (the default
value), channel
adjustment for HSCSD
services is not allowed.
If bit 1 is set to 0,
channel adjustment for
HSCSD services is
allowed.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC580 V900R015C00
with
HSCSDREADJUSTME
NTSW(SET
GCELLOTHEXT).
Whether directed retry

and channel fallback
are allowed after a
CELL_PCH-toCELL_DCH (P2D for
short) procedure fails
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_P2D_FAIL_R
ETRY_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).

If the value of bits 8 to
15 is not 255, the MS
can only perform
location update and
IMSI detach
procedures.
255
For CS services, upon
receiving the EST IND
message from the BTS,
the BSC allows the MS
to only perform location
procedures if the TA
value of the MS is
the value of bits 8 to 15.
For PS services:
Upon receiving an
uplink LLC PDU, the
BSC discards it if the
TA value of the MS is
the value of bits 8 to 15
and the value of the IE
"SAPI" in the LLC PDU
is not 1.
Upon receiving a
downlink LLC PDU:
The BSC sends it to the
MS if the BSC does not
obtain the TA value of
the MS.
The BSC discards it if
the TA value of the MS
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC580
V900R015C00
system does not use
T
with EstIndThd(SET
GCELLTA).
275211561.xls
327
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para0
SET UCORRMPARA
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
GCELLOPTREV
275211561.xls
BIT0~BIT7
bit8~bit12
328
SF threshold for
downlink CE resources
and code resources
used when the preadmission switch for
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during RRC
connection setups is
turned on
The mapping between
the value of this
parameter and the SF
is as follows:
1: SF_8
2: SF_16
3: SF_32
4: SF_64
5: SF_128
6: SF_256
7: SF_512
0 or a value greater
than 7: SF_128
This parameter is
replaced with
DlSFThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
deleted in current
version.
This parameter
Signal Label Mismatch
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
Bits 8 to 12 specifies
the offset of the lower
TA threshold for the
BSC to restrict the
service procedures
performed by an MS
that occupies an
SDCCH and
determines the service
access areas for the
MS.
30; if the value exceeds
the actual value of bits
8 to 12 is 8.
description of bits 8 to
15 of
[PARA]GCELLRESERV
EDPARA18[/PARA].
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
with
SdcchTaThdOffset(SET
GCELLTA).
275211561.xls
329
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT6
H
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW1
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit8
275211561.xls
330

directed retry algorithm
based on the downlink
load balance
turned off, the directed
retry algorithm based
on the downlink load
balance is not enabled.
turned on, the directed
retry algorithm based
on downlink load
balance is enabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_DL_
LOAD_BALANCE_SWI
TCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Whether an MS
preferentially reselects
a 3G cell after the call
is released based on
the value of the
information element
(IE) "Service
Handover."
to 0, the value of IE
"Service Handover" is
not used for
determining whether an
MS preferentially
reselects a 3G cell. If
1 and if the IE "Service
Handover" is carried in
the Assignment
Request or Handover
Request message and
the value of the IE
"Service Handover" is
"Handover to UTRAN
or cdma2000 shall not
be performed", the
neighboring UMTS cell
information is not
contained in the
Channel Release
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC500
with
FastReturnServiceHOS
w(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).

AMR packet loss
function when the DSP
is over loaded. When
the DSP usage
exceeds the alarm
threshold, AMR packet
loss is triggered.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:OVERL
OAD_AMR_DISCARD_
SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH206
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
331
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT13
H
275211561.xls
332
Whether the resources
of a UE are released
when the RNC fails to
receive any response
from a UE three times
due to failures in
switching over the UE
from the CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH state
turned on, the
resources of a UE are
released if the RNC
fails to receive any
response from a UE
three times due to
failures in switching
over the UE from the
CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH state. Each
time this problem
occurs, the RNC
increments the counter
VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Los
s.Abnorm with the
release cause "User
Inactive."
turned off, the
resources of a UE will
not be released if the
UE fails to move from
the CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH state three
times. That is, the UE
remains in the
CELL_FACH state.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH222
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:F2D
_NO_RSP_RRCREL_S
WITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
333
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT31
H
URRCTRLSWITCH
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT1_BIT25
334
Whether the RNC

adjusts the activation
time for encryption
parameters based on
an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
turned on, the RNC
does not adjust the
activation time for
encryption parameters
as long as the
difference between the
activation times
specified in an RB
SETUP COMPLETE
message and in the
corresponding RB
SETUP message is
smaller than 200
connection frame
numbers (CFNs).
turned off, the RNC
always adjusts the
activation time for
encryption parameters
based on an RB
SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of
the preceding
difference.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
V900R013C00SPC550 V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:RB
_SETUP_CIPHER_TIM
E_ADJ_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether PS services
can trigger active link
re-establishment
on. PS services can
trigger active link reestablishment.
off. PS services cannot
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:PS_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
335
GCELLOPTREV
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA8
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
275211561.xls
bit15
0xFFFFFFFF
336
Whether to separately
calculate the traffic
loads in the overlaid
and underlaid subcells
for an AMR call. If this
the traffic load in an
overlaid subcell is
calculated as follows:
Traffic load in an
overlaid subcell =
(Number of TCHFs in
busy state in an
overlaid subcell x 2 +
Number of TCHHs in
busy state in an
overlaid subcell)/
(Number of TCHFs in
available state in an
overlaid subcell x 2 +
Number of TCHHs in
overlaid subcell)
Traffic load in an
underlaid subcell =
(Number of TCHFs in
busy state in an
underlaid subcell x 2 +
Number of TCHHs in
busy state in an
underlaid subcell)/
(Number of TCHFs in
underlaid subcell x 2 +
Number of TCHHs in
underlaid subcell)
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200 V900R014C00SPC500
with
AMRLOADOPTEN(SET
GCELLCHMGAD).

heartbeat function. The
heartbeat function
improves the reliability
of interface boards. Bit0
to bit27 of this
parameter correspond
to the boards in 0 to 27
slots. The default value
of a bit is set to 1, the
the board in the
corresponding slot. If a
function is disabled for
the board in the
corresponding slot.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
BRDCHIPSELFCURES
W(SET INTBRDPARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
337
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT15
H
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
275211561.xls
SW1
338
Although the
this parameter, the
Whether PS services
system does not use
must be carried on
V900R012C01SPH512
DCHs in the downlink
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
when combined CS and
V900R014
with
PS services are running
MapSwitch:MAP_CSPS
_PS_DL_USE_DCH_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
integrity of the protocol
stack backup data for
the FG2a, GOUa,
FG2c, GOUc, FG2d,
GOUd or POUa board.
Do not change the
unless under the
instructions of Huawei
engineers.
check function is
enabled.
check function is
disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
IPPROTOCOLCHECK
SWSET
INTBRDPARA).
Whether the BSC

includes the six p0related bits in a
downlink immediate
assignment message
when the downlink
power control function
is enabled:
0: The BSC includes
the six p0-related bits in
the downlink immediate
assignment message.
1: The BSC does not
include the six p0related bits in the
downlink immediate
assignment message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC520
with
DlImmAssWithP0Sw(S
ET BSCPSUMPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
339
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT31
H
UCACALGOSWITCH
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
275211561.xls
RSVDBIT7
340
Whether the relocation

command sent from a
UMTS network to a
GSM network carries
the encryption
information element
(IE) UEA0 when a UE
complying with 3GPP
Release 6 or later is
handed over from the
GSM network to the
UMTS network. In the
scenario, the encryption
function of the GSM
network is disabled.
turned off, the
relocation command
sent from the UMTS
network to the GSM
network carries the IE
UEA0.
turned on, the
relocation command
sent from the UMTS
network to the GSM
network does not carry
any IE about
encryption.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH526
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
OptimizationSwitch=SY
SHO_CIPHER_IE_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

processes the first and
the retransmitted RRC
connection setup
requests from a UE as
one RRC connection
setup request.
turned on, the RNC
processes the first and
the retransmitted RRC
connection setup
requests from a UE as
one RRC connection
setup request.
off.
In V900R014, the
default value is ON for
this parameter.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH512
V900R013C00SPC300 V900R015C00
with
BILITY_RRC_RETRAN
S_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
275211561.xls
341
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT14
H
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT13
H
275211561.xls
342
Whether the RNC
makes admission
decisions on RAB
establishment when the
resources required by
the RAB establishment
of low-speed PS UEs
do not exceed the
resources used by RRC
connection setup
0: The RNC does not
make admission
decisions but directly
sets up the RAB.
1: The RNC makes
admission decisions on
RAB establishment. For
the decision threshold
parameters, see the
parameter description
of the ADD UCELLCAC
command.
Note: If the spreading
factor (SF) used for the
RAB establishment of a
PS UE is greater than
or equal to the SFs
reserved for handovers,
such a PS UE is
referred to as a lowspeed PS UE. The SFs
reserved for handovers
are specified by
UlHoCeResvSf and
UlHoCeResvSf in the
ADD UCELLACAC
command.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
with
RFENH_SMALL_RATE
_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
Whether the RNC

considers CE resource
congestion status when
admitting HSUPA UEs
consider CE resource
admitting HSUPA UEs.
CE resource
admitting HSUPA UEs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH532
V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_BASE_ADM_
CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
343
ETHSWITCH
RESSW2
SET ETHSWITCH
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT29
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit16
275211561.xls
bit3
bit13
344

heartbeat detection
function. When the
active SCU board
detects that an
intermittent
disconnection occurs
between itself and
another board in the
current subrack, the
active SCU board is
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT3(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
HSCSD service rate

adjustment mode. If bit
13 is set to 1 (the
default value), the
HSCSD service rate of
the current channel is
adjusted. If bit 13 is set
to 0, the HSCSD
service rate of a new
channel is adjusted.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC580 V900R015C00
with
HSCSDCHANGEMOD
E(SET BSCBASIC).
RNC-level switch for

the D2F procedure of
UEs supporting fast
dormancy
on. UEs supporting fast
dormancy trigger the
D2F procedure.
off. UEs supporting fast
dormancy trigger the
D2P procedure.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH204
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
C_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).

INDEX table resources
on the DPUb or DPUe
board.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
SelfCureSwitch:INDEX
_SELFCUR_SWITCH(
SET UDPUCFGDATA).
V900R011C00SPC710
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
345
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit14
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
RsvdSwitch1_Bit1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU32Para0
H
SET
H
275211561.xls
346
Whether to allow CS
services to preempt the
secondary channel
occupied by HSCSD
services. If bit 14 is set
to 1 (the default value),
CS services can
preempt the secondary
channel occupied by
HSCSD services. If bit
14 is set to 0, CS
services cannot
preempt the secondary
channel occupied by
HSCSD services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC580 V900R015C00
with
CSPREHSCSDSECHA
NSW(SET BSCBASIC).
Whether to report the

event 4B measurement
report. This parameter
is used to set the
conditions for triggering
event 4B reporting
during the H2F state
transition.
0: The event 4B
reported when both the
maximum traffic volume
in the previous 10 ms
and the current traffic
volume are smaller
than the event 4Btriggering threshold.
1: The event 4B
reported when the
current traffic volume is
smaller than the event
4B-triggering threshold.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:H2F_4B
_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Although the
Ec/No threshold for
switching an uplink BE this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
service from the E-DCH system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
to the DCH in weak
V900R014
coverage areas
with
EcN0ThdForBaseCover
E2D(SET UFRC).
275211561.xls
347
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA30
SET GRSVPARA
bit0~bit7
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT11
275211561.xls
348
usage is higher than or
equal to this threshold.
The valid value range
of this parameter is 20
to 100, Recommended
Value: 255. This
parameter can be used
as the threshold for
starting load sharing
only if the value of this
parameter is greater
than or equal to 20 and
the value of
[PARA]MOCACCESSC
PURATE[/PARA] in
[MML]SET
BSCFCPARA[/PARA]
minus 5. The value of
[PARA]MOCACCESSC
PURATE[/PARA] in
[MML]SET
BSCFCPARA[/PARA]
minus 5 can be used as
the threshold for
starting load sharing
only if the value of this
than the value of
[PARA]MOCACCESSC
PURATE[/PARA] in
[MML]SET
BSCFCPARA[/PARA]
minus 5 and less than
or equal to 100. The
parameter, 20, can be
used as the threshold
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
LoadBalanceThresold(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether an RNC
buffers a TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
upon receiving it during
an RAB setup.
on. The RNC buffers
the TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
received during the
RAB setup and then
forwards this message
to a UE till the RAB
setup is complete.
buffer the TMSI
REALLOCATION
COMMAND message
received during the
RAB setup but directly
forwards it to a UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:RA
B_SETUP_TMSI_REA
LLOC_BUF_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
349
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedU8Para1
H
SET
H
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para0
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT8~BIT15
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT4
275211561.xls
350
Although the
Event 6B relative
threshold at which
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC506
uplink BE services are
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
switched from DCHs to
V900R014
E-DCHs based on
coverage conditions
with
BaseCoverD2E6BThd(
SET UDCCC).
Absolute threshold for
uplink CE resources
used when the preadmission switch for
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during RRC
connection setups is
turned on
This parameter is
replaced with
UlCEThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
deleted in current
version.
Whether CS services
can preempt the
resources for PS
services during a CS
can preempt the
resources for PS
services during a CS
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
EEMPT_ENH_CSRRC
_PREEMPT_PS_SWIT
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
351
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP Bit18
ARA
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10
352
Whether the BSC can

trigger load-based
PDCH conversion when
the proportion of idle
TCHs to all TCHs in a
cell is less than or
equal to
[PARA]CHIDLHIGHTH
R[/PARA] and greater
than [PARA]
CHIDLLOWTHR
[/PARA].If this
the BSC can trigger
load-based PDCH
conversion and does
not consider the PDCH
multiplexing rate when
converting PDCHs to
TCHs in the preceding
scenario.If this
the BSC cannot trigger
load-based PDCH
conversion and
considers the PDCH
multiplexing rate when
converting PDCHs to
TCHs in the preceding
scenario.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R13C00SPH558
system does not use
V900R14C00SPH512
with
PSDUALTHROPTSW(
SET GCELLPSCHM).
Whether to enable
CAPS flow control
based on CPU usage
control based on only
the number of RRC
connection setup
requests in a
measurement period.
control based on both
the number of RRC
connection setup
requests in a
measurement period
and the SPU CPU
usage.
This parameter is
replaced with
CapsFcBaseOnCPUSw
itch(SET
V900R013C00SPH529
V900R015C00
UCALLSHOCKCTRL).T V900R014
version.
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
353
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT10
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit3
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
275211561.xls
bit17
354
Whether a UMTS/LTE
UE performs fast cell
reselection.
off. The UE does not
perform fast cell
reselection.
on. If the best cell is
configured with a
neighboring LTE cell
and its priority is lower
than the priority of the
neighboring LTE cell,
the UE performs fast
cell reselection.
This parameter is
replaced with
ProcessSwitch4=FAST
_RETURN_LTE_BY_C
ELL_SELECT_SWITC
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Whether to increase
the value of POLL
TIMER. When the DSP
load is heavy, the RNC
automatically prolongs
the POLL TIMER to
reduce the times RLC
status reports are sent.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:DELAY_
POLL_TIMER_SWITC
H(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether the BSC

forwards a Handover
Failure message to the
MSC after receiving the
message from an MS
during the inter-BSC
directed retry
procedure.
0: The BSC does not
forward a Handover
Failure message to the
MSC after receiving the
message from an MS.
1: The BSC forwards a
Handover Failure
message to the MSC
after receiving the
message from an MS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
with
HoFailInDirectRetrySw(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA ).
275211561.xls
355
GCELLOPTREV
bit8~bit14
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT32
H
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA12
275211561.xls
356
Threshold for allocating

AMR HR channels in
an underlaid subcell.
If the load in the
underlaid subcell is
the value of this
parameter, AMR HR
channels are
preferentially allocated.
If the load in the
underlaid subcell is
smaller than the value
of this parameter, AMR
FR channels are
preferentially allocated.
Value range: 0~127
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC200 V900R014C00SPC500
with
INNAMRTCHHPRIORL
OAD(SET
GCELLCHMGAD).
Although the
Whether the PTT H2F this parameter, the
state transfer is enable system does not use
V900R013C00SPH552
or not:
V900R015C00
V900R014
0: Disnable the function parameter is replaced
1: Enable the function with
ERFENH_PTT_H2F_O
PT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
EGPRS service
degrading factors
The parameter value
ranges from 0 to 97.
to 0 or a value ranging
from 98 to 255, the
EGPRS service
degrading is disabled.
This parameter is
replaced with
DegradeEgprs(SET
GCELLPSCHM).This
from the current
version.
V900R14C00SPH512
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
357
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
GRSVPARA
SET GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
SW6
358
Whether channel
conversion is limited by
the location of the
concentric cell to which
an MS has been
assigned when PS
concentric cell
algorithm is enabled
and the MS is camping
on the overlaid subcell.
to 0, channel
conversion is limited by
the location of the
concentric cell to which
an MS has been
assigned when PS
concentric cell
to 1, channel
conversion is not
limited by the location
of the concentric cell to
which an MS has been
assigned when PS
concentric cell
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC582
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC510
with
IUOCHNTRANPOLICY(
SET GCELLPSCHM).
SW6(SwPara6) of this
parameter controls
whether the BSC
carries the Cipher
Mode Setting
information element
(IE) in the Handover
Command message
when the encryption
algorithm remains
unchanged after a GSM
inter-BSC handover.
0: The BSC carries the
Cipher Mode Setting IE
in the Handover
Command message.
1: The BSC does not
carry the Cipher Mode
Setting IE in the
Handover Command
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
CipherModeInHoReqAc
k(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
359
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
21
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET TCRSVPARA
SW1
bit18
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT9
H
275211561.xls
360
Whether the BSC

recovers the CMR field
value for AMR speech
version in downlink
RTP packets when the
A over IP mode is used.
to OFF, the BSC
transparently transmits
the CMR field carried in
the downlink RTP
packets from the core
network (CN). If this
parameter is set to ON
and the CMR field in
the downlink RTP
packets from the CN is
0xF, the BSC sets this
CMR field to the
maximum rate in the
current active codec set
(ACS).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
DWCMRMODE(SET
TCPARA).
Whether the BSC

measures PDCHs in
the channel dynamic
conversion stage as
available PDCHs.
0: The BSC measures
PDCHs in the channel
dynamic conversion
stage as available
PDCHs.
1: The BSC measures
PDCHs in the channel
dynamic conversion
stage as unavailable
PDCHs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R015C00
with
PDCHStatOptSw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Uplink 0 kbit/s transport

format of an AMR
service
0: The uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of AMR
service subflow A is
1*0.
1: The uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of AMR
service subflow A is
0*TbSize.
Note: Certain UEs
obtain the transmission
block size (TbSize)
based on the 0 kbit/s
transport format
(TbNum * TbSize).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_AM
R_A_SUBFLOW_ZER
O_BLOCK_SWITCH(S
ET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
361
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA31
SET GRSVPARA
bit0~bit2
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT3
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA10
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit1
275211561.xls
362
Whether to send a
PMO message
(containing a QP value)
when the uplink and
downlink TBF
establishment is
started.
0: not send a PMO
message
1: send a PMO
message
set to 1, the support
forced networkcontrolled cell
reselection from a GSM
cell to a neighboring
UTRAN FDD cell
function is invalid.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC520
with
SendPmoWithQpSw(S
ET
GCELLRESELUTRANF
DD.
Upper limit of quality

rank for the high quality
indicator (HQI). The
value range of the
upper limit of quality
rank is 0 to 6. If this
value greater than 6,
the upper limit of quality
rank is 3.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
system does not use
with HQIDefinition(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether system
information SIB7 and
MIB are sent in one
frame.
When this switch is
turned on, system
information SIB7 and
MIB are sent in the
same frame.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
RFENH_SIB7MIB_CO
MBINE_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
V900R012C01SPH203
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
Switch for full backup of

Versatile IP & Security
Platform (VISP). Full
backup of VISP is
triggered after the
standby board fails to
start the VISP. The
default value of the
so this protocol is
enabled. If this
this function is disabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
IPPROTOCOLCHECK
SW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
363
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT14
H
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT7
364
Whether a PS BE
service is limited to 0
kbit/s on the DCH after
a UE that has the PS
BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCHto-CELL-DCH (P2D)
state transition
triggered by a CS
service
turned off, the PS BE
the UE performs a P2D
state transition.
turned on, the PS BE
the UE performs a P2D
state transition.
when
CORRM_RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT6 is set
to 1. It is recommended
that
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14 is set to 1
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT28 is set to 1.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH518
V900R013C00SPC520 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ERFENH_CS_TRIG_P
S_P2D_ZERO_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Whether an RNC
restarts an initialization
procedure for a CS
service upon receiving
an RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
with only the
allocation/retention
priority (ARP) changed.
restart the initialization
procedure and the CS
service is not
interrupted.
off. The RNC restarts
the initialization
procedure and the CS
service is unexpectedly
released.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC520
with
OptimizationSwitch:CS
_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_
SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
365
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT24
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit17
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
366
Whether CS services
can trigger active link
re-establishment
on. CS services can
off. CS services cannot
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:CS
_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the BSC stops

decreasing the PS
service rate in a cell
when a TRX on a
transmission link
experiences congestion
relief during the
decrease.
0: The BSC stops
decreasing the PS
when a TRX
experiences congestion
relief.
1: The BSC stops
decreasing the PS
only when all TRXs
experience congestion
relief.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC500
with
StopPsLdrPolicy(SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA).
This parameter
allow modifying the
number of reserved
TCHs and adjusting idle
TCHHs to SDCCHs
during TCH-to-SDCCH
adjustment.
0: The number of
reserved TCHs cannot
be modified and idle
TCHHs cannot be
adjusted to SDCCHs.
1: The number of
reserved TCHs can be
modified and idle
TCHHs can be adjusted
to SDCCHs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
SDDynAdjRsvTchSwitc
h(SET
GCELLCHMGBASIC).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
367
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT11
H
UCORRMPARA
SET UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16
368
Although the
this parameter, the
Whether the uplink PS system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506
service must be carried this parameter. This
V900R013
V900R015C00
on DCHs when CS and parameter is replaced
V900R014
PS services co-exist
with
MapSwitch:MAP_CSPS
_PS_UL_USE_DCH_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
Whether the RNC

regularly sends
messages containing
the updated information
element (IE) Sir Target
to the NodeB after a
successful service
setup or
reconfiguration.
turned off, the RNC
sends only one
message containing the
IE Sir Target to the
NodeB.
turned on, the RNC
sends four messages
containing the updated
IE Sir Target to the
NodeB at a rate of one
per second. This switch
is valid only when the
switches
PERFENH_RL_RECFG
_SIR_CONSIDER_SWI
TCH and
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_T
ARGET_CARRY_SWIT
CH are both turned on.
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_OLPC_SIRT
AR_RESEND_SWITCH V900R013C00SPC550
V900R015C00
(SET
V900R014
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
369
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit9
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT8
H
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
370

layer 2 (L2) instance
resource check
function. L2 instance
resources include RLC,
MAC-d, MAC-c, Fp,
Mdc, and Iu User Plane
(IuUP). When the L2
instance resource
check fails, the RRC
the L2 instance
resources.
on.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:L2_RES
OURCE_CHECK_SWI
TCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether the UE can

transit from CELL_DCH
to CELL_FACH (D2F
for short) over the Iur
interface
off.
on. The D2F procedure
is triggered regardless
of the existence of the
CCCH over the Iur
interface.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_D2F_
OVER_IUR_SWITCH(S
ET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
This parameter
specifies whether
SDCCHs can be quickly
switched back to TCHs.
The switchback time is
specified by
[PARA]GCELLCSDPAR
A0[/PARA].
0: SDCCHs cannot be
quickly switched back
to TCHs.
1: SDCCHs can be
quickly switched back
to TCHs.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
SDBackToTchPunishSw
itch(SET
GCELLCHMGBASIC).
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R012C01SPH204
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
371
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
bit9
275211561.xls
372
Whether to continue
performing traffic
measurement for a cell
or TRX after the cell or
TRX is deactivated.
0: The BSC continues
performing traffic
or TRX and reporting
the measurement
results properly after
the cell or TRX is
deactivated.
1: The BSC stops
performing traffic
or TRX and no longer
reports the
measurement results
immediately after the
cell or TRX is
deactivated.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R13SPC586
system does not use
V900R14SPC520
with
DEACELLPERFSW(SE
T BSCEXSOFTPARA).
This parameter
port where the ALM21267 SDH/SONET AU
Alarm Indication Signal
on a UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
373
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch1
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
1_BIT19
H
ETHSWITCH
RESSW4
SET ETHSWITCH
bit2
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit14
275211561.xls
374
Indicates whether the

HSDPA power
increment is considered
in HSDPA downlink
power admission.
HSDPA power
increment is considered
in HSDPA downlink
power admission when
HSDPA GBP
measurement is
enabled by entering
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(A
DD
UCELLALGOSWITCH)
and the HSDPA power
increment is not
considered in HSDPA
downlink power
admission when
HSDPA GBP
measurement is
disabled.
HSDPA power
increment must be
considered in HSDPA
downlink power
admission.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH532
V900R013C00SPH556 V900R015C00
with
RFENH_HSDPA_DLP
WR_ADM_OPT_SWIT
CH(SET UNBMPARA).

SCU board to check
multicast entries. The
SCU board is
automatically reset
when it detects
multicast entry errors.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC500
system does not use
V900R013C01
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT8(SE
T ETHSWITCH).

user memory resources
on the DPUb or DPUe
board.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
SelfCureSwitch:L2_UE
_RESOURCE_SELFC
UR_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
275211561.xls
375
ETHSWITCH
RESSW4
SET ETHSWITCH
bit5
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT30
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT3
H
275211561.xls
376

active SCU heartbeat
loss self-healing
function. When the
communication
between the active
SCU board and all
boards in the current
subrack is abnormal,
the active SCU board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC510
system does not use
V900R013C01SPC200 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT9(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Whether the RB
release due to SCRI
during RB
reconfiguration is
drop
on. The RB release due
to SCRI during
reconfiguration is not
drop.
off. The RB release due
to SCRI during
reconfiguration is
drop.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
C_RB_SCRI_NOT_DR
OP_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether signaling radio

bearers (SRBs) can be
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry
turned off, SRBs can be
switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
turned on, SRBs cannot
be switched over from
DCHs to HSPA
channels during
directed retry.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC200
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
CmpSwitch2:CMP_DR
D_SRBOVERH_SWIT
CH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
377
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA2
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
NA
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT26
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT2
275211561.xls
378
Switch for the MSP

check function of all the
optical ports in one
subrack. MSP
processing depends on
the message
transmission between
the SCU and the
interface board and the
status consistency
between the two
boards. To ensure
reliable MSP
processing, the MSP
check function is
enabled for optical
ports by the default
value (OFF).
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPC500
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
this parameter. The
V900R014
function configured
manually.
Switch for the UE SRB

reset procedure
active link reestablishment and
retains the RRC
connection after
receiving a CELL
UPDATE message
indicating the SRB
reset from the UE.
off. The RNC releases
the RRC connection
after receiving a CELL
UPDATE message
indicating the SRB
reset from the UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R013
V900R015C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:UE
_SRB_RESET_SWITC
H (SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether system
information messages
are scheduled every 64
frames.
turned on, system
information messages
are scheduled every 64
frames.
off.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
RFENH_SYSINFO_64F
RAME_SWITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).
V900R012C01SPH203
V900R012C01SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R014
275211561.xls
379
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT20
H
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit10
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit13
TCRSVPARA
TCRESERVEPARA1
SET TCRSVPARA
SW0
275211561.xls
380
Whether a CELL_DCHto-CELL_FACH (D2F

for short) state
transition is triggered
when a PTT service
meets the D2F trigger
conditions during a
cross-Iur soft handover
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_PTT_IUR_D
2F_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Whether the BSC

sends a single-block
packet immediate
assignment message to
an MS when the BSC
receives a PS CCCH
overload indication
0: The BSC sends a
single-block packet
message to an MS.
1: The BSC does not
send a single-block
packet immediate
assignment message to
an MS.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC100
with
SendSingleAssCCCHO
vld(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
Whether to process
delayed messages.
When configuration
messages do not arrive
on time due to interboard communication
exceptions, the RLC,
MAC-d, and FP can
process the messages
received within 1280
ms.
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:DELAY_
MSG_SWITCH(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
Rules for the BSC to

add control information
to the speech frames
that are sent to the CN
in A over IP mode.
OFF: The BSC
alternatively uses
Codec_Mode_Indicatio
n and
Codec_Mode_Request.
ON: The BSC always
uses
Codec_Mode_Request.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC300 V900R015C00
with
UPCMRCONTINUOUS
SW(SET TCPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
381
GCELLOPTREV
UCNNODE
RsvdPara1
ADD UCNNODE
MOD UCNNODE
275211561.xls
bit0
RSVDBIT1_BIT1
382
cell (including an
enhanced concentric
cell), the handover from
the overlaid subcell to
the underlaid subcell is
as follows:
1). If the overlaid to
underlaid handover is
caused by moving of
the MS, the handover is
triggered when the
met: RX_LEV for UO
HO Allowed is set to
YES, and the sum of
the TCH downlink level
and the power control
compensation value is
less than OtoU HO
Received Level
Threshold.
2). If the overlaid to
underlaid handover is
caused by an
excessively low load in
the underlaid subcell,
the handover is
triggered when the
met: UtoO Traffic HO
Allowed and OL to UL
HO Allowed are set to
YES, the load of the
underlaid subcell is less
than En Iuo Out Cell
Low Load Thred, and
the sum of the TCH
downlink level and the
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPC506 V900R015C00
with
OLToULHOLevAdjSw(S
ET GCELLHOIUO).
Whether the RNC

forwards an INITIAL UE
MESSAGE to a CN in
scenarios with Iu Flex
enabled when the CN
state on the RNC side
is NORMAL
on. The CN state on the
RNC side changes from
NORMAL to BLOCK,
and the RNC forwards
only INITIAL UE
MESSAGE with the
cause value of paging
response.
change the CN state on
the RNC side.
This parameter is
replaced with
PROCESSSWITCH:IU
FLEX_NOT_SEL_BLO V900R012C01SPC200
CK_SWITCH(ADD
V900R013
V900R015C00
/MOD UCNNODE).This V900R014
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
383
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para0
SET UCORRMPARA
BIT16~BIT23
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT6
ETHSWITCH
RESSW3
SET ETHSWITCH
bit7
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
275211561.xls
bit15
384
Threshold for cell

power offset used when
the pre-admission
switch for intra-RAT
during RRC connection
setups is turned on.
This threshold is based
on the number of
equivalent users in the
uplink and the carrier
power in the downlink.
Unit: %
parameter exceeds
100, the RNC uses the
default value, 2.
This parameter is
replaced with
PWRThdForRrcDrdPre
V900R013C00SPC550
CAC(SET UDRD).This
V900R015C00
V900R014
deleted in current
version.

optimized F-DPCH
code allocation
algorithm and to involve
F-DPCH codes in code
adjustments
off.
on.
This parameter is
replaced with
DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch:FD
PCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT V900R012C01SPH512
_SWITCH(ADD
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
UCELLALGOSWITCH). V900R014
This reserved
current version.

function of monitoring
system tasks. When a
task runs improperly on
a board, the board is
off.
on.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
FLTDIAGSW2:BIT7(SE
T ETHSWITCH).
Controls whether the

BSC supports the
following scenario in A
over IP mode:
The IP address or UDP
port number contained
in the Assignment
Request message
received from the MSC
after call setup differs
from that contained in
the Assignment
Request message
received from the MSC
during call setup.
support the preceding
scenario.
to 1, the BSC supports
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPH756 V900R015C00
with
ReAssignInAoIPSw(SE
T BSCEXSOFTPARA).
V900R011C00SPH732
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
385
URRCTRLSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
RSVDBIT1_BIT31
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit2
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
bit3
275211561.xls
386
RAN flow control switch

on. The RNC contains
the flow control priority
information in NBAP
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST messages.
The NodeB performs
flow control according
to the flow control
priority information.
contain the flow control
priority information in
NBAP RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST
messages.
In V900R014, the
default value is 0 for
this parameter.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R012C01SPH516
system does not use
V900R013
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
WRANFLOWCTRLNO
DEBSW(SET
UCTRLPLNFCPARA).

RNC to handle RLC
SUFI WINDOW. For
details about SUFI
WINDOW, see the
3GPP TS 25.322.
off, and the RNC does
not handle RLC SUFI
WINDOW.
on, and the RNC
handles RLC SUFI
WINDOW.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC500
V900R015C00
V900R014
with
ProcessSwitch:RLC_S
UFI_
WINDOW_SWITCH(S
ET UDPUCFGDATA).
Whether to establish a
downlink TBF in
advance if the BSC
receives over the uplink
TBF an RLC/MAC
block whose BSN and
CV are both 0 and the
block carries a
Temporary Link Level
Identity (TLLI)
0: The downlink TBF is
not established in
advance.
1: The downlink TBF is
established in advance.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC100
with
DlTBFAdvEstOnUlOne
Blk(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
387
UCELLALGOSWITCH
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
UCORRMALGOSWITC
ReservedSwitch0
H
GCELLOPTREV
RSVDBIT13
SET
RESERVED_SWITCH_
UCORRMALGOSWITC
0_BIT22
H
275211561.xls
bit0~bit7
388
Whether overload
congestion control
(OLC) can be
performed for gold
users.
turned off, OLC is not
performed for gold
users.
turned on, OLC can be
performed for gold
users.
This parameter is
replaced with
GoldUserExecOlcSwitc
V900R012C01SPH522
h(ADD
V900R013C00SPH526 V900R015C00
UCELLOLC).This
V900R014
deleted in current
version.
Although the
Whether the RNC
this parameter, the
performs a low-activity system does not use
V900R012C01SPH516
rate algorithm on a UE this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC500 V900R015C00
that uses DCHs only in parameter is replaced V900R014
the uplink or downlink. with
ERFENH_LOW_VELO
_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
service procedures
performed by an MS
that occupies a TCH
and determines the
service access areas
for the MS. If the value
of bits 0 to 7 is 255, the
MS can perform service
is not 255, the MS can
procedures.
255
For CS services, the
BSC performs sliding
window filtering on
high-precision TA in
measurement reports
sent over the TCH. The
sliding window size is
specified by bits 13 to
15 of
[PARA]GCELLRESERV
EDPARA19[/PARA]. If
the TA value after
sliding window filtering
is less than the value of
bits 0 to 7, the MS can
perform service
Otherwise, the MS can
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC558 V900R015C00
system does not use
with TchTaThd(SET
GCELLTA).
275211561.xls
389
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA10
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
TRANSRSVPARA
RSVDSW1
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
MocnControlSwitch
SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE
275211561.xls
bit0
SPARE_6_SWITCH
390
Switch for the function

of checking the
dynamic table. The
function of checking the
dynamic table ensures
the consistency of
MBSC internal data.
The default value of the
so this protocol is
enabled. If the
the function is enabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
This parameter
Unequipped alarm is
is reported on a
UOIa_ATM or
UOIc_ATM board.
1: Isolate
0: Not isolate
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
HPLOCALFAULTAUTO
ISOSW(SET
INTBRDPARA).
Whether the RNC

selects an operator
based on the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
sent by the UE when
the MOCN feature is
enabled.
When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
parses the NAS-PDU
IE carried in the
INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message.
is LOCATION
UPDATING REQUEST,
ROUTING AREA
UPDATE REQUEST, or
ATTACH REQUEST,
the RNC selects
operators one by one
from the shared
operator group until the
UE is accepted by an
operator.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not parse the
NAS-PDU IE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R012C01SPH522
V900R013C00SPH529 V900R015C00
V900R014
with
MN_SEL_BY_INT_DT_
SWITCH(SET
UOPERATORSHARIN
GMODE).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
391
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
UCACALGOSWITCH
RsvdPara1
SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
RSVDBIT5
BTSRSV
RSVDPARA1
SET BTSRSV
bit1
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT3
275211561.xls
392
Whether the new BEP

mapping table is used
for adjustments in
EGPRS downlink
coding schemes
0: The BEP mapping
table configured by the
BEP-MCS Mapping
Table for Adjusting DL
CS parameter is used.
1: A new BEP mapping
table is used.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPH512
with
ChooseBEPMap(SET
GCELLEGPRSPARA).
Although the
Whether CS services
can preempt the
resources for PS BE
this parameter, the
services.
system does not use
can preempt the
with
resources for PS BE
PreemptEnhSwitch:PR
services.
EEMPT_ENH_CSRAB
_PREEMPT_PS_SWIT
off.
CH(SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT).
V900R015C00
V900R012C01SPH220
V900R012C01SPC506
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
Although the
function of self-healing delivery of the setting of
for chip fault on the
this parameter, the
PEUa/FG2a/GOUa
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
boards. The function is this parameter. This
enabled by the default parameter is replaced
value (OFF).
with
PortStaQuickRepSw(S
ET BTSOTHPARA).
RNC to limit the
maximum data rate for
HSDPA PS services
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
off, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is limited after
a CS service setup
triggers an F2D state
transition.
on, the maximum data
rate for HSDPA PS
services is unlimited
after a CS service
setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_CS_PS_F2H
_RATE_LIMIT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
393
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT9
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para3
SET UCORRMPARA
bit6~bit11
275211561.xls
394
Whether services
without data
transmission take part
in OLPC on combined
services.
on. The RNC uses the
OLPC algorithm to
calculate the target
signal-to-interference
ratio (SIR) value
ignoring the power
requirements for
services without data
transmission in
combined services.
off. The RNC uses the
OLPC algorithm to
calculate the target SIR
value for combined
services based on their
power.
TTI selection algorithm
for PS BE services and
the algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage when
the following conditions
apply:
1. A service is being set
up or a UE transits from
CELL_FACH or
CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
2. The RNC does not
receive the P-CPICH
Ec/No reported by a UE
or the P-CPICH Ec/No
reported by the UE
does not stay within the
period specified by the
EcN0EffectTime
parameter.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R015C00
with
PcSwitch1:PC_OLPC_
EXCLD_EMPTYRB_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
This parameter is
replaced with
FakeEcNo(SET
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00SPC500
UFRC).This reserved
V900R014C00SPC535
current version.

49
If the desired value is
not within this range,
both the coveragebased initial TTI
selection algorithm for
PS BE services and the
algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage do not
275211561.xls
395
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16
396
Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate
adjustment
2. RB setup,
release of the PS
service in the CS and
PS combined service
on. When the uplink
rate is adjusted with
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries all
available rate modes
under the maximum
rate mode. The RB
setup, reconfiguration,
and release messages
CS and PS combined
service do not carry the
TFI information about
the CS service.
off. When the uplink
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries only
the zero rate mode, SID
rate mode, and
maximum rate mode.
The RB setup,
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_AMRC_TFI_
CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
397
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT32
398
Whether the RNC

responds to rate
adjustment requests
from the core network
when AMRC is
disabled. The AMRC
algorithm is specified
by
CS_AMRC_SWITCH of
the CsSwitch
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command..
on. When AMRC is
disabled, the RNC
responds to the core
network with rate
adjustment failure
messages after
receiving rate
adjustment requests
off. When AMRC is
disabled, the RNC does
not respond to rate
adjustment requests
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
with
ERFENH_AMRC_NAC
K_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
399
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT31
400
Whether the RNC

updates the real-time
P-CPICH Ec/N0.
turned on, the RNC
saves and updates the
real-time P-CPICH
Ec/No immediately after
receiving traffic
measurement event
report 4A or 4B for PCPICH Ec/No carried in
the information element
"Measured results on
RACH". In addition, the
updated P-CPICH
Ec/No is used for the
latest decision on the
coverage-based initial
TTI selection algorithm
for PS BE services and
the algorithm for
reconfiguring an
HSUPA service as an
R99 service under
weak coverage.
turned off, the RNC
does not update the
real-time P-CPICH
Ec/N0 in the preceding
procedure.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
with
DraSwitch2:DRA_PCPI
CH_ECN0_ON_RACH_
UPDATE_SWITCH(SE
T
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H).
275211561.xls
401
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30
402
Ec/N0 value contained
in the RRC
CONNECTION
REQUEST message,
CELL UPDATE
message, or traffic
measurement event
report 4A or 4B. Under
weak coverage, 10 ms
initial TTI is selected for
PS BE services.
Although the
turned off, the initial TTI
selection algorithm
this parameter, the
system does not use
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30 takes effect
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
only when
with
DRA_BASE_COVER_
DraSwitch:DRA_BASE
BE_TTI_RECFG_SWIT
_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT
CH is turned on. For
_SEL_SWITCH(SET
uplink Layer 2+ users,
UCORRMALGOSWITC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
H).
1_BIT30 takes effect
only when both
DRA_BASE_COVER_
BE_TTI_RECFG_SWIT
CH and
DRA_BASE_COVER_
BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWI
TCH are turned on.
If both
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
275211561.xls
403
UCORRMPARA
ReservedU32Para3
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
bit0~bit5
404
Ec/N0 threshold for

reconfiguring a PS BE
service from HSUPA 2
ms TTI to HSUPA 10
ms TTI. For a UE
whose requirements of
HSUPA 2 ms TTI
services are met, 10 ms
TTI is selected for the
PS BE service when
the Ec/N0 value
reported recently by a
UE to the RNC is
smaller than or equal to
the threshold.
This parameter is
replaced with
Value range: 1 to 49. If
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10m
s(SET UFRC).This
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R015C00SPC500
within this range, set
deleted in current
Unit: 0.5 dB
version.
Actual value range: -24
to 0; Actual value =
(Valid value 49
(offset)) x 0.5
Recommended value:
37
Value of bit 0 to bit 5 of
the ReservedU32Para3
than that of
ReservedU32Para0 in
the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
275211561.xls
405
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para9
SET UALGORSVPARA NA
275211561.xls
406
Duration from the time

after the DRD
procedure completes to
the time before the
RNC starts SRB
channel fast
reassignment from the
DCH channel to the
HSPA channel.
Value range: 1 to 100,
in units of 50 msWhen
the parameter value is
beyond the range,
value 20 is used.
Parameter
relationship:This
parameter is valid only
when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3 of the
ReservedSwitch0
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on and
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT23 of the
ReservedSwitch0
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command is turned
on.
This parameter is
replaced with
SrbFastHRetryTimerLe
n(SET
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
UCOIFTIMER).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
407
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT23
408
Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate
adjustment
2. RB setup,
release of the PS
service in the CS and
PS combined service
on. When the uplink
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries all
available rate modes
under the maximum
rate mode. The RB
setup, reconfiguration,
and release messages
CS and PS combined
service do not carry the
TFI information about
the CS service.
off. When the uplink
AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL
message carries only
the zero rate mode, SID
rate mode, and
maximum rate mode.
The RB setup,
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
with
ERFENH_AMRC_TFI_
CMP_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
409
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT15
410
Whether the
measurement-based
DRD optimization
on. During a nonperiodic retry procedure
such as RAB setup,
RAB modification,
DCCC channel
reconfiguration, or P2D,
the RNC enables the
UE to perform DRD
retry based on blind
handovers after the
current cell resource
admission fails in the
following conditions:
The measurementbased DRD switch,
indicated by
BasedOnMeasHRetryD
RDSwitch in the SET
UDRD command, is
turned on.
The aperiodic DRD
retry switch, indicated
by
BlindDrdExceptHRetryS
witch in the SET
UMCDRD command is
turned off.
off. The algorithm does
not take effect.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
with
ERFENH_MCDRD_OP
T_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
411
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch7
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
7_BIT4
275211561.xls
412
operating status of a
NodeB by considering
the operating status of
all cells under the
NodeB.
on. If all cells under a
NodeB are unavailable,
the NodeB operating
status is unavailable
and the RNC reports an
alarm related to the
unavailable NodeB with
the cause value "All
cells of the NodeB
unavailable". In
addition, the RNC takes
statistics on the
VS.NodeB.UnavailTime
counter value. The
NodeB operating status
can be queried with the
DSP UNODEB
command.
off. If all cells under a
NodeB are unavailable,
the NodeB operating
status is still available.
In this situation, no
related alarm is
reported and the RNC
does not take statistics
on the
VS.NodeB.UnavailTime
counter value. The
NodeB operating status
Accuracy of calculating
background noise by
the RNC.
on, and the RNC
calculates background
noise at a high
accuracy.
off, and the RNC
calculates background
noise at a low accuracy.
effect only when
BGNSwitch is set to
ON.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
with
ReliabilitySwitch:NODE
B_UNAVAILABLE_ALM
_NOT_RPT_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00SPC500
with
RFENH_BGNOISE_UP
T_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(SET UNBMPARA).
275211561.xls
413
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara3
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
bit4
414
Duration for a timer that

the BSC waits for a
response after sending
the GPRS Info
message when location
update and routing area
update are performed
simultaneously in the
Dual Transfer Mode
(DTM) scenario
to 0, the timer lasts for
2 seconds. If this
value greater than 10,
the timer lasts for 10
seconds. In other
cases, the duration for
the timer equals the
value of this parameter.
This parameter is
replaced with
DlGPRSInfoWaitSendTi
V900R013C00SPH529
meLen(SET
V900R013C01SPC200 V900R015C00
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
V900R014C00SPC100
version.

packet timeslot
reconfigure procedure
when the QoS carried
in a downlink PDU
changes
0: The timeslot
is triggered.
1: The timeslot
is not triggered.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
DlResReAssQosChang
eSw(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
Whether CS1 is used

for initial GPRS coding
on the uplink and
downlink if the MS
context does not exist.
to 0, the coding scheme
specified by
UPDEFAULTCS and
DNDEFAULTCS in the
SET GCELLPSCS
command is used.
to 1, CS1 is used.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC510 V900R015C00
with
GPRSChooseCSPolicy(
SET
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
A).
V900R011C00SPH758
V900R013C00SPH526
V900R015C00
V900R013C01SPC200
V900R014C00SPC100
275211561.xls
415
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA10
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara5
ARA
SET
ARA
BSCPSSOFTPARA
SET
BSCPSSOFTPARA
BSCPSReservePara4
275211561.xls
bit1
416
Whether to prolong the

delay for the starting
time when single-block
assignment messages
are sent on the BCCH
and CBCH
to 1, 140 ms is added
to the delay for the
starting time based on
the setting of
SingleAssDelay. If this
no delay is added to the
starting time
SingleAssDelay.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
with
SingleBlkAssStartTime
DlySw(SET
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
A).
Lifetime for downlink

fake PDUs. If this
the lifetime is 500 ms. If
a value other than 0,
the lifetime equals the
multiplied by 10 ms.
This parameter is
replaced with
DummyPDULifeTime(S
ET
V900R014C00SPC500 V900R015C00
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
version.
Whether to set the

uplink TBF to the
extended uplink TBF
mode when uplink
phase 1 access is
successful and both
BSN and CV are set to
0.
0: set the uplink TBF to
the extended uplink
TBF mode
1: not set the uplink
TBF to the extended
uplink TBF mode
This parameter is
replaced with
FirstBlkCV0InActPerdP
ermit(SET
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
version.
Whether to initiate the

XID RESET procedure
before rerouting after
the MOCN Shared Cell
0: The BSC does not
initiate the XID RESET
procedure before
rerouting. If the SGSN
also does not support
the XID RESET
procedure, rerouting
fails.
1: The BSC initiates the
XID RESET procedure
before rerouting and
resets the N(u) on the
MS side to ensure that
rerouting is successful.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPC520
with
MOCNXidRstPolicy(SE
T OTHSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
V900R015C00
417
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW4
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW5
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW3
275211561.xls
418
This parameter
BSC sends an XID
RESET message
before resending the
IDENTITY REQUEST
message after it sends
an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to
an MS but fails to
receive the IDENTITY
RESPONSE message
from the MS in the
MOCN scenario.
0: The BSC sends an
XID RESET message.
1: The BSC does not
send an XID RESET
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
MOCNXidRstPolicy(SE
T OTHSOFTPARA).
This parameter
BSC uses the NRI to
select the SGSN for the
Foreign TLLI message
after it sends an
IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the
IMSI of an MS and
uses the IMSI to
determine the operator
in the MOCN scenario.
0: The BSC uses the
NRI to select the
SGSN.
1: The BSC does not
use the NRI to select
the SGSN.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
MOCNSelectCNPolicy(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
This parameter
BSC resends the
IDENTITY REQUEST
message after it sends
an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to
an MS but fails to
RESPONSE message
from the MS in the
MOCN scenario.
0: The BSC does not
resend the IDENTITY
REQUEST message.
1: The BSC resends
the IDENTITY
REQUEST message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
ReSendIdReqSw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
419
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW6
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW9
GCELLPRIVATEOPTP
CellPSReservePara4
ARA
SET
ARA
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSDPARA13
275211561.xls
420
This parameter
BSC uses the NRI to
select a route after it
sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to
an MS but fails to
RESPONSE message
from the MS in the
MOCN scenario.
0: The BSC uses the
NRI to select a route.
1: The BSC does not
use the NRI to select a
route.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
MOCNRoutePolicyGetI
msiFail(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
This parameter
BSC uses the power
control value of data
blocks for dummy
blocks that carry the
USF when the downlink
closed-loop power
control function is
enabled.
0: The BSC uses the
power control value of
data blocks for dummy
blocks.
1: The BSC uses the
power control value of
dummy blocks.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
USFDummyPCPolicy(S
ET
BSCPSSOFTPARA).
Although the
Number of FH
frequencies in the cell
greater than which FH
this parameter, the
channels are not
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH529
allowed for PS
V900R013C01SPC210 V900R015C00
immediate assignments
0: The number of FH
with
frequencies is 17.
LongHopFreqNumLowL
1: The number of FH
mtSw(SET
frequencies is 9.
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
A).
Duration in which the
BSC waits for a
response from the
SGSN after forwarding
the access request
from an MS to the
SGSN in the MOCN
scenario.
to 0 or a value greater
than 15, the waiting
time is 5s.
This parameter is
replaced with
MOCNWaitSGSNRspTi
merLen(SET
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
GCELLPSOTHERPAR
version.
275211561.xls
421
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW13
GRSVPARA
BSCPSDPARA11
SET GRSVPARA
bit0~bit7
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW8
275211561.xls
422
Whether the BSC

performs a route
reselection after the
NRI-based route
selection fails when the
MOCN Shared Cell
feature is enabled.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
the BSC performs a
with
route reselection. Value MOCNTimeoutReroute
1 indicates that the
Permit(SET
BSC does not perform BSCEXSOFTPARA).
a route reselection.
This parameter
determines the waiting
time for the IDENTITY
RESPONSE message
BSC sends an
IDENTITY REQUEST
message to the MS in
the MOCN scenario.
to 0 or a value greater
than 12, the waiting
time is 5s.
GUI Value Range:
0~255
Unit: s
Actual Value Range:
1~12
MML Default Value: 0
(corresponding to 5 in
the actual value range)
This parameter is
replaced with
MOCNWaitIdRspTimer(
SET
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
BSCEXSOFTPARA).Th
is parameter is deleted
from the current
version.
This parameter
BSC ignores the
channel request carried
in the second Downlink
Ack message if the
interval between the
first and second
Downlink Ack
messages is less than
the value of timer
T3168.
0: The BSC ignores the
channel request carried
in the second Downlink
Ack message.
1: The BSC processes
the channel request
carried in the second
Downlink Ack message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
UlAbnorResReqProcSw
(SET
BSCPSUMPARA).
275211561.xls
423
GRSVPARA
BSCPSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW10
GCELLOPTREV
CELLOPTRSVPARA1
SET GCELLOPTREV
bit3
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
6
275211561.xls
bit18
424
This parameter
determines Whether
the BSC processes the
second MCS-3 with
padding (MCS-3P)
block using MCS-3P in
case the MS
retransmits an
RLC/MAC block using
two MCS-3P blocks.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
that the BSC processes MCS3PAsMCS3(SET
data blocks as MCS-3P. BSCPSSOFTPARA).
that the BSC processes
data blocks as MCS-3.
Whether a call can be

handed over to an
overloaded candidate
cell.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
HoCDCOverLodeHoEn(
SET GCELLHOBASIC).
Whether to update all

system information (SI)
on the MS side by
forcibly adding 2 onto
the value of
BCCH_CHANGE_MAR
K in SI 13, which is
periodically sent by the
[MBSC].
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPC582
system does not use
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH512
with
ForceUpdateMsSi(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
V900R011C00SPH726
V900R012
V900R015C00
V900R013
V900R014
275211561.xls
425
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
8
bit10
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
20
bit15
275211561.xls
426
Whether an external
cell is overloaded when
the [MBSC] receives a
Load Indication
message.
to ON, an external is
considered overloaded
only when the received
Load Indication
message carries the
Resource Situation IE
and the number of idle
TCHs in the IE is not 0.
to OFF, an external is
considered overloaded
when the [MBSC]
receives a Load
Indication message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPC750 V900R015C00
with
LoadIndProCon(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether the [MBSC]

performs BA list coding
detection during the
coding of SI 2 and SI 5
in a non-900 MHz cell.
With BA list coding
detection, the [MBSC]
performs precoding on
the BA list of a non-900
MHz cell to check
whether SI 2 and SI 5,
which the [MBSC]
sends to MSs, carry
information about all
frequencies in the BA
list.
to YES, the [MBSC]
performs BA list coding
detection and sends SI
to MSs according to the
detection results. In this
situation, more than 16
frequencies in the BA
list can be coded.
to NO, the [MBSC]
does not perform BA list
coding detection. In this
situation, a maximum of
16 frequencies in the
BA list can be coded.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC300 V900R015C00
with
BaCdDetectEn(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
427
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit1
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit2
275211561.xls
428
IE value used by
Classmark 2 in "sourcernc-to-target-rnc-transinfo" carried in the
Handover Required
message sent by an
[MBSC] during an interRAT handover. The IE
value defined in 3GPP
25331 is 0x33, which is
inconsistent with 0x12
(the IE value defined in
3GPP 48008).
to RAT_EI_CM2, the IE
value used by
Classmark 2 is 0x33.
to AEI_CM2, the IE
value used by
Classmark 2 is 0x12.
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R011C00SPH726 V900R015C00
system does not use
with InterHoCm2Ie(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Coding length of
Classmark 3 in "sourcernc-to-target-rnc-transinfo" carried in the
Handover Required
message sent by an
[MBSC] during an interRAT handover.
to CM3_LEN_ACTUAL,
the coding length of
Classmark 3 is the
actual length.
to CM3_LEN_FIXED,
the coding length of
Classmark 3 is always
0x0C.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPH726 V900R015C00
with
InterHoCm3Len(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
429
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
4
bit10
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
bit7
275211561.xls
430
Whether the [MBSC]

resends the DTAP and
Channel Rel messages
to an MS over the
original channel after
receiving an
Assignment Failure or
Handover Failure
message.
to OFF, the [MBSC]
does not resend the
DTAP and Channel Rel
messages to an MS
over the original
channel after receiving
an Assignment Failure
or Handover Failure
message.
to ON, the [MBSC]
resends the DTAP and
Channel Rel messages
to an MS over the
original channel after
receiving an
Assignment Failure or
Handover Failure
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R011C00SPH726 V900R015C00
with
ReturnOldChanOptSw(
SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether the [MBSC]

initiatively sends a
Classmark Enquiry
receiving a Ciphering
Mode Complete
message when
[PARA]ECSC[/PARA] is
set to NO in the
[MML]SET
GCELLCCBASIC[/MML
] command.
to OFF, the [MBSC]
does not initiatively
send a Classmark
Enquiry message to an
MS in the preceding
scenario.
to ON, the [MBSC]
Classmark Enquiry
message to an MS in
Although the
this parameter, the
V900R013C00SPH550
V900R015C00
system does not use
V900R014
with ECSCOptSw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
431
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW2
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW7
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSSWRSV0
275211561.xls
432
Whether the [MBSC]

Classmark Enquiry
receiving a Ciphering
Mode Complete
message when
[PARA]ECSC[/PARA] is
set to NO in the
[MML]SET
GCELLCCBASIC[/MML
] command.
to OFF, the [MBSC]
does not initiatively
send a Classmark
Enquiry message to an
MS in the preceding
scenario.
to ON, the [MBSC]
Classmark Enquiry
message to an MS in
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH512 V900R015C00
with
DtmOpIndexOptSw(SE
T BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Number of layer 2
reestablishments
allowed during a
handover.
to REPETITIOUS, the
number of layer 2
reestablishments is not
restricted during a
handover.
to ONE, only one layer
2 reestablishment is
allowed during a
handover.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
HoL2RebuildTimes(SE
T BSCEXSOFTPARA).
Whether the SI 2Quater

carries only the 3G
frequencies configured
for the Blind Search
function when
are configured for a cell
enabled with Blind
Search.
0: The SI 2Quater
carries information
about the configured
neighboring 3G cells.
1: The SI 2Quater
carries the 3G
frequencies configured
for Blind Search.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC532 V900R015C00
with
N3GARFCNSENDTYP
E(SET
GCELL3GARFCN).
275211561.xls
433
UNBMPARA
ReservedSwitch0
SET UNBMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT17
UIMEITAC
RsvSwitch
ADD UIMEITAC
RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT2
275211561.xls
434
as "all states". After a
UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, the RNC
actively delivers an MR
AGPS measurement
release message
(RRC_MEAS_CTRL)
message to the UE.
off. In the MR AGPS
measurement control
message, the RNC
defines the information
element (IE)
"Measurement validity"
as "CELL_DCH". After
a UE transits from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, the RNC
does not release MR
AGPS measurements.
However, as specified
in 3GPP TS 25.331, if
the IE "Measurement
validity" is defined as
"CELL_DCH", some
UEs buffer MR AGPS
measurements when
they transit from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the
measurements after
they switch back to
Whether to refuse to
adjust the data rate of
special CS UEs.
on, the RNC does not
adjust the data rate of
special CS UEs.
off, the RNC adjusts the
data rate of special CS
UEs when required.
This parameter is
replaced with
ERFENH_MR_AGPS_
V900R013C00SPC586
CMP_SWITCH(SET
V900R015C00SPC500
V900R014C00SPC535
UCORRMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
This parameter is
replaced with
SpecUserFunctionSwitc
h2:SPECUSER_AMR_
RATE_CHG_SWITCH( V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPH518
ADD UIMEITAC).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
435
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT15
436
Radio Resources
Available in Target cell
(53)" when incoming
relocations fail due to
congestion of code
resources or CE
resources for a UMTS
cell:Requested
Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20),
Requested Maximum
Bit Rate for DL not
Available(33),
Requested Maximum
Bit Rate for UL not
Available(34),
Requested Guaranteed
Bit Rate not
Available(21),
Bit Rate for DL not
Available(35), and
Bit Rate for UL not
Available(36)
turned on, the RNC
sends the
RELOCATION
FAILURE message
after converting the
preceding six cause
values into the cause
value "No Radio
Resources Available in
Target cell (53)".
turned off, the RNC
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
CONVERT_RELOC_FA
IL_CAUSE_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
437
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT5
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT13
275211561.xls
438
Whether the RNC

handles the received
SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message
when it waits for a
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from a UE in an RB
reconfiguration
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
turned on, the RNC
immediately handles
the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message.
turned off, the RNC
does not handle the
SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message
and waits for a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEX
T_REQ_FIRST_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the DRNC

delays releasing code
resources when Iur
links exist.
turned on, the DRNC
delays releasing code
resources by the
duration: Duration =
Min{100 ms, Iub-based
FP unidirectional delay
+ 35 ms}.
turned off, the DRNC
releases code
resources immediately.
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_
REL_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
439
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT10
440
Whether the RNC

selects a CN node
based on the actual
value of the information
element "Routing
parameter" carried in
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of
each CS service setup
when the IuFlex
network provides
CS+PS combined
services.
turned on, the RNC
selects a CN node
based on the actual
element "Routing
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of
each CS service setup.
turned off, the RNC
selects a CN node
based on the actual
element "Routing
the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message
in the procedure of the
first CS service setup.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTI
NG_PARA_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
441
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT24
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch0
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT31
275211561.xls
442
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
from the CN at the
relocation preparation
phase, the RNC directly
responds with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Scenario 2: After the
measure-based
directed retry (MBDR)
the RNC receives a
duplicate RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
from the CN in the
same domain before
receiving the interfrequency or inter-RAT
measurement reports
from a UE, the RNC
directly responds to the
CN with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Scenario 3: When key
information elements
(IEs) are incorrect or
not included in the RAB
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message
sent to the RNC by the
CN, the RNC directly
responds to the CN
with an RAB
ASSIGNMENT
RESPONSE message.
Whether the counters
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att,
VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe
.DF2P. Succ are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
turned on, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of PS RAB.
turned off, the
preceding counters are
collected at the
granularity of user.
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_SPECIAL_RA
B_ATT_SWITCH(SET V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_STATE_CHG_
BY_RAB_SWITCH(SE
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
T
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
443
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para5
275211561.xls
444
starts timer T1 after
receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message
from the UE.
If the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT
message before timer
T1 expires, the RNC
stops timer T1, starts
timer T2, and then
forwards the ACTIVATE
PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message to
the UE. When timer T2
expires, the RNC
delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE. When timer T1
expires, the RNC
delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE.
turned off, the RNC
directly delivers a
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message to
the UE after receiving a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP COMPLETE
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
DELAY_SEND_MEACT
RL_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
RsvU32Para5 in the
SET UALGORSVPARA
Specifies the length of
the timer started after
the RNC receives a
RADIO BEARER
SETUP COMPLETE
message from the UE.
The GUI value of this
0 to 65535, in units of
milliseconds.
The valid value of this
100 to 1000. If the
(including the default
value) exceeds the
valid value range, set
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
This parameter is
replaced with
DelaySndMeaCtrlT1(SE
T
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
275211561.xls
445
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para7
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT14
446
Specifies the length of

the timer started after
the RNC receives an
ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT
message from the UE.
0 to 65535, in units of
milliseconds.
120 to 1000. If the
value) exceeds the
effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT9 of the
in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
Whether the RNC

in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message in
DRD scenarios.
turned on, the RNC
does not carry
activation time in the
RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
turned off, the RNC
in the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
This parameter is
replaced with
DelaySndMeaCtrlT2(SE
T
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
URRCTRLSWITCH).Th
version.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_
DRD_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
447
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT19
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT20
275211561.xls
448
Whether the RNC

triggers radio link
the timer for the RNC to
wait for a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE expires or
the RNC receives a cell
update message with
the cause value of
"radio link failure" or
"RLC Unrecoverable
error" in the physical
channel reconfiguration
procedure.
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
turned off, the RNC
does not trigger radio
link reestablishment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_
RL_REEST_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

triggers radio link
the timer for the RNC to
wait for a RADIO
BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message
from the UE expires or
the RNC receives a cell
update message with
the cause value of
"radio link failure" or
"RLC Unrecoverable
error" in the RB
reconfiguration
procedure.
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
turned off, the RNC
does not trigger radio
link reestablishment.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_R
EEST_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
449
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT26
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT22
275211561.xls
450
Whether the RNC

immediately handles
the TRB reset message
when it detects a TRB
reset in an RRC
signaling procedure.
turned on, the RNC
handles the TRB reset
message after the RRC
signaling procedure is
complete.
turned off, the RNC
immediately handles
the TRB reset message
and abnormally
releases services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
DL_TRB_RESET_BUF
F_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

triggers state transition
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH when it
detects TRB reset in
the case of no RRC
signaling procedure
being initiated.
turned on, the RNC
triggers state transition
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH.
turned off, the RNC
abnormally releases
services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
with
PROCESSSWITCH4
:
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_
TRB_RESET_TO_F2D
_SWITCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
451
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT25
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT28
275211561.xls
452
Whether the
related to CS services
are measured after the
RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND
message from the CS
domain in the scenario
of inter-RAT handovers
for CS and PS
combined services. The
related to CS services
include
VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCe
ll, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75,
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75,
and other counters.
turned on, the
preceding performance
counters are measured
an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
from the CS domain.
turned off, the
preceding performance
counters are measured
an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message
from both the CS and
PS domains.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_
REL_CMD_SWITCH(S
ET
URRCTRLSWITCH)..
Whether the RNC

delivers a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message in the
incoming relocation
scenario of UEs in the
non-CELL_DCH state.
turned on, the RNC
does not deliver a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message.
turned off, the RNC
delivers a UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
message.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
with
ImprovementSwitch:
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_
RELOC_CCH_SWITC
H(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
453
UL2RSVPARA
RSVSWITCH0
SET UL2RSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3
UL2RSVPARA
RSVU8PARA0
SET UL2RSVPARA
N/A
275211561.xls
454
Whether the RNC

detects the mode
indication carried in the
narrowband SID frame
during a garble noise
detection.
turned on, the RNC
does not detect the
mode indication carried
in the narrowband SID
frame during a garble
noise detection.
turned off, the RNC
detects the mode
during a garble noise
detection. If the mode
from a UE does not
match the
corresponding voice
service, the RNC
detects garble noise.
This parameter is
replaced with
OMSwitch:
SID_NOISE_DECTECT
_SWITCH(SET
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
UDPUCFGDATA).This
deleted in current
version.
Decision threshold for

garble noise. When
RNC detects that the
number of abnormal
frames among
consecutive 50 uplink
frames exceeds the
threshold, garble noise
is considered to be
generated.
0 to 255.
10 to 20. If the value of
this parameter
value 0) exceeds the
effect only when this
Run the SET
UL2RSVPARA
command with
RSVSWITCH0 set to
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3-1 to turn on this
switch.
This parameter is
replaced with
AMRNoiseDetectThd(S
ET
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
UDPUCFGDATA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
455
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT18
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA2
SET TNRSVDPARA
bit0~bit31
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW6
275211561.xls
456
Whether the RNC

triggers radio link
reestablishment for a
UE in the CELL_DCH
state when it detects a
TRB reset in the case
of no RRC signaling
procedure being
initiated.
turned on, the RNC
triggers radio link
reestablishment.
turned off, the RNC
abnormally releases
services.
MPU subsystem load
imbalance time
threshold. When the
CPU usage of an MPU
subsystem meets the
load balancing
adjustment conditions
for a period of time
greater than the value
system selects an MPU
subsystem with low
CPU usage for
resource allocation.
This is to achieve load
balance among CPU
usage of MPU
subsystems. The load
balancing adjustment
conditions are as
follows:
The CPU usage of the
heaviest-loaded MPU
subsystem is greater
than the load balancing
adjustment threshold.
The difference between
the CPU usage of the
heaviest-loaded and
lightest-loaded MPUs is
greater than the MPU
load imbalance
tolerance threshold.
Value Range: 5~1800
Recommended Value:
300.
Whether to optimize
Abis Mux.
set to OFF, the Abis
Mux optimization
set to ON, the Abis
Mux optimization
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535
with ProcessSwitch4:
RNCAP_TRB_RESET_
RL_REEST_SWITCH(
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
This parameter is
replaced with
MPULOADDIFFTIMET
H(SET
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
TNLOADBALANCEPA
RA).This reserved
current version.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH522 V900R015C00
with
AbisMuxOptiSw(SET
TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
457
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW7
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
SW8
275211561.xls
458

audit of abis timeslot
status detection
function.When this
parameter
"DETECTSWITCH"(SE
T BTSABISTROP) is
set to ON, and this
parameter is set to
OFF,the audit function
is enabled.
set to OFF,the aduit
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH535 V900R015C00
this parameter. The
function configured
manually.
Whether to enable
Connection
Confirm/Connection
Request (CC/CR) flow
control over the A
interface.
The SCCP periodically
calculates the number
of connection setup
requests sent and
connection setup
responses received by
the BSC6900 for each
signaling point.
Although the
0: The CC/CR flow
this parameter, the
control takes effect over
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH535 V900R015C00
the A interface. If the
number of connection
setup responses is less
with
than the number of
ACCAndCRFcSw(SET
connection setup
TNSOFTPARA).
requests, the BSC6900
starts flow control to
ensure that all the
connection setup
requests sent by the
local end can be
processed by the peer
end.
1: The CC/CR flow
control does not take
effect over the A
interface.
275211561.xls
459
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDSW1
SET TNRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
SW9
460
Whether to enable
Connection Refused
(CREF) congestion flow
control over the A
interface.
The SCCP periodically
calculates the number
of CREFs frames with
the cause value
"congestion" sent by
the peer end for each
signaling point.
Although the
this parameter, the
0: The CREF
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH535 V900R015C00
congestion flow control this parameter. This
takes effect over the A parameter is replaced
interface. The
with
BSC6900 starts flow
ACREFCongFcSw(SET
control if the SCCP
TNSOFTPARA).
receives a CREF frame
"congestion" from the
peer end.
1: The CREF
does not take effect
over the A interface.
275211561.xls
461
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLPSSWRSV0
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA0
SET GRSVPARA
275211561.xls
bit0-bit31
462
retransmitted RLC data
blocks (the
RESEGMENT bit is set
to 1) when
[PARA]LQCMODE[/PA
RA] is set to IR and the
uplink EGPRS coding
scheme is changed. If
0: The BSC instructs
the MS to resegment
blocks (the
to 1) when the uplink
EGPRS coding scheme
is changed from MCS6
(or higher) to MCS5 (or
lower) or from MCS5
(or higher) to MCS4 (or
lower). The BSC
instructs the MS not to
resegment
blocks (the
to 0) when the uplink
coding scheme is
changed from MCS5
(or lower) to MCS6 (or
higher) or from MCS4
(or lower) to MCS5 (or
higher) . If this
parameter is set to 1:
The BSC instructs the
MS not to resegment
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R14C00SPH535
with
UlLqcAutoAdjSw(SET
GCELLEGPRSPARA).
Interval for delivering

the disassembled
APDU IE in the MS
Position Command
message sent by SMLC
over the Um interface.
Unit: millisecond
Value range:
0~4294967295
Valid value range:
50~2000. Values
beyond the valid value
range are considered
as 2000.
This parameter is
replaced with
APDUSplitTime(ADD
GEXTSMLC).This
from the current
version.
V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
275211561.xls
463
GRSVPARA
BSCCSDPARA31
SET GRSVPARA
bit3~bit6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT7
275211561.xls
464
Time for waiting for a

response message
BSC sends a message
to request the IMSI
from the MS in the
MOCN scenario.Value
range: 112. When the
is not in the value
range, 10 is
recommended.
Unit: s
Recommended value:
10
turned off, the RNC
does not perform flow
control based on the
RRC status after the
cell is in the BROKEN
state and rejects 80%
of RRC connection
setup requests.
turned on, the RNC
performs flow control
based on the RRC
status after the cell is in
the BROKEN state.
When the UE in the
CELL_FACH state fails
to initiate RRC
connection setup
requests for 300
consecutive times, the
cell enters the
BROKEN state. In this
case, the RNC rejects
80% of RRC
connection setup
requests only for the
UE in the CELL_FACH
state.
b) When the UE in the
CELL_DCH state fails
to initiate RRC
connection setup
requests for 300
consecutive times, the
cell enters the
BROKEN state. In this
case, the RNC rejects
The system does not

use this parameter.
This parameter is
replaced with Bit3~Bit6
V900R014C00SPH520 V900R015C00
of
BSCRESERVEDPARA
20(SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
BILITY_CELL_BROKE
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
N_FC_ENH_SWITCH(
SET UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
465
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT4
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT5
275211561.xls
466
resources for the cell
are congested.
Scenario 2: Uplink and
carried over the R99
channel and HS-DSCH
channel respectively,
and uplink CE
are congested.
carried over the E-DCH
channel and R99
and downlink power
are congested.
channel and R99
and downlink code
are congested.
channel and HS-DSCH
and downlink CE
are congested.
turned off, the RNC
continues to perform
resource admission for
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
RFENH_INTERRATHO
_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether cell resources

are congested when an
E-UTRAN UE triggers a
CS fallback (CSFB) to
UTRAN request that is
not caused by
coverage.
turned off, the RNC
checks whether cell
resources are
congested during an EUTRAN-to-UTRAN
CSFB request. If yes,
the RNC rejects the
resource admission. If
no, the RNC continues
to perform resource
admission.
turned on, the RNC
continues to perform
resource admission
during an E-UTRAN-toUTRAN CSFB request,
cell resources are
congested.
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
RFENH_CSFBUSER_
CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
WITCH(SET
UNBMPARA).This
deleted in current
version.
275211561.xls
467
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
10
bit15
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT31
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT5
468
Whether SIB3 carries

the Deferred
measurement control
reading support IE. 1:
This switch is turned
on. SIB3 carries the
Deferred measurement
control reading support
IE. 2: This switch is
turned off. SIB3 does
not carry the Deferred
measurement control
reading support IE.
This parameter is
replaced with
ImprovementSwitch:
DeferMcReadInd(ADD
UCELLMEAS).This
deleted in current
version.
Whether the BSC

performs rerouting if it
fails to establish a
Control Part (SCCP)
connection with the
MSC after receiving a
The system does not
Location Update
use this parameter.
Request message from
an MS when MOCN is
enabled.
0: The BSC does not
perform rerouting.
1: The BSC performs
rerouting.
Whether the UE
inactivity-based F2P
state transition
Transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is short for
F2P transition.
If the RNC detects that
all uplink and downlink
services of the UE in
the CELL_FACH state
have no data to
transmit within the
inactivity detection
period (specified by bit
0 to bit 15 in
RsvU32Para6), the
RNC will trigger the
F2P state transition.
turned off, the UE
state transition
effect.
turned on, the UE
state transition
and replaces the
original event 4B-based
state transition
algorithm.
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_INACTIVE_F
2P_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
469
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU32Para6
UALGORSVPARA
RsvU8Para12
275211561.xls
470
Inactivity detection
period used in the UE
state transition
algorithm. If the RNC
detects that all uplink
and downlink services
of the UE in the
CELL_FACH state have
no data to transmit
within the inactivity
detection period, the
RNC will trigger the
F2P state transition.
from 1 to 64800,
seconds. The default
value is 10.
parameter exceeds the
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
with
InactF2PStateTransTim
er(SET
UUESTATETRANSTIM
ER).
Number of periods for

triggering user uplink
throughput
measurement-based
event 4A. The duration
for triggering event 4A
is the number of
periods multiplied by
300 ms (a
measurement period).
When the throughput
exceeds the values of
HSUPA4AthrouThd
(specified by running
the SET
UUESTATETRANS
command) for the
duration for triggering
event 4A, event 4A is
reported.
1 to 8. If the value of
this parameter
value 0) exceeds the
effect when
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_
SWITCH of the
PerfEnhanceSwitch
UCORRMPARA
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
with
H2FHsupa4AThrouPAT
(SET
UUESTATETRANS).
275211561.xls
471
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT3
472
extend the narrowband
uplink AMRC rate set,
and the narrowband
uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed
rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s
rate}.
on. If the core network
assigns AMR rate set A
and the rate set
includes other rates,
except SID rate and 0
bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined
in the following ways:
If rate set A contains
four types of rates, rate
set A is considered as
the extended rate set.
If rate set A contains
more than four types of
rates, the intersection
between the rate set A
and the five types of
rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9
kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s,
7.95kbit/s, and 12.2
kbit/s) is considered as
rate set B. In this
situation,
If the rate set B
contains less than or
equal to four types of
rates, rate set B is
considered as the
extended rate set.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPH518
with
ERFENH_NB_AMRC_
UL_RATESET_EXT_S
WITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
473
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch4
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
4_BIT3
474
Whether the DCHSDPA downlink load

balancing DRD
optimization algorithm
for the number of users
takes effect.
The RNC sets the
downlink load balancing
DRD priorities for the
number of users in the
DC-HSDPA carrier
group based on the
remaining number of
HSDPA users or the
remaining number of
downlink R99
equivalent users in
each cell, not the
remaining number of
HSDPA users or the
remaining number of
R99 equivalent users in
the DC-HSDPA carrier
group.
turned off, this
effect.
turned on, this
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
with
ERFENH_DC_USERN
UM_LDB_OPT_SWITC
H(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
475
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT28
476
elements (IEs) "ULAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation" and "rbMappingInfo" in the
RRC RB SETUP and
RRC RB RECFG
messages. When the
content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in
the IE "DLAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation" is the same as
that of the sub-IE
"transportFormatSet" in
the IE "ULAddReconfTransChInfo
rmation", the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode"
can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH",
which reduces the sizes
of the RRC RB SETUP
and RRC RB RECFG
messages.
turned off, the RNC
defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as
"Configured" and the IE
"rlc-Size-List" as
"allSizes".
turned on, the RNC
defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the subIE "rlc-Size-List" in the
IE "rb-MappingInfo" as
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPH518
with
ERFENH_DCH_TRCH
_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
477
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT32
UALGORSVPARA
ulRsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT29
275211561.xls
478
Whether the RRC RB

SETUP message
contains the information
element (IE) "RB
mapping info" if the
transport channel and
rate of a signaling radio
bearer (SRB) remain
unchanged.
If the RRC SETUP
REQ message has
contained the IE "RB
mapping info", the RRC
RB SETUP message
does not need to
contain the IE, which
shortens the
the RRC RB SETUP
message.
scenario, the RRC RB
SETUP message
contains the IE.
on. In the preceding
scenario, the RRC RB
SETUP message does
not contain the IE.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPH518
with
ERFENH_RB_MAPPIN
G_OPT_SWITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Whether the RNC

chooses a cell with
failed uplink
synchronization as a
target serving cell in a
serving cell change
procedure.
off. The RNC chooses
a cell with failed uplink
synchronization as a
target serving cell if
uplink synchronization
serving cell fails.
choose a cell with failed
uplink synchronization
as a target serving cell
if uplink synchronization
serving cell fails.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPC525
with
ERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL
_SRV_CELL_CHG_SW
ITCH(SET
UCORRMPARA).
275211561.xls
479
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
RsvSwitch0
SET
UCELLALGORSVPAR
A
275211561.xls
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT3
480
downlink.
If the real-time PCPICH Ec/N0 reported
by a UE to the RNC is
the values specifies by
InterFreqR99PsThd2D
EcN0 and
InterRATR99PsThd2DE
cN0, the RNC
considers the UE to be
under weak coverage in
the downlink.
In an RAB setup
procedure or a
procedure of UE state
transition from
CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH, if a UE is
under weak coverage in
the downlink, PS-single
non-real-time services
can only be carried over
the DCH and the RNC
does not trigger DCCC
rate increases and
HSPA retries before
receiving event 2F
Ec/N0. This decreases
service reconfiguration
procedures and serving
cell change procedures
after R99 services are
reconfigured as HSPA
services.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPC525
with
H2dAccBasCovSwitch(
ADD UCELLFRC).
275211561.xls
481
UALGORSVPARA
ulRsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT30
UALGORSVPARA
ulRsvSwitch1
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT26
275211561.xls
482
services need to be
established to decrease
the chances of initiating
both an inter-RAT
outgoing handover
procedure and a
location update
procedure. As a result,
the number of interRAT outgoing handover
failures decreases.
As specified in 3GPP
TS25.331, the RNC
considers that services
need to be established
if the information
element "Establishment
cause" in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT
_REQ message is any
of the following values:
Originating
Conversational Call
Originating Streaming
Call
Originating Interactive
Call
Originating Background
Call
Originating Subscribed
traffic Call
Terminating
Conversational Call
Terminating Streaming
Call
Terminating Interactive
Call
Terminating
Whether a UE can be
redirected back to an
LTE FDD cell from a
UMTS cell.
turned off, the UE can
be redirected back to
an LTE FDD cell from a
UMTS cell.
turned on, the UE
cannot be redirected
back to an LTE FDD
cell from a UMTS cell.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00SPC525
with
ERFENH_HO_SIGNAL
_SCENE_CTRL(SET
UCORRMPARA).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH532 V900R015C00
with
AntiPinpanLteFddRedr
Switch(SET
UU2LTEHONCOV).
275211561.xls
483
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch3
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
3_BIT12
BTSRSV
RSVDPARA1
SET BTSRSV
bit0
275211561.xls
484
exist after CS services
are released.
In scenario 1, this
switch control whether
the RNC fast redirects
the terminal back to an
LTE cell from a UMTS
cell by proactively
initiating a Directed
Re-establishment
(DSCR) procedure.
turned on, the RNC
initiates a DSCR
procedure.
turned off, the RNC
does not proactively
initiate a DSCR
procedure and redirects
cell after PS services
are released.
In scenario 2, this
switch control whether
the RNC fast redirects
cell by proactively
sending an IU
RELEASE REQUEST
message.
Bit 0 of RSVID whose
value is 1 specifies
whether to enable the
Abis Crossed Pair
Diagnosis function. 0:
The Abis Crossed Pair
Diagnosis function is
disabled. LAPD links
are preferentially
allocated to the primary
E1 link for the BTS.
1: The Abis Crossed
Pair Diagnosis function
is enabled. LAPD links
are allocated to all E1
links for the BTS.
This parameter can be
configured only when
the BTS is deactivated.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
with
V900R014C00SPC535 V900R015C00
FastReturnToLTESwitc
h:PERFENH_PS_FAST
_RETURN_LTE_SWIT
CH(ADD
UCELLHOCOMM) and
ERFENH_PS_FAST_R
ETURN_LTE_SWITCH(
SET UCORRMPARA).
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
TRANDETSWITCH(AD
D BTS).
275211561.xls
485
GCELLRSVPARA
GCELLCSDPARA0
SET GCELLRSVPARA bit0-bit15
TCPARA
RESERVEPARA2
SET TCPARA
Bit27
GRSVPARA
BSCCSSWRSV0
SET GRSVPARA
SW21
275211561.xls
486
This parameter
specifies the
switchback time for
SDCCHs. The unit is s.
3600. If this parameter
is set to a value beyond
this range, the
switchback time is 60s.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPC520 V900R015C00
with
MINRESTIMETCH(SET
GCELLCHMGBASIC).
This parameter
optimize the DSP cache
update for DPUa/DPUc
board.
optimized.
not optimized.
The parameter is valid
only if AMR-WB is used
in A over TDM mode.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH536 V900R015C00
with
RESERVEPARA2:BIT3
0(SET TCPARA).
the number of handover

requests. If the BSC
receives a Clear
Command message
from the CN, the BSC
measures the numbers
of handover requests,
handover commands,
and handover detection
times. The BSC
measures the number
of failed handovers if
links over the A
interface are released
abnormally, the OPC is
dynamically modified,
or the internal
resources of the BSC
are abnormal.
1: If the MS fails to
occupy a PDCH during
DTM assignment, the
BSC uses the common
handover procedure
and measures the
number of handover
requests. If the BSC
receives a Clear
Command message
from the CN, the BSC
does not measure the
numbers of handover
requests, handover
commands, or
handover detection
times. The BSC does
not measure the
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH538 V900R015C00
with
DtmChOccupySupplySt
atSw(SET
BSCEXSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
487
OTHSOFTPARA
BSCRESERVEDPARA
SET OTHSOFTPARA
22
bit6
TNRSVDPARA
RSVDPARA3
bit0~bit3
SET TNRSVDPARA
275211561.xls
488
Whether the BSC

processes complete
Layer 3 messages
according to related
protocols during voice
decoding after MS
location updates.
0: The BSC does not
process complete Layer
3 messages during
voice decoding after
MS location updates.
1: The BSC processes
complete Layer 3
messages during voice
decoding after MS
location updates.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPH550
V900R014C00SPC500
V900R014
with bit 17 of
BSCRESERVEDPARA
20 (SET
OTHSOFTPARA).
receives a CREF frame

"congestion". The
BSC6900 performs flow
control based on the
service type and the
flow control level. The
flow control has 13
levels, namely, levels 0
to 12. The higher the
flow control level, the
more the number of
discarded connection
request messages.
12
set to 0, the highest
flow control level for CN
SCCP congestion is 12.
Specifically, the flow
control levels are from
0 to 12.
from 1 to 12, the
highest flow control
level for CN SCCP
congestion is
determined based on
the actual value.
Specifically, the flow
control levels are from
0 to the value specified
by this parameter.
set to a value larger
than 12, the highest
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R014C00SPH538 V900R015C00SPH516
with
MaxCREFCongFcLv(S
ET TNSOFTPARA).
275211561.xls
489
UALGORSVPARA
RsvSwitch2
SET UALGORSVPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
2_BIT13
TRANSPATCHPARA
RSVDPARA15
SET
TRANSPATCHPARA
bit0~bit31
275211561.xls
490
the number of admitted
HSDPA or HSUPA
users after a new
HSDPA or HSUPA user
successfully accesses
the cell.
on. After a new HSDPA
or HSUPA user
a cell, the cell
immediately updates
the number of admitted
HSDPA or HSUPA
users.
off. After a new HSDPA
or HSUPA user
a cell, the cell does not
immediately update the
number of admitted
HSDPA or HSUPA
users. In this case, the
maximum number of
HSDPA or HSUPA
users that can access
the cell will exceed the
configured value. The
MaxHsdpaUserNum or
MaxHsupaUserNum
parameter has been
configured using the
ADD UCELLCAC
command to specify the
maximum number of
HSDPA or HSUPA
Switch for checking the
status of PVC links on
the UOIc board.
0: enabled
Values other than 0
(default value): disabled
This function is
unavailable in
BSC6900V900R015C0
0SPH516 and
V900R015C00SPC510 V900R015C00SPH516
BSC6910V100C00R01
5SPH516, and the
also not used.
The function controlled

by bits 0 to 31 has been
enabled by default, and V900R012C01SPH552 V900R015C00
therefore bits 0 to 31 is
no longer used.
275211561.xls
491
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT13
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT15
275211561.xls
492
Whether the RNC

enables active link
reestablishment when
detecting the SRB reset
or loss of
synchronization in all
radio links of a UE in
the physical channel
reconfiguration
procedure.
Although the
this parameter, the
1: This switch is turned system does not use
on. The RNC enables this parameter. This
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00
active link
reestablishment in the with
physical channel
PROCESSSWITCH4:P
reconfiguration
HYCHRECFG_ENH_R
procedure.
L_REEST_SWITCH(S
ET
0: This switch is turned URRCTRLSWITCH).
active link
reestablishment in the
physical channel
reconfiguration
procedure.
Whether the RNC
enables active link
reestablishment over
the Iur interface when
detecting the SRB reset
or loss of
synchronization in all
radio links of a UE.
on. The RNC enables
active link
the Iur interface.
active link
the Iur interface.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00
with
PROCESSSWITCH4:I
UR_RL_REEST_SWIT
CH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
275211561.xls
493
UCORRMPARA
ReservedSwitch1
SET UCORRMPARA
RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT23
UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1
SET UDPUCFGDATA
RsvdSwitch1_Bit20
275211561.xls
494
Whether the RNC

processing when a UE
reports a PS-domain
SCRI message that
"UE Requested PS
Data session end" for
CS and PS combined
services. This switch is
turned off by default.
on. In scenarios of CS
and PS combined
services, when a UE
reports a PS-domain
SCRI message that
"UE Requested PS
Data session end", the
RNC performs
compatibility
processing. In addition,
the RNC carries the
information element
"Signalling Connection
release indication" in
the RADIO BEARER
RELEASE message,
instructing the UE to
release its PS-domain
signaling connections.
off. The processing on
the RNC is the same as
that in original versions.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC586 V900R014C00
with
OptimizationSwitch:SC
RI_COMPATIBLE_SWI
TCH(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH).
Whether the RNC

deletes transmitted
data packets during the
UE state transition
when RLC links are
reestablished due to a
change in the RLC
PDU size.
delete the transmitted
data packets.
off. The RNC deletes
the transmitted data
packets.
For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.322.
Although the
this parameter, the
system does not use
V900R013C00SPC582 V900R014C00SPC300
with
RLCSDURETRANSMIS
SION(SET
UDPUCFGDATA).
275211561.xls

BSC6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529 Used Reserved Parameter List

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSC6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529 Used Reserved Parameter List

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSC6900 GU V900R015C00SPC529 Used Reserved Parameter List

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

275211561.

Used Reserved Parameter List

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

sed Reserved Parameter List

WEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

ei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

ei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

nologies Co., Ltd.

f Huawei Technologies Co.,

All or part of the products,

his document to ensure

GUI Value Range

Introduction to Reserved Parameters

Value range of the reserved parameter or bit displayed on the GUI

Avoiding impacts on southbound and northbound interfaces

e parameters.This document consists of two parts:

d parameters, and disuse mechanism.

SET TRANSRSVPARA TS9

GUI Value Range

Actual Value Range

This parameter can

Whether to enable the

This switch application

This parameter is used

Whether to enable the

Whether to enable the

This switch ensures

Do not modify the

Do not modify the

When the switch is

This change is used to

Versions earlier than

Whether to allow the

After this switch is

This change is used to

This parameter is used

Whether the RNC reattempts to apply for

After this switch is

When this switch is

This parameter is used

This parameter is used

SET UALGORSVPARA BIT0~BIT7

Whether the [MBSC]

Threshold for number

After this switch is

After this switch is

If this parameter is set

This parameter is used

This parameter is used

This change is used to

Interval at which the

When this switch is

After this switch is

This change is used to

When this switch is

Abnormal cell selfhealing switch.